Raymond Fowler - The Andreasson Affair, Phase Two

1. r Books by Raymond E. Fowler UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors The And reassen Affair Casebook of a UFO Investigator The Melchizedek Connection (A Nove0 • The Andreassen Affair, Phase Two

2. The ndreas.sonAffair, Phase TwoRaym o n d E. Fowl e rDrawings by Betty A. Luca .Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632

3. The Andreasson Affair, Phase Twoby Raymond E. Fowler© 1982 by Raymond E. Fowler and Betty Ann LucaAll rights reserved. No part of this book may bereproduced in any form or by any means, exceptfor the inclusion of brief quotations in a review,without permission in writing from the publisher.Address inquiries to Prentice-Hall, Inc.,Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 07632Printed in the United States of AmericaPrentice-Hall International, Inc., LondonPrentice-Hall of Australia, Pty. Ltd., SydneyPrentice-Hall Canada Inc., TorontoPrentice-Hall of India Private Ltd., New DelhiPrentice-Hall of Japan, Inc., TokyoPrentice-Hall of Southeast Asia Pte Ltd., SingaporeWhitehall Book s Limited, Wellington, New Zealand10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1ISBN 0-13-036616-1ISBN 0-13-036624-2 (PBK)Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication DataFowler, Raymond E. (date) The Andreassen affair, phase two. Bibliography: p. Includes index. 1. Unidentified flying objects-Sightings and en-counters. 2. Andreassen, Betty. I. Title.TL789.3.F68 1982 001.942 81-21194ISBN D-13-036616-1 AACR2ISBN 0-13-036624-2 (pbk)

4. This book is dedicated toBetty Andreassen Lucas mother, Eva P. Aho;her children Becky, Mark, Scott, Bonnie, and Cindy;her father-in-law, Anthony H. Luca;her stepsons Tony and Robert Luca;and to the memories of:Dolly Bochinski, a dear friend;of her mother-in-law, Anne L. Luca;.and of her sons Todd and James, Jr.

5. Contents 1. Invisible Guests 1 2. Opening Pandoras Box 13 3. The People in the Light 22 4. Selected by Aliens 42 5. Abduction at the Trap Rock 57 6. The Being in the Woods 79 7. Kidnapped 94 8. The Museum of Time 114 9. The Great Door 1341 0. The Implant 15611. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters 18012. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports 20013. Mystery Copters and the MIB 21014. What on Earth Is Happening? 221

6. viii • Contents1 5. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? 23616. Bettys Own Beliefs 248Appendices 265Selected Bibliography 269Index 273

7. 1. nvisible GuestsIt was an early evening in May 1 9 7 9 . The Boston skyline swung intoview through the cabin window as the huge airliner banked for itsfinal landing approach. Below me lay a national center of technological and cultural resources. Within this city, some of theworlds best minds both taught and learned in such world-renownedinstitutions as M.I.T. and Harvard. And, just outside the city limits,in a concentrated industrial area dubbed Electronics Gulch layscores of companies involved in research and development ofhighly sophisticated computers, weapons, and space systems. Yetsomewhere else, on this same planet, one could gaze down at themost primitive of civilizations. Would alien visitors really be surprised that stone-age hunter and astronaut cohabited the sameworld? But perhaps a mind evolved eons beyond our own would noteven detect a difference! An abrupt bump shattered my philosophical reverie as theplanes landing gear touched down. As I watched the runway flashby, thoughts turned to my wife awaiting me at the terminal. I was thoroughly documented investigation of ajust returning from a three-week national tour to promote TheA ndreasson Affair-awomans abduction aboard a UFO. On the evening of January 25, 1967, Betty Andreasson was in 1

8. 2 • Invisible Guestsher kitchen at South Ashburnham, Massachusetts. Her seven children, mother, and father were in the living room. Bettys husbandwas in the hospital, recuperating from an automobile accident.moment. Then, a pulsating reddish-orange light shined in the At about 6:35 P.M., the house lights suddenly blinked out for akitchen window. Betty calmed the frightened children while her father rushed tolook out the kitchen window. He saw a group of strange-lookingsmall creatures approaching with a hopping motion. Five smallhumanoid creatures entered the house, passing right through thewooden door! Bettys family were immediately placed into suspended animation. One creature went over to her father. The leader of the otherfour established telepathic communication with Betty. The leader was about five feet tall. The others were about fourfeet tall. All had large pear-shaped heads, wide catlike wraparoundeyes, and diminutive ears and noses. Their mouths were immobileslits which reminded Betty of scar lines. Each wore a coverall blueuniform adorned with a Sam Browne-type belt. An insignia of abird was affixed to their sleeves. Their hands were three-digited.(Later, on the craft, they were gloved.) They wore bootlike attire ontheir feet. They floated rather than walked. Bettys initial fright was immediately calmed by an overpoweringsense of friendship. When she displayed concern for her familyswelfare, the creatures temporarily released her eleven-year-olddaughter, Becky, from this strange state of unawareness to assure ·Betty that she was all right. Then Betty was taken outside and brought on board a smallcraft resting on the side of a hill that sloped into the back yard. The machine was about twenty feet in diameter. It looked liketwo saucers, one inverted upon the ot�er, with a small superstructureon top. The small craft accelerated and apparently merged with alarger parent craft, in which Betty was subjected to the effects ofstrange equipment and a physical examination. T�en she was takento an alien place and given a bizarre object lesson. That caused herto undergo a painful yet ecstatic religiouslike experience. Later that night, at 1 0 :40 P.M., Betty was returned home by twoof her alien captors. At home, she found her family still in a state of

9. Invisible Guests • 3suspended animation. One creature had staye d behind to watchover them during her absence. Then the creatures put the familystill under some type of mind control-to bed, and the aliens left. S everal times, the aliens had told Betty that certain things hadbeen locked in her mind. She was instructed to forget them and herUFO experience until the app ointed time. She consciously remembered only a fraction of the strange encounter: the power failure ,the colore d light flashing through the window, and the aliensentering the house. Betty, a devout Christian, interpreted the creature s as religiousor angelic in nature. The subj e ct of UFOs was largely unknown toher. Her education had been limited to ten years of schooling, herbasic interests included family, church, and community-relatedactivities. Not until much later did she think of her experience as a In 1 9 75, B etty responded to a local newspaper story about UFOpossible UF O encounter.researcher Dr. J. Allen Hyn ek, who was soliciting personal UFOexperience information from the public. However, Bettys lettercontained such few data that it was file d and forgotten until ourinvestigation in January 1 9 7 7 .troni c s engineer, an aerospace engineer, a tele communications Our inve stigating team consisted o f a solar physicist, a n elecspec ialist, and me. We also employe d the services of a profe ssionalhypnotist and a me dical doctor traine d in psychiatry. During a twelve-month inve stigation, we conducted an extensivecharacter-reference check, two lie-detector tests, a psychiatric interview, and fourteen lengthy hypnotic re gre ssion sessions. Underhypnosis, Betty and her daughter relived a consistent, detailedUF O experience with genuine physiological reactions. Our thre e-volume, 528-page re port concluded that the witnesseswere reliable and sane individuals who sincerely believe d the •exp erience had really oc curred. In the fall of 1 9 77, Betty, her two daughters, and her mothermoved from Massachusetts to Florida. And phase one of ourinvestigation ess entially came to a halt. I sp ent most of 1 9 7 8 busily writing The Andreasson Affair,keeping track of Betty by occa sional letters and phone calls. Whenshe moved back to .<.shburnham, Massachus etts , in the fall of 1 9 7 8,

10. 4 • Invisible GuestsB e tty told me of a number of strange events that had o ccurre dsince the inve stigation. From time to time, she had almost uncontrollable urge s to draw strange symbols and sketches. She alsoheard a voice, like her own voice , speaking from within, but in anunknown langu age, and would attempt to write down what she h e ar dphone tically. Betty also describ e d poltergeist phenomena: unexplained rappings, voices, and small floating balls of light. Her mother anddaughters shared in some of the se things a s well. I didnt p ay too much attention to these reports. To be frank, Ieven wondered if our strenuous investigation had taken its toll o nher. B u t so many things were allegedly occurring that s h e wrote tome in June 1 9 78: " S ometimes I fe el like not writing these thingsdown for you. Probably there are rational explanations." I halfhearte dly encouraged her to continue recording all strange happ enings for future consideration. But at that juncture, I had ne itherthe time nor the in clination to deal with them. Betty marri e d Bob Lu ca on August 21, 1 9 7 8. After honeymooning in Florida, they returned to live in a house bought in Connecticut. Almost as soon as they move d in, something else seemed tomove in with them that had all the attributes of the classicalpoltergeist. Several examples follow, as excerpted from B ettysletters: Sunday, S eptember 3rd, 1 1 P.M.: Bob and I were sitting on the living room sofa when the doorb ell (about seven feet away) rang twice. Because I was in my nightgown, I quickly got up and went to the stairway. B ob got up, went to the front door and thinking it may have b e e n a p rankster, looked around the front yard. While Bob was standing in the doorway, the doorbell rang again with the button in B o b s direct line-of-view! Bob investigated and found that the doorbell rings in one tone when pushed in, and a lower tone when it p o p s back out. There is no way the button could have been stuck. After che cking the ·wiring, Bob dis covered this was the only button for actuating the bell. I went over the incident in detail with Bob. The incident wasunexplainable if reporte d accurately. But it never happened again.

11. Invisible Guests • 5As if something had used the incident to announce its presence, ahost of incre asingly inexplicable phenomena followe d. S eptember 8, 1 9 7 8: Bob and I went to the drive -in. Bonnie and Cindy !B ettys daughters] stayed home with two friends playing Monopoly. The light on a shelf blinke d on and off, frightening the children. A poor lamp cord conne ction? Faulty socket, loose bulb, or aminute local power cut? But then things be came a bit morecomplic ate d: Then, today, Bob stayed home to work on the car. He finished the j ob and went down the cellar stairs after snapping on the cellar light. When he passed under the light, it went out. He returned up the stairs and fli cked the switch on and off. Nothing happene d! Then he returned to the bottom of the stairs and stood there. The light came on! He checked to see if the light bulb was loose. It was not. Later that same afternoon, rappings began to sound from thecarrying beams in the cellar. In the evening, the bathroom cabinetslouvers move d up and down by themselves. S eptember 9, 1 9 78: Bob heard a man speaking in the living room. He went in to shut off what he thought was the radio. It was off. No one was there. By O ctober, the phenomena Betty rep orted had grown to be quitecomplex. She and Bob had become very apprehensive and wantedme to help them. I did not know how to respond. I knew that theywere both normal, he althy individuals, and felt that they needed aparapsychologist, not a UFO investigator. October 1 9 , 1 9 7 8: It was about 8:30 at night. I was in our bathroom, adjoining the b e droom. Bob was on the floor by the bed about 20 feet away, putting on his socks, when suddenly a whirring noise appeared over our room. I suddenly stop p e d brushing m y teeth. With brush still i n mouth, I quickly turne d a n d s a w B o b look up a t me a n d rush toward the bathroom door. Suddenly, before he got there, his form appeared at the doorway. I saw him rush to his form and enter it!

12. 6 • Invisible Guests The weird eventsc ontinue throughout the winter months. But I d wa s too bus writing to be more th n justa p tient listene . y a a r In the spring of 1 9 7 9 , The A ndreasson Affair wa s fin ll pub a y l ishe . Bett , Bob, a n I hit the r o d together on a bre tht king d y d a a a n tion l promotion l tour. During this time, both p erson lly rel te a a a a a d the str nge o urren es th t h a cc c a ad been h pp ening to them. As I ac ross-ex mine them f c e to f c e , I w t he them relive some of a d a a ac d these experien es, a n I found it very h r to be skepti a l. c d ad c Bett a n Bob ex gge ting c ommon o urren es, or s h ring a Our ea rlie inve stig tion h r a ad est blishe thei honest . W ere a d r y y d a ra cc c ac ommon series of visu l a nd a uditory h llu in tions? a a c a After a ll, both ac tu ll b elieve th t a liens were keeping c lose a y d a w t h over their ac tivitie s . W ith su h thoughts c onst ntly pre ing ac c a y on their min s, who c oul bl me them fo su h im gin tive r e d d a r c a a ac tions? I ev lu te a ll su h events a s e tr o in ryc oin d en es a a d c x a rd a ci c a nd r e li e how e s it woul b e fo persons with Bett s a n a z d a y d r y d Bobs b kgroun s to interpret su h things a s p r norm l. ac d c a a a Interestingl enough, some str nge things h ppened in m y a a y p resen e d uring the promotion l tour. W ere thes e events just c a s tr ngec oin d en e or p r norm l h ppenings? a ci c a a a a During the tour, I ca rrie a long a ca ssette re ording of Bett , d c yun er hypnosis, r eliving the time th t the a liens h d pushe d a a d needles up one of he nostrils a nd into he n vel. S ever l r dio r r a a a s t tions were e ge to pl y it. But when given the t pe, thei a a r a a r engineers insiste th t it w s bl nk. I person ll entere the d a a a a y d engineeringr oomsa n w t he d them try to pl y it without su ess. d a c a ccBut, upon le ving the st tion, it woul pl y hac k without a ny a a d aproblems. Th n ull , it di work on The Mike Douglas Show. As it a kf y dpl ye , I w t he the e p essions of the live a udien e listening to a d ac d x r c :just th t s m ll segment of B ett s e p erien e prove unnerving fo a a y x c d rthem. W hen I a ppe re on K T a d RH s The Talk of Houston the t pe a pl ye . But just a s B ettys fe rful voi e went out ove the r dio a d a c r aw ves, a sudden powe c ut put the st tion o t. I s t in ink a r a � a y bl c kness a s the host ne vousl shouted " h t s h ppeni g?W hy a r y : W a a nh vent the gener torsc ome on?" Curiously enough, when we tape a a d The Tom L arson Show in Boston, the ca ssette t pe w s useda g in. a a aLa te we were a sked to r eturn to Boston fo a ret pe , s in e during r r a c

13. Invisible Guests • 7the filming of our interview the station s videotaping app aratus ha dgone haywire. Other shows tap ed that same morning came out fine. W hile on tour with Betty Andreasson, the me dia and audiencesalike had asked us certain spe cific q uestions over and over again. The same q uestions confronte me almost weekly for well over a dyear, via letters and telephone ca ls from all over the United State s land some foreign countries. Is the investigation continuing? HaveBetty and her new husband had further experiences? What are Bettyand Bob doing now? Have you pursued the possibility that Bettyexperienced an earlier UFO encounter? But after the tour, I became heavil invol e in researching and w iting yet another book entitled y v d r Casebook of a UFO Investigator, during which I found that the C E lli witnesses reporte the same type of psychic phenomena that d Betty an Bob were exp eriencing. Investigator Davi W ebb an I d d d had investigated rep orts from anothe highly reputable family who r ha witnessed similar phenomena in the aftermath of a U O d F lan ing and a number of sightings on their property. d I personally conducte a careful character check of the L ebel d famil ( pseudon m to protect the privac of the people involved) . y y yThey were well respe cte i n the community. A priest, a leading d busines sman, the chief of police, and others who knew them wel l attested to the honesty and stability of these hardworking, d evoutR oman Catholics. After U O events on their property, the L ebels too hear F dd istinct noises and footsteps in thei house, as well as whirring an r dbuzzing sounds. Compare ify ou will, thei experiences with those , rof Betty an Bob d : JOANNE LEBEL W e were sitting in the living room, and fo r some reason we were all uneasy that night. M arilyn sai , d " hat s that sound? It sounds like bees." Jerry said "Ye s, I W , hear it." Then he looke aroun an said " O h, it s getting d d d , l ouder and louder ." I couldnt hear it. M arilyn d d nt hea it i r y e ) d an more. H [Jerry ha his two hands over his ears. He sai d the noise was terrible . . . . He was bent over an almost co d l l apse in the chair. d Several d ays a ter the above inci ent, a wave of poltergeist f dactivity broke out wi hin the L ebel hou se. L ockedd oors flew open. t

14. 8 • Invisible GuestsW hen knives were inserte in the jambs in an attempt to stop this d f ightening phenomena, thed oors woul pop open an d islo ge the r d d d knives! F or months, the L ebels sighte a strange male prowler who d exhibite a number of paranormal abilities. The police were calle d d on man occasions. But just before their arrival, the phantomlike y ,figure woul d isappear. The L ebels ha calle their local prie st to d d d bless their home on several occasions but it ha proven to be d fruitless. Their house an outsi e groun s continue to be haunte . d d d d dNanc L ebel, a y oung a ult wi h a sensible hea on her shoul ers, y d t d dd escribe a being d : About nine oclock S atur a night, I was sitting in m be room d y y d sewing an I ha m recor pla er going, singing along with the d d y d y m usic. My d oor was open just about an inch, when I happene d to look up. I knew someone was stan ing there looking in cause d the light from the hea up shone in. But, there was no light d from there d own! I coul see the contour of a head lookin in, d g but I coul nt tell who it was . . . . I figure it must be m father, d d y so I sai : "Cut it out! " an went back to sewing. I looke up d d d again an it was still looking in so I reache over an swung the d d d d oor open. W hat I s aw was some kind of a form fle eting awa y r eall , reall fast. y y Nanc d escribe the figure who p eeke in the d oor of her y d db e room as "about five foot seven an slim. It look like he ha on d d ed dan un ippe jacket. I just looke gra , butd iffer nt. I coul nt see z d t d y e dan thing on the face." F or a d etaile d e scription of the U O an y d F dpa anormal phenomena on the L ebel prop ert , I woul refery ou t r y d oCasebook of a UFO Investigator. After becoming better ac uaint d with this ver unsettling t p e q e y y o f case, I began t o take a more s erious attitu e towar the stream o f d dr eports from Bett an Bob. B ett ha experience several similar y d y d d events before her 1 9 6 7 ab uction Coul a prior U O exp erience d . d F have possibl triggere such events? A phase two investigation was y d . nee e . But at that time, both Bett an Bob were extremel d d y d y apprehensive an reluctant to initiate h pnotic regression se ssions d y again. The experience s that B ett an Bob d escrib e certainl put y d d y

15. Invisible Guests • 9them into the category of haunte witnesses! In ad ition, unmarke d d d black helicopters seeme to b e taking an interest in them. They dd escribed tre etop-level flights over their home and incidents wherethe same type of craft followed their car. Black, unmarke mystery dhelicopters are a well d ocumente segment of the overall U O - d Fproblem an have a seeming connection wi h Close E ncounter d t cases like The A ndreasson Affair an with ca tle mutilation. Who d tflies them and whatd o they wan t? Th events plaguing Betty an Bob L uca continue into 1 9 7 9 e d dan a t the time o f writing (D ec ember 1980 ) are still occurring. d August 4, 1 9 7 9 Bob was in the d ining room studyin g for his : towar the parlor d oor an a normal si ed man s thre e dimen flying lessons. I was in the kitchen making a snack. I looke d d d - z sional featureless hea poppe aroun the side of the door. d d d This frightene me because it d idnt just happen and dis d appear. I fro e and then q uickly ran where Bob was When we z . both came back out, it was gone. This is the same area where ! Cindy !Betty s d aughter saw the legs an feet of a solid d sha owe male form. d d August 6, 1 979: The girls an I were shopping. Bob was sitting d a the d ining room table when again he hear someone or t d something walking aroun upstairs. d The following day, Betty again received mysterious cryptic mes sages. During their telepathic reception, she told me that "I felt : tremendous h at in my body an chills or goose bumps on the top e dl eft part of my scalp." As the significance of Betty and Bob s reports finallyd a ne on w d me, I became f strate . The L ucas were locate in Conne cticut, ru d d almost a four-hourd rive away. I worke a forty hour week for GT d - E Sylvania. In addition to writing a new book, I maintaine an d dd irecte my own small observato and planetarium, went about d ry lecturing on U Os, was he avily involved in my local church and F family life. With this j amme sche ule, I found it i possible d d m to con uct an objective an detaile investigation. d d d O one han , I was reluctant to assign another U O inve stigator n d F to a seemingly non-U O phenomena. On the other, I fe lt t hat I F

16. 10 • Invisible Guests should bec areful whom I told about these happe ngs reports like ni : this might c ompromise the initial integrit of The Andreasson yAffair. The publi would probabl write off both Bett and Bob as c y yc ra kpots. But some leading resear hers felt that su h phenomena c c cc ould be dire tl or ind re tl related with the UFO phenomena. c y i c y S ome felt that the Close E n ounters somehow enhan e d the wit c c nesses innate ps hi abilities, e nabling them to sense and inter yc c rea t with paranorm c f!l realities. Others felt that su h ps hi c yc c phenomena were dire tl c aused b the powers governing UFOs. c y y Finall I turned to the medi al do tor who had c ondu ted y c c cBett s p s hiatri interview du ing our earlier investigation. H e y yc c rwas about to leave and set up a pra ti e with a large c ompan in c c y Colorado. W hen I explained to him what was happening, however,he gra iousl c onsented to stop over and visit the L u as on his wa c y c ywest. After his visit, I re eived a letter from B ett telling me what had c yhappened : Oc tober 24/2 5 , 1 9 7 9 : Bob and I were on our wa to meet D r. y K ornb erg. It was 9 : 4 5 P.M. when two tin reddish orange balls of y - light (like burning coals) ra ed about 2 or 3 in hes above and c c followed the hood and windshield line of the c ar. The were y spa ed about 5 in he s apart. The left a luminous trail as the c c y y sped onward. W e arrived at the hotel, met with D r. K ornb erg and we all headed ba k home. c W e dis ussed man things. Suddenl a loud noise like dishes c y y hitting together sounded from the kit hen. We all heard it. Bob c c he ked to see if ourc at had done it, but found he was outdoors. c Also, both girls were fast asleep . Then, we went outdoors to drive ba k to the hotel with the c do tor. Bob and Dr. K ornb erg looked up. Over the house, ver c y low, floate d a mas sive c igar-shaped c loud. The skies els ewhere were c lear, andy ouc ould see the stars out. It remained there for 10 minutes. W e left at 5 : 0 0A.M. L ater, when I c hatted with the do tor b phone, he c onfirmed c yboth the strange sound and the ver unusual, rigid-appearingc loud. yBut there was no proof that either was of an anomalous nature. Dr.

17. Invisible Guests • 11 K orn erg reaffirme his initial evaluation t hat Betty was no b d t a psychotic and in icate a d esire to visit them again s ometime in d dt he future. His written evaluation appears in the appendic es. I felt helple s s to assis Betty and Bo there was little tha I t b; t could do, personally, t o stop wha ever was har ssing them. I am t a convinced that t heir religious b eliefs are a great help to them. Through Bet y s in uence, Bo ha recently em raced the Christian t fl b d b faith. Both strongly b elieved that no matter what happened, Go d woul not allow any harm to come to them. d The weir happenings continued. By the spring of 1 980, t was d i o vious that someone close at hand should attemp a closer stu y b t d of these reporte occurrences. I finally decided t o assign a Con d necticut investigator to the case. Concurrently,b oth Bett and Bo y b agree to undergo further hypno ic regressions. d t Bo s curiosity a ou his own U O experience had won over his b b t F fear of wha might come ou under hypno sis. Betty was still very t t apprehensive, b ut also c urious a out the possi ility that she ha b b d had an earlier U O experience prior to the a duction in 1 9 67. She F b ha a conscious memo from her teenage d ay of seeing a roun d ry s d o jec , " like a moon," c oming o ut of the sky toward her. An we b t d won ere if the tiny BB-like de ce hadb e en pl ace in her nose a d d vi d tt he time. Thus we o t ine the se ices of a local hypnotist. b a d rv Briefly then, in answer t o those freq uent q uestions Yes, t he : investigation has indee continued. Yes, Bet y, Bo , and thei d t b r family have had further paranormal experiences. Yes, we have pursued the possi ility that B etty had an earlier U O encounter. A b F new series of hypnotic sessions with Betty has revealed answers t ob oth of these q u estions. W hat reportedly occurre d strains one s cre dulity to the b reaking point. Another open q uestion from t he Andreasson Af air involve f d Bo L u ca s reported CloseE ncounter of the Thir K ind. When our b d initial pro e caused him to b egin t o relive h s experience with b i fri htening clarity, he refused further hypnosis. But since then, he g cons ente to undergo several hypnotic regression ses sions-which d produced one of the b iggest surprises our follow-on inve stigation encountere . In many ways, this b ook contains a higher "st range d ness index" than my earlier work, with implica ions t hat are b o h t t overwhelming and frightening.

18. 12 • Invisible Guests There were many similarities betwe en the An reasson Affai d ra n other U O case of this kin , which in icate a common d F s d d d stimulus. But phase two of our investigation reveale an incon d ceivable account unparallele in the course of U O histo d F ry. In thewor s of my principal inve stigator "It is so unbelievable that it is d :believable!" W ith that intriguing st tement, let us begin. a • i

19. 2. pening Pandoras Box In Mar h of 1 980, I aske R c har Ny c d i d cz, an investigator in Con ne ti ut for the Center for U O Studies ( CU OS) 1 to serve as c c F F prin ipal investigator for the phase two inq uiry into the An cd reass n Affair. e A sear h for a well-q uali ie hypnotist resulte in the sele tion of c f d d cF re Max.F re worke with me i al do tors in the area an hel a d d d dc c d d ba helor s d egree in behavioral p sy hology. He ha no previous c c d knowle ge or experien e with personsc laiming a U O exp erien e , d c F c but was willing to work with us as a pai c onsultant d . F re s he ule the first get-a q uainte ses sion for Mar h 1 7 , d c d d c d c 1 980. H e initially planne to perform some routine tests to a s d c ert in whether they were goo hypnoti subj e ts. It was un or a d c c f tunate that R c har c oul not atten th s session, be ause the i d d d i c fantasti o urren e that transpire that eveni g was a baptism of c cc c d n fire for the uninitiate an unai e F re M ax. This first session d d d d d rivale even the strangest segments o the original An reass n d f d e Affair. Un er the c ir umstan e s, nonetheless, F re per orme ex d c c d f dc eptionally well. F re an his wife, Beryl, are extremely c ordial an soft-spoken. d d dF re s winsome smile an gentle yet f irm voi e make one fe el at d d c 13

20. 14 • Opening Pandoras Box home with him at on e The insisted that the sessions be held c . y wi thin thec omfort of their own home. Warml wel oming B ett and y c y Bob, the sat down for an informalc hat to get to know ea h other. y c After some dis u ssion, Bett was still a bit apprehensive her c y : own original series of h pnoti regression sessions had un overe d y c c memories that would c ause some people severe emotional prob l ems. Fred wante d a willing subj e t so it was de ided that Bob c c would be the subj e t of the first few h pnoti sessions. c y c Bob turned out to be an ex ellent subj e t F red was able to c c. progres s him easil into deeper and deeper states of relaxation. y Bob had doubts that he had reall been h pnotized ( as most y y h pnoti subje ts do) . However, F re d pro eeded to perform a y c c c sta tling demonstration. Bett win e d in horror as Fred began r y c sti king pins into her husband without his feeling pain or bleeding c ! Fred then exp erimented b regressing Bob ba k to the time y c when he had first met B ett in Florida. She listened in fas ination y c as Bob relive d their first m eeting in vivid detail . ( If one a epts the realit of their abdu tions at full fa e value, cc y c c this meeting might ver well have been programmed b an outside y y s our e.) c In the fall of 1 9 7 7 , he was touring the c ountr in a c amping y trailer with his friend E d die. He had traveled to Texas through California and then to Ore gon. At the start, he had no in l nation to ci visit Florida. But he began re eiving a strong impulse to go there. c Although he had originall planned to head ba k to Conne ti ut, y c c c Bob drove to Florida. Upon his arrival, Bob andE ddie looked upE ddies wife s sister, K atherine, who invited them to sta awhile When the subj e t of y . c UF O s c ame up during a c onversation, Bob told her about his exp erien e of a de ade b efore. Then the plot took on some ver c c yc urious dimensions. K atherine worked as a c ook at the Clo k, a lo al restaurant. She c c had re entl be ome friends with a waitress named Bett , who she c y c y said had shared a fantasti p ersonal U O exp erien e with her c F c . d K atherines new friend, ofc ours e, was B ett An re asson. y B ett had just moved into her sisters home in F lorida. Deter y mined not to be a burden while looking for a house, B ett found y

21. Opening Pandoras Box • 15work as a waitress. When Katherine told Bob about Bettys exp erience, Bob impulsively went right down to the Clock and introduced himself. Somehow he felt she would help him find answers tohis own UFO experience, which had trouble d him for years. Itappeare d that Bobs UFO experience had taken place only sixmonths after Bettys in January of 1 9 6 7 . Cons ciously, Bob couldremember only that he was driving alone along Route 68 in Durham,Connecticut, on his way to Hammonasset Beach. It was midmorning, the sky was clear, and it was splendid weather. Thefamiliar drive normally took him about a half hour. As Bob drove by a wooded area, something refle cting sunlightcaught his eye. Glancing up, he was sho cke d to see two large brightcigar- shaped obj ects outlined against the cloudless blue sky. Two smaller oval objects dropped out of one of the larger craft. Onequickly sped off, but the other head.,-d toward him. It app earedmetallic with a dull finish. Des cending slowly, like a falling leaf, thedisk-shap ed craft disappeared behind trees about a thousand feetahead of him. Bob remembered becoming extremely anxious atthat point and thinking, "Theyre coming after me!" The next thing Bob remembere d was arriving at the beacharound 2 P.M.! He had no recollection of what had happened in overthree hours of missing time. For years, Bobs consciou s experience had weighed heavily uponhis mind. Preliminary data extracted during a hypnosis session onDe cember 3, 1 9 7 7 , indicate d that Bob had been abducted. Underhypnosis, Bob be came terrified to find himself lying naked on atable with alien creatures examining him. Bob found the hypnotically extracted experience hard to believe, yet it was very unsettling.At that time, he refused to undergo further sessions. Fred Max still had a little time left before the session wassupposed to end. He decided he would try to bring Bob back towhen he first saw a UFO at Durham, Connecticut. Then, at the nextsession, in the presence of an official investigator, he would try tobring out the details. Thank goodness a tap e recording was madefor our eva luation! Freds soft voice was now the only sound in the hushed room.Betty and Beryl looked on wonderingly.

22. 16 • Opening Pandoras Box FRED MAX Now, I want you to relax. Deeper and deeper and deeper. Suppose now we go back in time to the very first time you sighte d a UF O . I will count from one to five very slowly and delib erately. And, as I do, I want you just to allow your mind to go back in time to that sighting. I want you to s e e what you saw then, feel what you felt then, and b e there again. Ill count from one to five and you will be reliving that experience. One, two, three, four, five. Where are you? But it was a voice of a little child that came from Bob Lucasmouth. " O n th e swing," Bob answere d. FRED MAX Where? BOB In the back yard. FRED MAX [Surprised and puzzled! Where is that? At what city? BOB Meriden. FRED lIAX [Regaining his composure) What do you see that is unusual? BOB A ball of light coming, and its daytime! FRED MAX What time is it? BOB The afternoon. FRED 1IAX What time? BOB i dunno. FRED MAX Okay. Whats the weather like? BOB Oh, it s sunny. FRED MAX What is the date? BOB I dunno. FRED 1IAX O kay, what is the month and ye ar? The answer drifted across the room in childlike tones: "Its insummertime. It s in forty-four." B etty and B eryl stare d at eachother in amaz ement. FRED MAX How old are you? BOB Five. FRED MAX O kay, des crib e what you see. Immediately B ob s facial muscles twisted with fe ar. He began tobreathe heavily. His youthful voice took on a tone of panic.

23. Opening Pandoras Box • 17 BOB Its a ball of light! It scares me! I dont like it! FRED MAX Why dont you like it? BOB I was afraid. FRED MAX Anybody else see this thing? BOB No. Its just staying there. FRED MAX Where? Above you? BOB Yeh. FRED MAX Okay, and whats happening now? Bob groaned. His chest heaved up and down strenuously and hebreathed rapidly in and out. FRED MAX [Gently] Okay, I want you to relax. I want you to see this, but slightly remove yourself from this situation. You can still feel it, but to a lesser degree so it no longer causes you dis comfort. Okay? Ill count from one to three and with each number, youll feel yourself ever so slightly remove d to the point where you can relax and discuss it easily. One, two, three. Excellent. Now describe what you see. BOB [Groans] Its a light. Its kinda hanging there. Theres, theres people in it or somethin. At this juncture, Bob became so terribly frightened that Fredagain had to intervene. FRED MAX Okay, just calm down. Go further and further away from it. You nee dnt be scared. Youre right here. Youre fine. Deeper and deeper. You will fe el your whole body calming down as I count one to thre e. One, two, thre e, deeper and deeper and deeper. Whats happening? What is upsetting you? There was a long pause. Bob did not answer. "Did anybodycome out of it?" Fred persisted. BOB No, but someone tried to talk to me. FRED MAX Someone? What did it look like? BOB A voice, not people. FRED MAX What has you so upset? Calm down. Okay. What did the voice try to say to you? BOB ! dunno. FRED MAX Try to hear it. Calm down. Theres nothing to be afraid of. Okay, what did the voice say to you?

24. 18 • Opening Pandoras Box Bobs childlike voice was under great strain. He was almost crying: "I want to tell my mummy, but they told me I cant." Fred continued to elicit what the voice said, but Bob refused totell him. He also seemed utterly terrified at something he wasseeing. His chest was heaving up and down amid heavy groans andsobs. Betty herself became very upset and concerned. Beryl watchedanxiously, wondering what was going to happen next. Again Fre dhad to take special measures to calm him down. FRED MAX Okay, I want you to calm down. Just relax right where you are. All right, Im going to bring you back to the present. However, when I- BOB [Interrup ting with a sigh of reliefl Thats good! FRED MAX Whats good? BOB Ill be back. FRED MAX Okay, Ill bring you back but when I want to. When you think of what has just happened, youll have the ability to view it as if it were a movie. Youll be able to think of it very calmly, very rationally. In a few moments when I awaken you, youll be able to discuss it with me. Youll have nice clear images of what you saw, but you wont be scare d. After all, you lived through it very nicely, and you know you made it through. As Fred spoke these words, softly and confidently, Bobs breath-ing began to ease. His whole body relaxed more and more. Fredcontinued. FRED MAX As a matter of fact, tonight, when you go home with Betty, youre going to be very tired. Next thing you know its going to be morning and youll wake up fully refreshed. Now Ill awaken you. Youre going to wake up fe eling very calm and relaxed. Five, four, three, move your muscle s. Two, open your eyes. One, wide awake, feeling fine. Bobs eyes blinke d open, staring unbelievingly into space. For-tunately, Fred left the tap e recorder running. FRED MAX Wow! Did either of you know about this before just now? BETTY Just that when he was younger he remembered seeing a light in his back yard.

25. Opening Pandoras Box • 19 FRED MAX Ive seen a lot of things hypnotically. I mean a lot. Ive never seen anyone that scared. Ive seen a woman lose her children. I saw a woman see her father die again. I just didnt want to leave him in that state for any great period of time. He was more frightened than Ive ever seen people under regres sive hypnosis. Fre d then looke d at Bob, who still sat lethargically and com-pletely silent. FRED MAX Bob? Im going to put you out again in a few minutes. But how are you feeling now? BOB [Laughs] Dopey! FRED MAX Your pulse is eighty-five. I assume that is higher than your normal state. Youre calming down now. Ill put you out again. You will be calm. BOB [Sounds concerned] I dont think I want to go back anymore tonight if its okay with you. FRED MAX Thats quite okay. For the rest of the evening, Fred discussed the episode with Bobin some detail, without further resort to hypnosis. For some reason,Bob could not remember or was unable to tell Fred what the voicehad said. They decided to spend a few more ses sions, if necessary,just to find this out. Also, it was apparent that Fred had broughtBob only to the very beginning of the experience that had terrifiedBob as a young five-year-old child. In 1 944, when the incident had reportedly oc curred, Bob and hismother were living with his grandmother at the latters house onSouth Broad Street in Meriden. Bobs father was fighting overseas.His mother worke d two jobs during the days while his grandmothercared for him. Fre d questioned Bob very carefully on the layout of the sightingarea. The posthypnotic suggestions helped Bob remember theback yard in vivid detail and to answer que stions without furtherfear. FRED MAX Can you think of anyone else who might have seen it? A child that was playing in the area? A building that was so close that people would have seen it?

26. 20 • Opening Pandoras Box BOB No. There werent a lot of houses around there then. Bob drew a rough sketch for Fred (see Bettys finished sketch inFigure 1). BOB There was a house directly next door . . . on this side and that side. The back yard kind of slop ed down from the house. And then there was another bank and it slope d down again. I was way back down at the very bottom. Thats where the swing set was. Tall pine tre es, a six-foot hedge, and a chicken coop shielded theare a from one of the neighb ors houses. The other adj oining housecouldnt see the back yard be cause of a large cherry tree. FRED MAX Tonight, when you came here, you had no anticipa- Field ond trees Wire fence 7 """"- Field Che ......... tree I Chicken coop ----------l + -E Porch GrassHouse Grandmothers Well two·story house J. Pine trees 0Figure 1. Map of Bob Lucas encounter at age 5 (drawn April 14,1 980)

27. Opening Pandoras Box • 21 tion of going back to that year, correct? What year had you anticipated going back to? BOB I thought we were going to talk about 1 9 6 7 . FRED MAX Thats what I was expecting. So when you said you didnt know what date it was, I knew something was happening differently from what I had anticipated. The key to the situation, of course, was the fact that Fred Maxhad commanded Bob back to "the very first time you sighte d aUF O. Bob obliged! His mind, in obedience, went back to his veryfirst UFO exp erience as a five-year-old child! When Betty phoned to tell me the re sults of the first session, Iwas amaz ed. At the same time, I be came panicky because it lookedas if Richard Nye z would not be able to investigate the case for me. When the next weekly session came up on March 24, Richardcould not attend be cause of his busy schedule. In the meantime,Betty and B ob were meeting with Fre d Max once again. Ratherthan cancel the se ssion, I had phoned Fred to give him somegeneral procedural instructions. I apologized that we still had nota ssigned an inve stigator and assured him that I was working on theproblem. NOTES1 CUFOS, P.O. Box 1 4 0 2 , Evanston, IL 602 04.

28. 3 . he Peoplei n the Light On March 25, I phoned police officer Larry Fawcett, one of thecenters finest inve stigators. In addition to his experience in avariety of criminal inquiries, he has been involved in UFO researchfor well over a decade, serving such groups as the Aerial PhenomenaResearch Group (APR0)1, The National Investigations Committeeon Aerial Phenomena (NICAP)2, and the Center for UFO Studies(CUFO S). He became an inve stigator for CUFOS in 1978 and in1980 was elected to its national board of directors. Though Larry lived quite a distance from the Lucas, he acceptedthe case without reservations. He readily agreed to begin attendingand coordinating the hypnotic se ssions; the next was scheduled forApril I. The second session, on March 24, had proved to be even morethou ght-provoking than the first. After Bobs traumatic reaction atthe prior ses sion, Fred had been concerne d for Bobs health. Thistime he had a medical doctor in attendance. On April I, Larry started atten ding the sessions. He asked Fred22

29. The People in the Light • 23to hypnotically induce Bob to relive the whole account from beginning to end. This gave Larry an opportunity to witness thingsfirsthand and to ask questions. Under the circumstances, however, Fred had been doing anadmirable job on his own. From time to time, he had asked Bobwhat I thought would be leading questions. This is consideredtaboo, as the last thing we wanted to do was to influence a witness.But interestingly enough, such questions clearly did not influenceBobs responses. This strongly indicated that he was reliving a real,not an induced, experience. It would be impossible to reproduce over two hours of conversation, taking up over one hundred pages in transcript. Since sessionstwo and three covered essentially the same territory, I have electedto present selected excerpts from both to summarize Bobsexperience. Bob was being prepared to be placed in a deep trance. He waslying back on a large stuffed reclining chair, his feet propped up onan ottoman. Fred Max had just frozen Bob in time at that pointwhere he first heard a voice speaking within his head. Now he wouldtry to find out what the voice said-and allow Bob to relive the restof his UFO experience. Freds soft voice finished the usual countdown. Bob slippedfurther and further into a deep state of relaxation. Fred commandedhim to go back to the year 1 944 to the swings in his grandmothersback yard, where he had seen the light. FRED .MAX . . three, four, five. Hello. . BOB Hello. . FRED MAX Where are you? BOB My grandmothers house. FRED .MAX What do you see? BOB !Begins to breathe heavily] A light. A light in the sky. Its strange. FRED MAX Why is it strange? BOB Its daytime. FRED MAX Is it far off in the distance? BOB I With a tone of terror in his voice] I dont think so!

30. 24 • The People in the Light Fred let Bob continue to that point where the light approachedand hovered near Bob, who then began to hear the voice in hishead. BOB [Now panting heavily] Some bodys talking to me. FRED MAX Who? BOB The people in the light. I FRED MAX How are they talking to you? BOB Ah. [Sighs] They say my name. II FRED MAX How do they call your name? BOB I h�ar em. I hear em inside of my head. FRED MAX Do they c all you Rob ert or Bobby, or what? BOB Bobby. FRED MAX Is that what your mother calls you? BQ B Y ep . FRED MAX Okay, and what are they saying to you? BOB [Breathing very heavily) Cant tell. [Panting] Cant tell anybody what they say. FRED MAX Can you tell me? BOB Nop e. It s not time. FRED MAX When will the time be? BOB [Heavy breathing] When Im older, it will b e time. FRED MAX How much older? BOB [Long sigh] Theyll decide. Determine d to find out what the voice had told Bob, Fredbecame more aggressive. FRED MAX What happens to you if you tell me? BOB Cant tell anybody. Not even my mommy. [Bob is clearly under great stress. His chest heaves up and down. He is panting heavily.] FRED MAX Okay, just take it easy. If you do tell me, what will they do to you? BOB I cant. FRED MAX But how do you know you cant?· BOB They said [slowly and deliberately) l-ean-not-tell. Not until its time. The attending doctor had no obj ection to Fred continuing to

31. The People in the Light • 25probe, but Fred finally gave up in utter exasperation. He could notunderstand the powerful· counterimpre ssion that prevente d Bobfrom telling him. It certainly was not be cause of any threat imposedupon Bob. What was it? In any event, Fred decided to concentrateon the voices origin, the "people in the light." FRED MAX Okay, how many be ings? Can you see people? Can you see them? BOB Yep. FRED MAX Okay, are you concerned? BOB !Suddenly relaxes and laughs] Its funny. Its strange. People, but not like regular people! They scared me at first, but they told me I dont have to be afraid. FRED MAX That was when they first came? You were re ally scared? BOB Yeh. To test this statement, Fred brought Bob back again to thebeginning of his experience. What would Bobs reaction be? FRED MAX Okay, lets go back to when they first came. I want to see how you were intro duced to them. Im going to bring you back. When I count from one to thre e youll be sitting on your swing set, and youll have your first vision of these beings. One, two, three. What do you see? BOB The light up in the sky. And somebody saying "Bobby." !Laughs] Bobby. !Suddenly begins to breathe heavily again.1 And its daytime. Shouldnt be. Shouldnt be any light there. And inside the light theres little, little people, like. There was a long pause. Bobs chest heave d up and down in timeto heavy sounds of breathing. A terrified expression appeared onhis face. BOB And it scares me! FRED MAX How do you know there were little people? BOB I can hear. I can see in my mind. FRED MAX Okay, so they are approaching you. How far away are they now? BOB Theyre as close as the next yard.

32. 26 • The People in the Light FRED MAX A football field away maybe? BOB I dont . . . [Sounds puzzled] Not too far from wire fence. FRED MAX Okay. Does it land? Note the leading question; but also note Bobs response: BOB It comes low and it stops, but its not on the ground. I dont have to be afraid. [Relaxes] FRED MAX Okay. And now theyre speaking to you, right? BOB I dont understand. [A long pause here] Some, pre prepare. FRED MAX Prepare what? After another long pause, a puzzled look appeared on Bobs faceas if he really were listening and trying to understand someone.Then he spoke again. BOB Pre-pare good mankind. Pre-pare. I dont understand. FRED MAX And theyre saying something about "Prepare good mankind?" BOB Yeh. Im not to remember the rest. FRED MAX Youre not to remember this? BOB The rest. FRED MAX Why not? B ecause you cant remember it, or because you cant say it? BOB [A nother long pause] Cant tell. FRED MAX Now Im going to ask you. Youre on the ground. Youre on the swings. You see a light. The light comes closer. And you believe there are beings. They are speaking to you in your own voice. So far Im correct? BOB Nop e. FRED MAX [A bit surprised] Where am I incorrect? BOB The voice is not mine, but its inside my head like mine. FRED MAX Okay. At any time do you leave the ground and go somewhere with them? Another leading question, but Bob re sponde d with "No, I dontthink so." FRED MAX How long were you talking to them? Can you give me an estimate?

33. Th e People in the Light • 27 BOB I dont know. My hands are all tingly like this, like theyre sle eping. !Later, Larry would interrogate Bob about this physio logical effect. ) Theyll leave, and then theyll be back. FRED MAX When? Why will they be back? BOB I dont know. FRED MAX Did you ask them? BOB No. FRED MAX Did you get to ask them anything? BOB No-o-o-o. I was scared at first. And I just dont understand. I dont know. FRED MAX Did they touch you? D ire ctly? Indire ctly? Did they touch you with anything? BOB Just with a light. FRED MAX Where did they? Did they pinpoint the light some where near you? BOB Yeah. In my eyes. It hurt. It gave me a headache. FRED MAX Does it have heat associated with it? Like the sun would? BOB No. It was brighter than the sun. It was white, white, white light. Fred tried to ascertain the date of the incident by a number ofdifferent approaches. None worked, but some made interestinglistening: FRED MAX Do you know what month it is? BOB No, but its summertime. FRED MAX The end or the beginning of summer or what? BOB !Long pause] It must be toward the middle, maybe . FRED MAX Okay, when youre home with your mommy and your grandmother and the radios on, perhaps they talk about events. Can you remember some very recent event that took place? Is there something going on in the country that they talked about? BOB Well, my grandmother always listens to Gang Busters on the radio. FRED MAX Okay . . . ? BOB And sometimes they talk about the war thats going on. Thats where my daddy is.

34. 28 • The People in the Light From time to time, Fred would again try to p ersuade Bob to tellwhat the aliens said. BOB !In a squeaky voice] I cant say it. FRED MAX Why not? BOB Ill be bad. I cant say it. Not time. FRED MAX Okay, but you can tell me. I!• BOB !In a taunting singsong voice] No I cant! FRED MAX !Mimicking Bobs childs singsong] Oh yes you can! BOB They told me I cant talk. I couldnt even tell my mommy. FRED MAX But dont you think your mommy would want to hear it? After all, you were talking to strangers. Hasnt your mommy ever told you not to? BOB Yeah, but thats different. FRED MAX No it isnt. These strangers talked to you. You should now tell your mommy what they told you. BOB Theyre not regular p eople strangers. FRED MAX She never said irregular people are different! If you asked her, she wouldnt agree to that. BOB She meant regular p eople. She dont even know these kind of people. Flustere d, poor Fred tried anothe r tack. FRED MAX Now, suppose you were a big man and had little children and they were given a message. Wouldnt you want to know about the message? BOB !Pauses a moment] Sure I would. FRED MAX You b e t you would, and so would your mommy. So suppose you tell her now! BOB But they say I cant, so I cant. FRED MAX Why not? BOB !Totally exasperated.� Because Im not supposed to! FRED MAX Yes, but who makes the rules, they or your mommy? !His voice sounds a bit triumphant but its premature.� BOB I dunno . . . Thats confusing. It was no good. Fred decided to try an exp eriment. He broughtBob ahead one day after the incident to see if he still rememberedwhat happened.

35. The People in the Light • 29 FRED MAX Okay, what are you doing now? BOB In the house. FRED MAX Okay, what are you thinking about? BOB Playing with my little toys. FRED MAX Did anything unusual happen lately? BOB [Pause] Oh, [matter-of-factly] I saw a bright light ye sterday. FRED MAX Anything significant about it? BOB It was out in the daytime. FRED MAX Anything else? BOB No. FRED MAX Did you tell your mommy you saw a bright light? BOB No. FRED MAX D idnt it seem important? BOB No. Even a day after the incident, the mental block induced by thealien beings was firmly in place. Fre d then moved Bob ahead twoweeks in time to test his memory once again. FRED MAX What are you doing now? BOB Im riding my tricycle home. FRED MAX Oh? Tell me something. Has anything unusual happened to you lately? BOB Yep! FRED MAX [Quite excitedly] What? BOB I got bit right between the fingers by a red ant, and it hurt! Fre d laughed out loud in amusement. BOB I didnt do anything to it. [His feelings sound hurt./ FRED MAX Anything else youve had to think about lately? BOB No. FRED MAX Nothing? [Pause] Tell me, do you remember a bright light that you saw a few weeks ago? BOB Urn, something about a light, but no. FRED MAX Okay, lets go back two weeks in time to the bright light. Ill count from one to three and youll go back in time two weeks to the bright light being there. BOB [Interrupting] That was two weeks and one day! FRED MAX Sorry. Two weeks and one day. One, two, three.

36. 30 • The People in the Light Okay, what do you see now? BOB [Begins breathing hard, o bviously frightened] Bright light in the sky. FRED MAX O kay. Do you have any idea why the bright light is coming toward you and no one else? BOB (After long pause! Well, that kind of light has come to a lot of people. FRED MAX Who told you that? BOB The people inside the light. FRED MAX The light is going to a lot of people, or has been to a lot of people, or both? BOB Both. FRED MAX Okay, can you see the little people? BOB Yes, well, a little bit. FRED MAX Okay, can you see a body? Are they taller than you? BOB Bigger than me, but smaller than big people. I dont know what the rest [of themj looks like but- FRED MAX Do they come in colors? BOB Like elephant. FRED MAX You mean like a gray-type color? BOB Yeah. Rather than subj ect B ob to the traumatic segment of his experience once again, Fred brought him back to March 24, 1980. Beforebringing him out of the trance, he posthypnotically suggested overand over again that the experience would not trouble him. During the week betwe en the first and second sessions, I continued to keep abreast of things by telephone and letter. LarryFawcett was now very anxious to get started. He could not believethe things that had reportedly happened. His private opinion at thetime was as follows: I first entere d this case with an open mind and after reading The A ndreasson Affair felt that this case could easily be ex plained as a very elaborate hoax. Of course, I hadnt met the Lucas, and this was a biase d opinion on my part. I sympathized with Larry. In his place, I would have felt thesame way. But I believed that it was better to have him biased in

37. The People in the Light • 31this dire ction rather than t o come o n the case a s a believer. Hisskeptical attitude would, I hoped, assure me of a more objectivereport. In UFO inve stigation lingo, Bobs reported childhood UFOexperience would be classified as a Close Encounter of the ThirdKind (CE -III) -the sighting of a UFO within 500 fe et. Study ofhundreds of CE -IIIs has enabled res earchers to break down thisparticular category into seven distinct typ es (the percentagesapproximate) : Type A-An entity seen inside a UFO ( 1 8 percent) Type B-An entity seen entering or leaving a UFO (26 percent) Type C-An entity seen in close proximity to a UF O ( 1 8 percent) Type D-An entity seen in an area of UFO activity (8 percent) Type E -An entity seen alone without a UFO sighting ( 1 8 percent) Type F -No entity seen, but the witness receives intelligible communication (2 percent) Type G-The witness reports an experience aboard a UFO ( 1 0 percent) It is apparent that in Bobs case, the CE -III type progressedrapidly from a CE-I (sighting a glowing oval object in the sky) to aCE-lli type F to a type A. Cons ciously, Bob remembered only theglowing obj e ct in the sky-which researchers would classify as adaylight disk sighting. Initial probing by hypnosis revealed a type F experience. Persistent probing uncovere d a type A. The seven categorizations may besuperficial in nature. Reports indicate that alien creatures in UFOscan block out any part of a UFO experience from a witnesss mind,which raises a very intriguing que stion: How many consciouslyremembered daylight disk and nocturnal light sightings might reallyinvolve a CE-1 or II? How many CE -I and II encounters might inreality be CE -IIIs? Back in 1 9 68, for example, I investigated a strange case that hadtaken place in a rural community of central Massachusetts. Thewitness, a captain in the Civil Air Patrol, lived in a trailer bus set upin an isolate d field. During the early morning hours of February 2 7 ,she was awakened by a bright beam o f light from the sky which

38. 32 • The People in the Lightswept back and forth through the trailers windows. When anele ctric fan was tou ched by the light, it lost power and coasted to ahalt. When the witness reached for a rifle, the light swung aroundand hit her, causing total p aralysis. E s sentially, that is all she couldremember. The case had the e armarks of a CE-III . So MUF ON inve stigatorD avid Webb coordinate d hypnotic regression se ssions in 198 1.Under hypnosis the witness relive d a UFO abduction and physicale xamination by small alie n being s . Of great interest is the emblemof a bird that she notice d on the aliens uniforms. An exc erpt fromDavids interview: Oh, . . . I know the name of that bird. It goe s way back . . . into E gyptology, that sort of thing . . . . Its the phoenix bird . . . It had the pointed head on the back here , and the type of beak is completely different than the normal e agles. I I B etty saw such an insignia on the uniforms of the aliens thatabducte d her on January 25, 196 7 ! This witness, who had not readThe A ndreasson Affair, knew nothing of this. l Its important to remember that hypnosis has been employed foronly a very small percentage of UFO sightings. In most cases, it isonly used o n cons ciou sly remembered or strongly suspected CElli, typ e G cases. It is very pos sible that general UFO sightings arereally only the tip of a vast iceberg of startling and valuable datathat have been blocked from witnesses minds. When session three finally arrived, Larry Fawcett aske d Fre dMax to induce Bob to relive the entire exp erience over again indetail. This time, Larry p a s s e d to Fre d written instru ctions andquestions. At times, he aske d B ob que stions dire ctly. I have tried tocategorize a number of excerpts from session three to answer anumber of specific que stions relating to the physical des cription ofthe craft and its occupants. FRED MAX Does it have a spe cific width? . BOH It looks like the moon, only smaller. [I. e. , when Bob first saw it in the sk.fi FRED MAX Does it have any characteristics you can tell me about?

39. The People in the Ligh t • 33 BOB Its sparkling like and sometimes it s different colors. It s red, then it s white and greenish blue or blue-green. Change colors, like. FRED MAX What color is that beam that hit you in the fa ce? BOB White. LARRY FAWCETT If you walked toward it, how many steps would you take to get to it? BOB Twelve. LARRY FAWCETT About how high would it be, B ob? BOB Its higher than the apple tre e. FRED MAX Twice as high? BOB Twic e as high as the apple tre e. LARRY Is the object a s big as the car? BOB Bigger than two cars. FRED MAX Can you describe the obj ects shape? BOB Like a, well, inside the light was a funny-shape thing. Kind of flat on the bottom and like, ah, if you put it on the top of something flat, it would look like that. B ob was describing a typically reported UF O , a disk with acentral dome. He then compared its texture to a familiar obj ect. BOB It looks smooth, just like a gum ball. He had also he ard a noise associated with the obj ect. Larryquestioned him about it: LARRY Do you still hear that noise? BOB So metimes. FRED MAX Is it the same tone all the time? BOB No. FRED MAX Did you hear the tone or see the object first? BOB I saw the light first. FRED MAX Then how soon after the light are you aware of a tone? BOB When the light starts to get brighter, then I hear the tone. FRED MAX Look very hard. You are hearing the pitch. There are fluctuations. Can you associate anything with it? BOB When the light gets dull, there is no noise. When the light gets bright, the noise starts.

40. 34 • The People in the Light LARRY FAWCETT Have you ever heard this sound any place else? BOB [After a long pause] . ; Once m my mothers car, when all the steam came out, and it stopped the car. LARRY FAWCETT Thats the same noise? BOB No, not the same, but almost. LARRY FAWCETT You are looking at this thing now by the tre e over the fenc e . Does it have any whe els on it, like a car does? BOB [Childlike giggle.� LARRY FAWCETT What made you laugh there? BOB Cause it s not on the ground. Cars have whe els. Out of the mouths of babes! At that juncture, Fred came to therescue. FRED MAX Look at the obj e ct. I want you to see it clearly and describe the shape of it. BOB Its all white and it s like a moon, but the thing inside the light is different: round on the top and flat on the bottom. FRED MAX I am going to hand you a pen and some pap er. I am going to count to thre e. You will open your eye s without affe cting your trance, and you will be able to speak to us. I want you to draw the object as well as the light. If the light is flashed at you, it will not disturb you. One, two, three. Open your eyes without affe cting your trance and draw me the obj e ct as you see it. Bob slowly opened his eyes and took the pen. He sketched achilds drawing of an oval obj e ct with a round circle to the right, onthe dome. He indicated that the b e am of bright white light ha d shotout of this circle in the dome. The light engulfing the obj ect wasdepicted by his drawin g lines all around it (see Figure 2) . Fred thenasked, "Since the light was so bright, how could you see the obj ectinside?" BOB B ecause sometimes the light isnt so bright. LARRY FAWCETT What color is it? Is it the color of mommys car? BOB No. FRED MAX Is it shiny?

41. Figure 2. Bob s drawing of the object (March 31, 1 980)BOB No, its not shiny.LARRY FAWCETT Like a battle ship?BOB No, its like the rusty part on the car, only smooth.FRED MAX Where would I find rusty stuff on the car?BOB The shiny things on the front [i. e. , bumpers] that get rusty.Thats something like the color, but it s not. It looks like the colorthe ru st is. Like the brown color.FRED MAX Is the entire obj e ct this color?BOB And its all smooth.LARRY FAWCETT Is it sharp or fuzzy?BOB Fuzzy, like not real clear because the lights around it, it sfu zzy like.FRED MAX When it b e comes duller, you can see the obj e ctdistinctly?BOB Yeah.FRED MAX Is it doing anything other than just staying there?Can you describ e its motion to me?BOB It goes like this. [Bob puts his hand up and begins rocking itback and forth. ] It goes from side to side.LARRY FAWCETT When its rocking, can you see anythingunder it?BOB Its dark underneath, dark like nighttime.FRED MAX Since the light has been on you, have you moved atall? 35

42. 36 • The People in the Light BOB The swing moves a little bit. . FRED MAX How is it m oving? Are you using your arms or feet or anything? What is making the swing move? I BOB I dont know, but it is not me. 11 FRED MAX Are your arms moving at all? BOB No, I cant. FRED MAX How about your legs? BOB I just cant move them. FRED MAX Could you speak if you wanted to? BOB I dont know. I didnt try to. FRED MAX Did you s cream when you saw them? BOB No. FRED MAX Why not? BOB Cant. F re d the n asked Bob to see the bright beam of light once again.Bob squinted his eye s as if someone had just shone a bright light inhis fa ce. LARRY FAWCETT Is it like a flashlight be am? BOB Yeah, but brighter than the sun. It give s me a headache. Hurts my eyes. The reporte d physiological effe cts seem to have first begun atthis very point in time. Was the beam of light respon sible for them? FRED MAX Why cant you close your eyes and walk away from it? BOB I dont know. I cant. LARRY FAWCETT You want to run away? BOB Yeah. FRED MAX How are your legs? How do you fe el physically? BOB Tingly. My hands, my stomach, my legs, like when your hands asleep. FRED MAX D o you have any reason to believe this light is there for you? BOB Yeah. FRED MAX Why? BOB Be cause of the p e ople there, inside the thing. FRED MAX How do you see them?

43. The People in the Light • 37 BOB D ont know, but the people are little smaller than big people and theyre bigger than me. FRED MAX Okay, where are they? Are they on the ground in front of you? Again, suggestive, leading questions like this one, did nothing toinflu ence Bobs account. BOB No. Theyre inside that thing. FRED MAX Thats what I mean. How do you know theyre there? BOB B ecause theyre telling me things. FRED MAX You said you saw them. LARRY FAWCETT Were there windows? BOB [Again, totally disregards a leading question] Like , looking through a fog. I dont know. I see them. I dont understand. FRED MAX Where are the people in relation to the obje ct? BOB Theyre inside there . [Bob points to the dome on the sketch of the object. ] FRED MAX How d o you know that? BOB Be cause I can s e e them through the light. FRED MAX How many people are in there? BOB I see two. FRED MAX Do they both talk to you or just one of them? BOB I dont know. FRED MAX Do you know if they are both men or women or children or what? BOB I dont know. FRED MAX Are you seeing their entire bodies? BOB No. FRED MAX Are they standing, lying, sitting? BOB Standing. FRED MAX Why cant you see the lower half of their bodies? BOB Its hard looking through fog. LARRY FAWCETT Do they have hair on their heads? BOB No. FRED MAX Can you see their faces? BOB Like an elephant. FRED MAX You mean like the color of an elepha nt?

44. 38 • The People in the Light BOB Yeah, like in a circus. Funny-looking people. LARRY FAWCETT You have crayons. What color would they be? BOB Gray. LARRY FAWCETT Gray? BOB Yeah, funny- looking p e ople. LARRY FAWCETT Are their heads the same size as yours? BOB No. They have funny heads. Their heads are bigger at the top. Fre d has Bob also sketch one of the occup ants. (See Figure 3.) FRED MAX Did they have ears? BOB No, they dont have no nose, either. FRED MAX !Pointing to the drawing] What are the two dots above the mouth? BOB I dont know. FRED MAX The eyes, did you see them blink at all? BOB No. LARRY FAWCETT Are their eyes like your eyes?Figure 3. Bobs drawings of the b eings in the light (March 31 and April 7)

45. The People in the Light • 39 BOB No, like more like a cat would be. FRED MAX Do you see anything in their eyes at all? BOB Just a big ball in the middle, like black there , dark. FRED MAX What are they wearing? BOB Looks like that, not like clothes. FRED MAX [Commenting on sketch] I notice the head and the body are very close to each other. Is there any neck? BOB No, they look like this. FRED MAX In other words, the head go es directly into the bo dy? BOB Yeah, it sits right on top. FRED MAX Do you notice if they turn towards each other, like conversing with each other? [Bob does not answer.] Do you see the two beings talk to each other at all? BOB No. FRED MAX Did they look towards each other? BOB No. It reminds me of my little toy soldiers standing together. Now, with Larry s assistance, Fre d attempted once again tobreak through the mental block around the aliens message to Bob.They were only partly successful, but what was drawn out wascertainly intriguing. LARRY FAWCETT What did they say to you? BOB They said first that I shouldnt be afraid. LARRY FAWCETT Are you he aring any voices? BOB Telling something be good when I am older. FRED MAX What would be good when you are old er? What is this? BOB I cant say yet. FRED MAX What else did they say to you? BOB They visit other people, and theyre going to visit other p eople too. FRED MAX Where are these other people? BOB All over. FRED MAX What do you mean, "all over"? BOB Like in s chool there is a kid that comes from a different place. He didnt always live here. They visited people from all over, not just here.

46. 40 • The People in the Light FRED MAX Why do they n e e d to meet other p eople? BOB Prepare us something good. Going to be for mankind. FRED MAX Do you know how they chose you? BOB They choose lots of p e ople, not just me. FRED MAX Right, but why? Bob began to exhibit great stress, and at this p oint Fre d had toreassure and calm him. Then he proceeded. FRED MAX They told you they come to visit other people, right? BOB Yeah. FRED MAX D o they know about their future also? 1[1 ,I BOB Yeah. FRED MAX Is there going to be a common future for tho se p eople that were visite d? [Bo b does not answer. I FRED MAX Would you all meet someday, or would you all do s omething someday? BOB Some, some, some will meet each other. FRED MAX How will they know each other? BOB They will see something like I see now. In time they will know. They will rememb er. FRED MAX Will they do something together? BOB In time, p eople in the light will be back, and the p e ople that have seen them before will not be afraid when they come back. FRED MAX Are you to speak of this often as you get older? So you can more or l e s s s e e k other p e ople who h a d similar experiences? BOB Forget till time. Forget. To dredge the desired information out of Bob, both Fre d andLarry continued to try every trick in the book. Try as they might, itwas fruitless. But they did manage to obtain a des cription of thedep arture of the obj e c t without any difficulty. FRED MAX Now the beings are leaving. What happens now? How do they le ave? How do they depart? BOB It just gets smaller and smaller, and it just goes away like that.

47. The People in the Light . 4 1 FRED MAX This sound-are you still aware o f its to ne? BOB The sound goes away. FRED MAX As it goes away, does the sound change in pitch? [He imitates a receding sound with a Doppler effect. I BOB No, it just goe s away. It makes the noise just like it has. FRED MAX In other words, you hear the sound b e coming softer, or does the sound just stop? BOB Just stops. FRED MAX How soon after it starts dep arting does the sound stop? BOB Its almost right away. It goes away real fast. The last few minute s of ses sion thre e were used to bring Bobforward in time to his next UFO sighting. At that time, no one knewjust what to expect. Would Bob progre s s to the 1967 incident? Orwere there memories of still other interim UFO contacts buried inhis mind? FRED MAX Suppose now you just relax and we progress to your next experience with some other beings-other than normal people. Okay. I will count from one to five and you will be at your next experience and you will be able to ea sily answer all our questions. One, two, thre e, four, five. Where are you? BOB In my car. FRED MAX How old are you? BOB Twenty-nine. Fre d was satisfi e d that there had not been any interim incidents.Bob was just about to relive the 1967 UFO exp erience. He let Bobcontinue a b it longer to make sure, and then he closed the ses sion.It had been an exceptionally long appointm ent and Bob was verytire d. At the next session, Bob would be allowed to relive the 1967UF O en counter. NOTE S 1APRO, 3 9 1 0 East Kleindale Road, Tucson, AR 8 5 7 1 2 . 2NICAP, P . O . Box 1 6 2 1 , Lima, O H 45802.

48. 4. electedby Al iensDuring our initial investigation in 1 9 7 7 , there were definite hintsthat Betty might have had an e arlier, pre- 1 9 6 7 , UFO encounter. Weassumed that the name of the aliens place of origin was given B ettyduring the 1 9 6 7 ab duction. As we attempted unsucces sfully to gether to pronounce it, however, one inve stigator inno cently askedBetty where she had been given the information. Rather matter-offactly Betty answere d that they had told her "when I was there ." Since her 1 9 6 7 ab duction exp erience had not included any tripsto the aliens place of origin, her answer cre ate d quite a stir amongus. Asked if she had been taken to this place prior to 1 9 6 7 , Bettysaid "Yes! " The hypnotist induced B e tty t o relive this pre-1 9 6 7 abduction.As soon as B etty was re gre ssed to this point, however, she be cames o terrified that the hypnotist felt it unwise to pro c e e d any further. A previous experience would solve several puzzling aspe cts ofthe Andreasson Affair. Ina dvertently, Betty had describ ed otherthings that were not part of the 1 9 6 7 experience. p uring one of the1 9 6 7 hypnosis sessions, I had questioned her about her notes on adrawing of a UF O : "S omehow the lower se ction whirled and thetop se ction remained stationary. At times the top also moved,espe cially when there was to be a change in dire ction."42

49. Selected by Aliens • 43 RAYMOND FOWLER At what point during your experience did you actually see something like this? As far as I can remem ber, you never saw the obj e ct in flight. BETTY I really dont know, Ray, when I saw it. But I saw it. As we have alre ady discussed, psychic phenomena appear toplay a part in the lives of many who have experien c e d CloseEn counters with UFOs. During the initial 1 9 7 7 investigation, Bettyrelated several psychic happ enings that she and Becky had undergone before the 1 9 6 7 encounter, including being watched by phanBe cky had awakened one ni ght to see a glowing ball of yellowtom figures that appeared and disappeared. In 1 9 6 4 , e ight-year-oldorange light hovering outside her b e droom window. It dire cte d anarrow beam of light at her. Her s creams brought Betty on the run,but she arrive d too late. The UFO had disappeared. But from thattime on, Becky develop ed an un canny ability to automatically writepage after page of strange symb ols. This pe culiar s cript was foundto be very similar to so- call ed spirit writing practiced by theShakers , an early American religious s e ct. One of the most provocative questions concerned the whiskere dBB-like obj ect th e aliens had removed through her nose with a long,flexible needlelike prob e. A similar needle was ins erte d into Betty sab dominal area through her navel. Interestingly enough, earthlyme dicine has recently develop e d similar proce dures. For example,one method of accomp lishing a F allopian-tube ligation involvesins erting a tube , mirrors, and a light through an incision in thenavel. Neurosurgeons reach a troublesome pituitary gland withmicroscopic surgical instru ments by going either through the roofof the mouth or through the nasal passage. The invention of fib eroptics will surely benefit such surgi cal procedures. We wondered what B ettys BB-like device was and how itwas put there. X rays and a phys ical examination were employed toasc ertain whether anything else had been placed within Betty. Theresults were negative. The doctor did state that any scar tissuefrom the past might show up on a new scanning X-ray machine, butthat it would be neith er wise nor ethical to use it. This deviceinvolved a high level of radiation that should be used only fortreating a definite medical problem.

50. 44 • S elected by Aliens On March 25, 1980, when B etty and Bob arrived at Fred Maxshome for her first phase two hypnotic regression ses sion, the airwas tense with anticipation. Fre d Max placed B etty in a deep hypnotic state of relaxationand asked her to return to the day of her very first UF O exp erience.Betty did have a conscious remembrance of sighting a "bubble" inthe sky as a teenager, so we fully expected that this was the timewhen an earlier encounter may have taken place. FRED MAX How old are you? BETTY S even. FRED MAX Seven? Where are you? BETTY Im in the [sigh] back yard and in a little hut. FRED MAX O kay. Are you with anyone? BETTY No, Im all alone there, just eating some crackers. FRED MAX Urn-hum, and wheres your mother? BETTY Shes working. FRED MAX And what area are you in? What city? State? BETTY Leominster, [pause] Massachusetts. [Figure 4] , , FRED MAX O kay, and what month is this? BETTY August. FRED MAX August, and what s the date? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX Okay, what day of the we ek? BETTY It s , it s a weekday. When Fred was trying to pinpoint the date of the incident, B e ttyhad mentioned that her family listened to Inner Sanctum on theradio. LARRY FAWCETT B etty, did you listen to the radio show this we ek? BETTY What radio show? LARRY FAWCETT Inner Sanctum. The s que aking door. BETTY Yeah, we listened to the s queaking door, and it was s cary. LARRY FAWCETT What was it about this we ek? BETTY I dont know. Its scary all the time. E verybody sits around, and I always cud dle up to one of the kids.

51. 1 Friends hous e Fruit trees L-1 �:c;��l� ��j �olls Play house where Woods . -} I " " · · ., e Hill � 1� r" ? 0Pco +-- when I c ould visit ...... ........,._ ../--... _...., � y.-r :.1; v Two-story apartmen t; , 1 ,.... ,. Woods -trees 1 .rY. t ..._/"1.-V ..-.-A- -" Dirt roads CJ ? we�Where lived upstairs � Woods . j it happened � Hut made .� Field -<" .r-· = � VVY Pipe where � . L,......_ � of old boards D veway Sort of damp and swampy;I found kitten s Garden-· =:;::::::. n �c=I wild blue asters and Didis house ---7 D orange flowers grew here 0 Hou s e s ._ . /o DFigure 4. Map of Betty Ahos E ncounter at age 7 (April 7) LARRY FAWCETT Can you remember what it was about? BETTY There were screams and spooky voic es. LARRY FAWCETT What did th at voice sound like? BETTY S cary man. I can sympathiz e with Betty. During tho se same days , mybrother and I used to sneak out of our beds and sit at the top of thestairs while our parents listened to programs like Inner Sanctumand Lights Out. Then we would be so s cared that we couldnt get tosleep! Little did Betty know that in its total form, the AndreassonAffair would prove stranger than any Inner Sanctum script. 45

52. 46 • Selected by Aliens FRED MAX Okay, and what are you seeing? Anything unusual? BETTY M-m-m, Im just sitting there and Im eating crackers. Just waiting for Didi. [Figure 5] FRED MAX Whos D idi? BETTY Shes a girlfriend. She lives across the street down a little ways. FRED MAX Is there anything unusual happening today? BETTY [Sighs] Im just waiting there. Blue flowers all around. Oh! FRED MAX Whats the matter? BETTY Theres something like a bee buzzing all around me. Its going round and round, but its bright. (Figure 6] FRED MAX Is it small? BETTY Yes! It keeps going around and it goes around my head. I think it s a bee. S ounds like a buzzing bee! Ouch!Figure 5. Bettys drawing ofherself sitting in herba c kyard hut, waiting forDidi (April 1 4) Figure 6. "A small ball of light c ir cled me five or six times, making a dull buzzing sound. It was about the size of a small marble or bumblebee." (April 1 4)

53. S elected by Aliens • 47 At this point Betty be came very frightened and Fred had to takemeasures to calm her. The sque aky terrified voice of a little girlcoming from the adult Betty Luca was very disconc erting to thosepresent. FRED MAX Okay, just relax. You can still hear my voice. Youre partially here, and partially at five years old. You can flip the prop ortion in order to make yours elf more comfortable. BETTY Five years old? Im in Fitchberg. FRED MAX Seven years old. Im sorry, seven years old. Youre seven ye ars old and theres a buzzing like a buzzing bee going around your head. BETTY I think its a bee, but its all light. FRED MAX Does it have a shape? BETTY No, just like a bee or a marble. Just keeps going around my head, and it s coming by me- Sudd enly Betty let out a loud scream! Fre d again calme d her,but Betty was crying like a little child. FRED MAX Relax, just relax. I want you to view this dispas sionately, as if it were happening to someone else. Imagine that you are six fe et away from your own body and youre watching your own body now. This isnt happening to you. It s happening to your vision of yourself. [Betty heaves a sigh of relief] FRED MAX You know you got through it fin e , and youll get through it this time. Theres no reason to be concerned. It isnt happening to you, so I want you now to just describ e whats happening. BETTY Im sitting there then eating some crackers looking at the blue flowers outside the hut, and Im waitin for Didi to come over and play. And then all of a sudden I see a bumblebee or something, but it s bright light and it keeps on circling my head. Mayb e its afte r the crackers, so I drop the crackers. But it keeps on going round my head and then it came and it hit me in the center of my, my head and it stuck there. FRED MAX Right here? [Fred touches Bettys forehead. ) BETTY Yes, it just stuck there! [Figure 7)

54. 48 • S elected by Aliens FRED MAX Did you get it off? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX Does it hurt? BETTY No. FRED MAX Okay, did it hurt then? BETTY No, but I thought it was a b e e , cause it was buzzing like a bee. FRED MAX Sure. Then what happened? BETTY I dont know. D i dis there now. I told her I got bit by a b e e , I think. FRED MAX What did she say? BETTY She just looks at my head and she says, "I dont see any bump." FRED MAX D o you feel anything there thats unusual? BETTY No, but I told her it was a strange b e e , b e cause it went round and roun d me like a firefly. FRED MAX O kay, but yet it didnt have wings or legs or anything, right? BETTY No. It was like a marble. Like a big, big, marble. Betty did not remember how and when the illuminate d devic eleft. App arently there was a definite memory lapse between thetime the tiny glowing ball attached itself to B ettys forehead andwhen Didi arrived. Fre d had her relive the complete incident overagain several times right up to the point where the ball stuck toB e ttys forehead. Then he asked how long it stayed there . Finallyhe elicited a bit more information: FRED MAX Its still there. Whats happ ening to you now? BETTY [Sighs) It makes me drowsy. FRED MAX What makes you drowsy? BETTY That marble. FRED MAX I s it that you were drugged? BETTY I dont know, I just [sighs) dont know. FRED MAX Have you ever felt like this before?. BETTY Yes. This answer prove d to be highly significant at a later date. ButFred resisted the temptation to rush things.

55. Selected by Aliens • 49 FRED MAX When? BETTY When I was twelve years old. FRED MAX The only sensation you can describe is drowsi ness, right? BETTY And cold; the marble was cold. FRED MAX It was cold, but you were not, right? BETTY No, I wasnt. FRED MAX It was a nice warm August day? BETTY M-m-m. FRED MAX Is the sun out nice and brightly? BETTY I dunno. There s those tall blue flowers there, and Im in the hut and the hut is made of boards. My brother and some other kids made it. Its cold there be cause there s tre es, and thats why Didi s gonna come there cause its so hot out. FRED MAX Okay, so this marble is cold, although its light. Does that strike you as unusual? BETTY Yeah, it is funny. FRED MAX What do you think it is? BETTY A marble. A bright shiny marble. Once again in another effort to ascertain what happened afterthe obj ect attached itself, Fred had Betty relive the whole episode. FRED MAX O kay, now, the bee is there. It tou ches you and its cold, right? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX And the o nly sensations you have are that the bee is cold and you feel drowsy? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX Anything else you can think of? BETTY All I c an think of is Didi s there and Im telling her I got bit by a bee. Shes bending over and looking at the spot where I tell her and she says theres no bump . . . She pressed with her finger, and it didnt hurt. Fre ds patience and persistence paid off. At the next session, onApril l , 1980, he was able to find out what hap pened between thetime the glowing sphere tou ched Betty and when her girlfriend,Didi, arrive d on the scene.

56. 50 • Selected by Aliens FRED MAX Show me where it tou ched you. Take your right hand with your index finger and show me where . Betty slowly raised her right hand. She touched her in dex fingerto her forehead, right b etwe en her eyes. FRED MAX Okay, thank you. BETTY And it stuck there. It was cold and it was making me fall backwards and I fe lt very sle epy. [Figure 8] Bettys voice started to trail off as if she were going to fall asleep. Figure 8. "After the ball of light landed on my face, I went slowly and softly backward to move." (April 1 4) till I lay on the ground, unablein between my eyes. It was cold and IFigure 7. "The tiny ball of light landedcould feel a squiggle deep inside."(April 1 4)

57. S elected by Aliens • 51 FRED MAX Okay, g o on. There is a squiggly fe eling in my head, and there is a voice BETTY Im lying on the ground there and I hear something. speaking to me. There is a lot of them, but all talking together and theyre saying: "Wee little one." FRED MAX Whats that again? BETTY "Wee little one." I heard them calling my name, and I dont know who it was. I asked, "Where are you?" and they said, "Were here." I couldnt see them, and they said, "We can s e e you." A n d they are saying something . . . Those present in the room listened in astonished silence asBetty related what the voice had said. Larry and his wife, Lois, wereutterly fas cinated. Bob watched attentively, wondering how all ofthis fit together with his exp eriences. The medical do ctor found itdifficult to b elieve that such things could b e true. His youngdaughter, brought along as an observer, was totally enrapture d bythe situation. B etty continue d. BETTY They have b e en watching me, and, ah, Im coming along fine. And theyre talking to me and telling me that Im making good progre s s ; that I was going to be happy very soon and other p eople were going to be happy, and they were getting some things ready to show me. But it wouldnt be for a while before I s e e it. Something about five years or so or I would be twelve and I would be able to see one. I would be able to see the one and fe el the one, and everything was b eing prepared and I was not to be afraid. They would not hurt me, and they would see me later. Then they told Betty that she would not rememb er this: But all I will remember is the bee in the very be ginning when they first came in, except for when they returned, I would know. And there i s a s quiggly feeling in my head again, and theyre telling me I will not remember, I will not remember, I will not remember. Only will I be able to remember the bee, and I feel sleepy. FRED MAX Is there anything else? When you felt really slee py, is that when they spoke to you?

58. 52 • Selected by Aliens BETIY Yes. They were saying some things. FRED MAX What were they saying? BETTY I dont know. I dont know what they were saying. FRED MAX Suppose you listen very hard now and tune in to what they are saying and actually hear it again. Listen very carefully. BETTY They are goin g to take me someplace, but not yet. I dont know what theyre saying. FRED :MAX Why dont you know? BETTY It soun d s wavy, like wobbly or wavy, I dont know. FRED MAX Can you make out anything? Listen carefully. Try to eliminate any of the distracting noises. Imagine what they are saying becoming more prominent, like tuning in your television. Tune it in a little bit more sharply and tune out the distractions, and tell me what they are saying. BETTY Its, ah, I dont know how they are talking. Its wiggly. FRED MAX Is it in English? BETTY I dont know what it is. FRED :MAX Did they speak to each other? BETTY Its only one voice in my head. It has a lot of voices, but they are saying the same thing. FRED MAX Like a choir? BETTY Like-like if, if my sister Carol and I were to say the same thing. Its like ah, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, all saying one. FRED MAX Is it conceivable that there are seven entities in this marble? BETTY I dont know. I just hear it. LARRY FAWCETT Betty, try to repeat what they are saying. BETTY I cant do it. They just talk to me, and then sometimes they get that wobbly, funny sound, and then they talk to me again, and sometimes it s a funny noise again. FRED MAX How long can you estimate your hearing? Can you give me an estimate? . BETTY I dont know. No, I dont know how long it is. FRED 1fA.X Do their voices sound like off in the distance, or as if they are really there? BETTY It sounds like they are right there.

59. Selected by Aliens • 53 FRED MAX Does i t sound like someone planted a radio i n your head, or like someone jumped in your head? BETTY It sounds as if somebody jumped in my head. To find out more, Fred proceeded to return Betty in time towhen she he ard the voices. FRED MAX Can you ask them que stions? BETTY I asked them where they were, and they said, "We are here," and I said, "I couldnt see you," and they said, "Thats all right, we see you. " FRED MAX Now, when you wake up, h o w do you feel? When they leave, you wake up, right? We must assume that Fred is corre ct. We never did find out howand when they left. BETTY D idi is there when I wake up, and Im crying b e cause the bee bit me. I told Didi that a bee bit m e between the eyes, and she bends over and she felt with her fingers and there was no bump there and no mark. I told her that the bee hit me and stung me right there. Testing Bettys memory of the event when Didi arrived, Fredfound the alien-induced mental block was already firmly in place. FRED MAX Did Didi think it strange when you told her about the voices? BETTY [Sounding puzzled] What voices? I didnt tell Didi about any voices. FRED MAX Why didnt you? BETTY C ause I got stung by a bee. FRED MAX Lets progress another hour. Didi has come, and you mention that a bee had stung you, right? Betty took "another hour" very literally! BETTY No, were playing dolls in the hut. FRED MAX Whats the name of the doll youre playing with? BETTY Betty. FRED MAX Really? BETTY Uh huh.

60. 54 • Selected by Aliens FRED MAX And what is Didis dolls name? BETTY Hers is Didi, after her. B etty continue d to speak in a s even-year-old girls voice, as shelay back in the hypnotist s chair. BETTY And Im the momma, and she is the momma. Again, Fred te ste d the aliens ability to erase the experiencefrom B etty s mind. FRED MAX Where you were stung, it fe els all right? BETTY Yes. There is no hurt from it. FRED MAX O kay, do you remember much about it? BETTY A bee came and stung me betwe en the eyes, but there was no bump or hurt. FRED MAX Have you ever been stung by a b e e before? BETTY No, but there are hornets around the house. FRED MAX Have you ever been stung by a hornet? BETTY No, but my sister was. FRED MAX Was there a mark where your sister was stung? BETTY Uh huh, and she s creamed. FRED MAX Okay, your sister was stung and she scream e d . You were stung and y o u didnt s cream. Do you find that unusual? BETTY Yeah, because there was no bump and it didnt hurt. FRED MAX Have you thought about it? BETTY Once in a while. But not much. We were playing. FRED MAX Did you discuss this with anyone else other than Didi? BETTY No. FRED MAX Did you tell your mother? BETTY No, I dont think so. B e cause it didnt hurt, and Didi said there was no bump there. FRED MAX Whats the address where you live? BETTY On Howard Stre et. FRED MAX And what number? BETTY I dont know the number. FRED MAX O kay. Would you know the hou se again? BETTY Yes, it had two porches, and we used to play under neath the porch sometime. I used to go up the hill there and play with the girl up on top of the h ill in her little house underneath

61. S elected by Aliens • 55 the apple trees. And my mother and father-! took some kitties I found across the street in a pipe and brought them in the house without the m knowing it, and put em in my bed, and my mother didnt want them there . [Figure 9) FRED MAX [A mused] I imagine not! BETTY But they let me keep them! FRED MAX Okay, I realiz e youre not very old. But can you bee? Can you think of anything about yourself that changes in a think of anything about you that was different after you saw this week, a month, a year? BETTY I feel close to nature and love everything. FRED MAX More now than ever before? BETTY Yes, I want to be more of nature and less playing dolls. FRED MAX After this touch, you then felt this, right? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX Did you ever attribute it to that? Had you ever connected it before just now? BETTY No. The hour was getting late. Unsucce ssful in breaking through theapparent mental block that prevente d Betty from re calling what y: if-=:=.8� jJ � 8 w-- ·() � __., I �, !�==��- ----:� ��. � --:, £"" , 4> .fj �: , . Figure 9. The house on Howard Stre et in Le6minster, where Betty lived . ... " � at age 7; hut is at lower right (April 1)

62. 56 • S elected by Alienshappened after the shining ball affixed itself b etween her eyes,Fred decided to call it a night and attempt to find out more at thenext session. B etty was brought out of hypnosis, and a spiritedconvers ation followe d. FRED MAX You never thought youd go back to seven years old when you came here, did you? BETTY No, I thought it was thirte en, when I was going up those stairs. Betty, as mentioned b efore, had a conscious memory of walkingup some stairs that led to a field. At the time, she thought she wasthirteen years old. As she climb ed the stairs, she rememberedse eing a "bubble" coming toward her out of the sky. FRED MAX I made a mistake and said five. Amazing how you imme diately flipp ed to five. Then you went b ack to seven. BETTY How come my mind ass ociates that with the first encounter? How did it imme diately z oom to that p articular point? FRED MAX B e cause your sub conscious knew that there was something unusual about it. Betty could not understand why she had not remembered thischildhood experience. Fred could not offer any definitive answers.It was just one of many incidents from her early life that she hadforgotten. The evidence seems to suggest that incidents of thisnature were programme d to be forg 9 tten by our alien visitors.Many p articipants in CE -IIIs have been told that they would forgettheir abduction exp erience. During her ab duction experience onJanuary 2 5 , 1 9 67, B etty was told that she would forget until the"appointed time." Whether or not our investigation has rele asedsuch hidden data prematurely is hard to say; I have the strongfe eling that we are p art of their planned process! Bettys and Bobsexperiences, if physically real, had mind-boggling implications. Itwas now clear that the aliens had specifically selected Betty at ageseven, for some as yet u nknown purpose. It was imperative that wefind out. So Fred Max used the latter half of the April 1 session to be ginexploring B ettys next UFO experience.

63. 5. bd u cti o nat th e Tra p Roc kThe re sults of the first three sessions were thought-provoking, tosay the least. Fred was impressed and felt that under the circumstances a clever hoax or a complex dream was highly improbable.Larry, an avowe d skeptic, was thoroughly dumbfounded. He wasbeginning to have doubts about his original hoax theory. Fred hadregressed Bob back and forth like a biological tape recorder. Theepisodes remained consistent. When I heard the tape s of Bobs early sessions, I had alreadybeen convinced of his inte grity. For me, it was a que stion of whetherhyp notic sugge stion could have produ ced a vivid dream in Bobsmind or whether he had relived a real childhood eve nt. I had nodoubt that he had genuinely relived an experience of some kind. As a long-term UFO inve stigator, I was particularly intere sted inBobs des cription of the obj e ct, its physiological and psychologicaleffects, and its occupants. UFO files bulge with reports of the classic, oft-reported domeddisk Bob had de scribed. Consider this report by a trained obs erver,William C. Powell, who had logge d eighteen thousand hours time forthe Air Force and Dutch KLM airlines. On May 2 1 , 1 9 6 6 , he was 57

64. 58 • Abduction at the Trap Rockflying a light plane at forty-five hundred feet near Willow Grove,Pennsylvania. Visibility was fifteen miles. At 3 : 1 5 P.M., he sighted a flight of easily recognizable Navy jetsclimbing up from Willow Grove Naval Air Station. He also saw astrange obje ct chasing the j ets. The weird craft was disk-shap ed andtipped with a central glistening white dome. Suddenly it turnedabruptly and headed dire ctly for his aircraft, passing within ane stimated three hundre d fe et under his starboard wing.a panel discussion on UFOs at the annual me eting of the American Powell related his startling experience on April 2 2 , 1 9 6 7 , duringSociety of Newspaper E ditors in Washington, D . C . He told theeditors: "It was as clear as se eing a Cadillac drifting by at a hundredyards." Some have been even closer to this type of obj e ct. At about 5 : 30A.M. on O ctober 1 5 , 1 9 66, fore st ranger Jerry H. Simons wasreturning home from a camping trip at Newfoundland, New Jersey.He was driving alone. Suddenly a bright light appeared in hisrearview mirrow. He stopped the car and stuck his head out the ca1window. What I saw . . . scared the living hell out of me. A t first glance, it seemed to be nothing but a huge glowing light, but then, I noticed a very distinct outline of what appeare d to be some sort of a solid body. Simons sketch sent to NICAP shows a typically oval, flatbottomed obj e ct with a dome. He estimated it to be twenty-five tothirty feet in diameter. His account and the asso ciate d physicaleffects were published in the O ctober 1 9 68 issue of the MedicalTimes. Some, like B ob, have been clos e enough to see humanoid figureswithin this crafts domed section. For instance, on July 1 3 , 1 9 5 9 , atabout 5:50 A.M., Mrs. Fred erick Moreland was on the way to herbarn to milk the cows. Suddenly a bright-green glow emerged fromthe clouds and descended toward her. The glo>: carr;e from a diskshap ed obj ect about twenty to thirty fe et in diameter, hovering atrooftop level only 1 50 fee t away. She told inve stigating polic e: A light was switched on in what appeared to be a perspex or glass roof or dome that glowed. Inside the dome were two men

65. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 59 dressed in close-fitting suits of shiny material . . . I could not see their faces. 1 On D e cember 8 , 1 9 67, in Idaho Falls, at around 7 : 40 P.M., Marilyn Wilding went out on her front steps to wait for a friend to pick her up. Abruptly a light source from above reflected off the snow on the ground. Glancing up, she saw a large light p artially hidden by the roof of her house. Cautiously, she walked out into the yard and saw a disk-shap ed obj e ct bathed in a white light. Slowly the obj ect tip ped so that she could see a transp arent central dome on its upper p art. She could make out the outline of two figures whose fe atures were obscured because of the light s bright glare. The obj ect wobbled and sped away to the north. 2 Wobbling on its axis i s yet another consistent characteristic of the true UFO. The following reports are typical. September 9, 1 9 5 2 : Portland, Oregon Two oval or disk-shap ed UFOs hovering. One wobbled. August 1 5 , 1 9 5 7 : Woodland Hills, C alifornia Disk hovere d for six minute s. Rocked from side to side. October 2, 1 9 6 1 : S alt Lake C ity, Utah Disk-shap ed UFO seen by pilot. Hovere d with a slight rocking motion. 3 Hundreds of similar obs ervations have been made by witne sses from all over the world. In deed, a textbook used at the United States Air Force Acad emy states that one of the flight charac teristics of UFOs is "wobbling, fluttering."4 Also, under a caption entitled "Asso ciated Effects," the same textbook teaches that one of the typical sounds emanating from UF Os is hissing. Bobs childish des cription of steam es caping from his mother s car fits this sound perfectly./ Bobs des cription of the U F O s occup ants is also represe ntativej of hundre ds of reports . Many other witnesses have described the oversized pear-shap e d head, the diminutive nose, the lack of pro tru ding ears, and the apparent absence of a ne ck. The Air Force Academy text just quoted me ntions that such reported occup ants have " particularly wide (wrap around) eyes and mouths with thin lip s . " Telepathic contact is a l s o commonly reported b y C E - ll wit-

66. 60 • Abduction at the Trap Rocknesses. B arney Hill, S eptember 19, 196 1 : Woodstock, New Hampshire: "the eyes are talking to me . . . telling me don t be afraid. " Air Force sergeant Charl es L. Moody, August 13, 1975, Alamogordo, New Mexico: " almost like you are thinking something inyour own head. " David Stephens, O ctober 27, 1975, Poland, Maine:The creature s communicated with " brain wave s." Louise Smith,January 6, 1976, S tanford, Kentucky: the fe eling of "mentalcommunication." The bright b e am of light which hit and caused Bob to b ep aralyzed with a tingling sen sation has been reported many times.One example involved a polic e officer on December 3 , 1967, atAshland, Nebraska: A "ray gun like beam . . . I had a headache." E ven Bobs description of the obj e cts texture has been reporte dels ewhere. One witness I p ers onally investigated reported gettingwithin twenty-four fe et of a strange lande d box-shaped objectbefore it took off. "Its surface was somewhat like that of unevenlyrusted steel." It is interesting to note that in the year 1944 , the public wascompletely unaware of flying saucers or UFOs. There were sightings by Allied and Axis p ilots during World War II but the s e werenot publiciz ed. In 1947, the government immediately clas sified allsignificant UFO data. In a formerly classifie d memo obtainedthrough the Freedom of Information Act, Lieutenant General N. F.Twining, Army Air Force, wrote to the General of the Army AirForce. "The phenomenon is real . . . metallic . . . circular in shape,flat on the bottom and domed on the top."5 If Bob was re allyregressed to the year 194 4 and he was reliving a real experience, hecertainly would have had no knowledge of UFO characteristics. Itwouldnt be until 1947 that flying saucer rep orts would enter thepublic domain! Bob had app arently relived a typical U F O sightingthr e e years prior to any UF O publicity! Fred Maxs April 1, 1980 , hypnotic re gre ssion ses sion wasattended by B e tty, Bob, Larry s wife Lois, and Beryl. Lois, anewcomer to the strange proceedings , was veiY. curious to see atfirst hand what Larry had b e en describing to her. Fre d re gre ssed Bob back to the year 1967. FRED MAX Where are you?

67. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 61 BOB I n m y car. FRED MAX How old are you? BOB Twenty-nine. FRED MAX Okay, what area are you in? BOB Wallingford. FRED MAX Wallin gford? Where in Wallingford? BOB Going toward s Durham (Figure 1 0). FRED MAX And what do you see? BOB A bunch of men working on the railroad by the New Haven Trap Rock. lA site where gravel was processed] FRED MAX What stre et are you on? BOB Route Sixty-E ight. FRED MAX Route S ixty-Eight? Okay, is there anything un usual happ ening? BOB I am looking, and nobody is working. They are all looking up in the sky. Crafts were viewed in daylight Woods L LLarge cigar-shapedcrafts were brightlike polished chrome Small circular crafts were reddish-brown, with a dull finishFigure 1 0. Map of Bob Luca s 1967 Encounter (April 14)

68. 62 • Abduction at the Trap Rock FRED MAX Whats up there? BOB Two big things. It looks like, looks like cigar shap e, bright, mostly p olished chrome. Real bright and side by side. FRED MAX How far apart are they? BOB Hard to tell. They are very high. FRED MAX What time is it? BOB It must be about eleven oclock. FRED MAX Where i s the sun? BOB The sun is slightly behind me now. FRED MAX And what day is today? BOB S aturday. FRED MAX What date and year? BOB [Long pause] I know what day it is, because it s an important day. FRED MAX Why is that? BOB I dont know, but I know it is. FRED MAX Where are you going? BOB Hammonasset B e ach. Its a beautiful day. FRED MAX A beautiful day? Are there clouds in the sky? Look up. BOB Almost perfe ct. FRED MAX What month is this? BOB [Long pause] I cant. FRED MAX Think hard. You must have seen the newspaper this morning. BOB [Long pause] I knew the day when I left the house. FRED MAX Suppose we go back to the morning, early this morning, getting out of b e d. It s S aturday morning and what day • is it today? BOB I dont know. Try as he might, Fre d could not extract the exact date that Bobwas describing. There seemed to be the same type of mental blockthat was encountere d during Bobs first experience concerning themessage of the aliens. FRED MAX What year car are you driving? �OB Nineteen-sixty. FRED MAX A ninete en-sixty what?

69. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 63 BOB Cadillac. FRED MAX O kay, we are going down Route Sixty-E ight now. I want you, very nicely, very completely, to describe the events of the day for m e . Just keep going. Give me the entire day from this point on. And give me all the important details, and then we will discuss it afterward. Okay? So suppose you start now. You can speak in a normal, c omfortable voice. BOB Going to the beach. It s a beautiful day. It s sunny. There are no clouds in the sky. Im g oing on Route Sixty-E ight, to D urham, and I come to New Have n Trap Rock. And on the left side there are some men working on the railroad tra ck that comes into Trap R ock and theyre looking up and pointing up in the air, so I look out my window and I see that they are looking at two big cigar-sha p e d long things in the sky. They are bright, bright, white, almost like polished chrome with the sun reflecting on it. I pull my car over to the right. I see a little place to pull off the road. I think I might have my camera in the glove compart ment, but it isnt there. So I look back out th e window and the things are going side by side slowly. I think toward New Haven. They a pp e ar to be very high. Looking out my window, they seem about eighty d e gre es over the horizon, not dire ctly overhead. And it is strange. They dont leave any trail like an airplane or j et, and there i s no noise. Theyre drifting toward New Haven. So, I start my c ar be cause we are going to the beach and two other things come out of the cigar-shaped things. One of them comes out of the belly the closest to me and goes toward New Haven fa st. The other comes o ut of the belly of the se cond one and goes the other way. S o I go on and drive my car to th e be ach. Then the roun d one comes back and it comes down like a leaf, and it s going slowly from side to side, and its going to land! At this point, Bob b egan breathing very he avily and b e gan toshift nervously in his chair. Fred took immediate steps to relieve hisfear and anxiety. FRED MAX Just relax. Allow yourself to move out of the scene so it does not disturb you. You know nothing is going to hurt you. Now go on.

70. 64 • Abduction at th e Trap Rock BOB It seems smooth and there is no windows in it. There is no noi se, and it just seems to float down. FRED MAX Remove yourself from it, slightly more. Just enough so it does not disturb you. [Bob begins to relax a bit. ] O kay, go on. BOB There is a re d light coming out of it. This red light shines on me. FRED MAX Are you still driving? BOB I think the car is stopped. This bright red light comes out of it. In 1 9 7 7 , D avid Webb and the hypnotist had interrogate d Bob onthis very point. DAVID WEBB You were p arked? And what do you see? BOB Ah, red. I cant see. I dont remember p arking the car. DAVID WEBB Are you still in the car? BOB There s a room . . . . Bob had proceeded to d e s crib e much of what weve alreadycovered in the more recent trans cript. Now, Bob sudd enly stopped talking. Fre d waite d for a minute orso, then continu ed his que stioning. FRED MAX What is the other craft doing while this one is emitting a light? BOB There is no more. The other ones are gone. FRED MAX Where did it go? BOB I dont know. The two big ones just kept going the way back [Again Bob started to breathe they were. The other small one went horizontally towards New Haven and this one came heavily and stirred restlessly in the chaiTi to where I am! FRED :MAX Just relax. Suppose you could view this as if it was happening to someone else. All right? Relax easily and com fortably. You know you were not injure d so you really dont have any problem. I want you to view it very comfortably. Take a few seconds to calm down. Bob appeared to have been terrified at what he was se eing. Fredcontinued in an attempt to ease his mind: FRED MAX O kay? Ill count to thre e. When I reach three, you

71. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 65 will make the transition. You will be able to jump out of your body and view yourself as if you were at a distance and you wont feel anything. One, two, thre e. BOB There is this red light, and Im afraid. FRED MAX Why are you afraid? BOB B e cause I think that they want me. Something in the red light. I see a person, a little person. FRED MAX Can you see this person clearly and distinctly? Bob be gan shaking like a le af. BOB I can see the person! FRED MAX Okay, just close your eyes and relax. Go on with what you were saying before. Suppose we just proceed on the obj ect you can see through the light. FRED MAX Okay. BOB And then Im inside this room. FRED MAX What do you mean, youre inside this room? How did you get in the room? BOB Its got something to do with the red light. FRED MAX Wait a minute . Do you fe el you were transporte d with the light? BOB I dont know. FRED MAX Okay, in other words you arent clear how you arrived where you are. But you are there, right? BOB Yes. In 1 9 7 7 , we had wondere d how he was transported from the carto the strange craft. O nly persistent questioning finally brought thisout. (Note again that he was not influ enced by leading questions.) HYPNOTIST How did you get into the vehicle? They carried you? BOB I dont know. I just floated. HYPNOTIST You floate d? BOB And the door lin the craft] is dark when the doors open, you know. Now, Larry continu e d to whisper que stions to Fre d, once in awhil e handing him a note on what ap proach to take . It was decidedto attempt to obtain a des cription of the crafts interior.

72. 66 • Abduction at the Trap Rock FRED MAX Take a look to the right. What do you see? BOB A floor. It looks like misty white. I dont know. Its glass. FRED MAX Are you standing? BOB Standing. Im looking down at the floor. FRED MAX Whats b elow your feet? BOB I cant s e e my own fe et. Floor is, ah, I dont know. Misty like fog or something in there. The walls are curved downwards. Theres no square corner. FRED MAX Why would you say you looked at the floor rather than straight in front of you as one might normally? BOB B e cause I think Im afraid. I was looking down. FRED MAX Okay, go on. D e s cribe what you see. BOB The floor is like a mist and fog or something. It fe els solid and the walls are curved. And there looks like brushe d-aluminum panels, like, on the walls. Looks like a dull metal, and there is like a bench in there . Looks like a bench for a p icnic table, except it s made out of glass or pla stic or som ething. And theres a table. Looks like an operating table. (Figure 1 1 1 Bob again was panting and shaking. But Fred was determine d tos e e him through the experience if at all possible. FRED MAX There is no reason for you to be apprehensive or uncomfortable. You are doing just fine, okay? If you find some th i ng bothers you, just come a little more here and a little less there. You have the power to do that all on your own, okay? BOB Okay. FRED MAX Im going to put my hand on your shoulder to calm you down. Okay, now proceed. BOB And a white . . . (Pause] The room was lit, but there is no light. It, ah, its soft, like fluore scent light but there is no light bulb. On the left, way on the left, there is a little pie-shap ed room. I have to go in there and take my clothes off. FRED MAX Are there beings up there? Are you alone? BOB S omebody is in back of me. FRED MAX Are they sp eaking to you? BOB Not until he told me to take my clothes off. LA�RY FAWCETT Was your head up or down? BOB Im looking at the little room now.

73. X=BobO =Being� Direction � �lass or crystal cube, �� 3 or less, · Floor was misty. looked like it had black smoke Panels that looked and motionless like brushed aluminum, gauges on it. -7 lightning inside with dials and Room appeared round, completely lit, but no visible lightsFigure 1 1 . Inside the craft (April 14) F;,RED MAX That s ahead of you? BOB It s in front of me, to my left. FRED MAX Look up. Is there anything up there? BOB A curved ceiling. LARRY FAWCETT Can you touch it? O B OB Not quite from where I am. If I walk closer to the left, the ceiling comes down. FRED MAX Oh, I see, youre like in a cylind er so if you walk to the side, it would be easier to touch it? 67

74. 68 • Abduction at the Trap Rock BOB Yeah. Its like a round room with a little room on the left of it. FRED MAX You have been told to take your clothes off, right? BOB Yeah. FRED MAX How did they express it? BOB Its just like a voic e inside, inside myself. And that voice tells m e I should not be afraid, because I am. I dont like b e ing here, but I do what they told me. FRED MAX Okay. BOB And I go in that room. Its dark and I take off my clothes. FRED MAX Could you draw what you see for me? I want you to take a good look around. Turn your head. Look up and down and all around. I want you to see all around you. BOB There is a lot of things. :j FRED MAX Ill count from one to three. You will open your eyes without affe cting your trance and you will b e able to draw what you see. One, two, thre e, open your eyes without affe cting your trance. Bob took the p encil from Fre ds hand and proceeded to drawsome sketche s of what he had seen aboard the alien craft (seefigure 1 2) . FRED MAX [Looking a t B o b s drawing] Whats that? BOB Looks like a dentists drill. Its folded up into the ceiling and theres a black thing on the end of it. I cant re ally draw it. But it looks like a dentists drill. The arm comes out. FRED MAX Okay, where are you? BOB Standing in front of the little room. The little room was over here [Bob points to his drawing] and Im standing here • looking out. These panels look like brushed aluminum or some kind of metal, and there s some dials in them. Dials or gau ges, I dont know what they are. LARRY FAWCETT Is that to the left of the panel? BOB No, the dials and gauges are in the paqel. LARRY FAWCETT What do they remind you of? What do they look like? BOB For race cars, the in strumentation-all the gauges-are into metal panels. It looks like that. Then theres a box on the set other side thats behind this b ench and I can see from standing. I ,I

75. Folded up, off-center against the domed ceiling Light scanned Bob from feet to headFigure 12. Light fixture in the craft ceiling; for detail, see Figure 14(April 1 4) It looks like a glass cube and it fa scinates me cause its filled with, looks like black smoke. It looks like there s lightning inside it or something gold. Looks like it has streaks of gold ru nning all through it-a bright, bright gold. LARRY FAWCETT How big is that box? BOB Its a cub e, mayb e not a yard square. No, its less than three fe et and its got all little lightning bolts inside it. Its all black with these gold streaks running through it (Figure 131. 69

76. Figure 1 3. Glass or crystal cube with motionless black smoke and lightning FRED MAX You say like lightning. Is it som ething that keeps recurring? BOB No, it looks like the lightning has been frozen right in its path. FRED MAX Okay, is there anything else you should draw that I should see? BOB I cant draw all the things that are in there ! FRED MAX Do you have any idea of dimens ion? In other words, how far is this over your head? BOB The center is ab out eight fe et. FRED MAX Okay, the center is about eight fe et from top center to the bottom, to the floor. How about from here to here? In other words, from thre e o clock to nine oclock, how far is it? II. e. , the diameter of the objec� BOB Well, it s probably between fifteen and eighte en feet, I think. From time to tim e, Fred would have Bob go back and relivesegments of his experience to check them for consistency. Fromhimself that 3ob w�i - ind e e d reliving past events.time to time, he also threw in trick que stions, to further assure FRED MAX Did Betty find it scary? BOB !Looks puzzled] B etty? LARRY FAWCETT Whats the temperature inside there, Bob?70

77. Abdu ction at the Trap Rock • 71 BOB Feels cold, b e cause Im scared! LARRY FAWCETT Is there a different temperature than when you were in the car? BOB Outside is warm. LARRY FAWCETT And you entered this object, what hap p ened? BOB I dont know. I was just there all of a sudden. FRED MAX Lets go on. BOB S o I sit on the bench, and I dont have any clothe s on. LARRY FAWCETT Who took your clothes off? BOB I did. LARRY FAWCETT Why did you take your clothes off? BOB B e cause I was told to. LARRY FAWCETT Who told you? BOB The littl e person that was behind me when we came in. LARRY FAWCETT Okay, now youre sitting on the bench. Where is the little person now? BOB I dont know. I just have to wait. FRED MAX In other word s, you were instructed to go into this room? BOB I took off my clothes and came out. The little person was gone. I just had to sit on the bench and wait. I dont like it! FRED MAX Okay, go on. BOB And then somebody is coming from the other side. LARRY FAWCETT From your left or right side? Bob? BOB From my right, from opposite the little room. And there s more of the little people! LARRY FAWCETT How many more , Bob? BOB Theres five altogether, and they all look alike. LARRY FAWCETT All the suits the same? BOB Yeah. They look a milky gray color. FRED MAX Do they all look exactly alike? BOB Look like a bunch of twins. FRED MAX By twin s, do you mean in every way? BOB Like a bunch of carbon copie s, like theyre all stamp ed out of one mold. During the 1 9 7 7 se ssion too, Bob was asked to des crib e thecreatures.

78. 72 • Abduction at the Trap Rock DAVID WEBB Okay, Bob. Can you describe as best you can the people who were in the room? BOB Um-m, they were shorter than I. Ah-h, the thing that stands out is big eyes. . . , red tight-fitting clothes . . . , ah-h, maybe its metallic material, refle ctive. DAVID WEBB Did you communicate with them? BOB I knew what they wante d me to do. DAVID WEBB What did they want you to do? BOB They didnt want me to be frightened. DAVID WEBB Did their lips move? BOB No. DAVID WEBB Did they have lips? BOB Just a little slit for a mouth. Ah-h, no ears, no nose . . DAVID WEBB Can you d e s cribe the hands of the p e ople? BOB There s . . . [Pause) Arms are skinny, but I dont remember " hands. DAVID WEBB O kay, what about the feet? I BOB I never saw the feet. I DAVID WEBB Did they move their legs like you and I would walk? BOB They moved like much smoother than walking. Almost like, ah-h, oh-h, like on a skateboard or roller skate s or some thing. They just kin da slid along. DAVID WEBB D o you remember any other details about the body? � BOB Narrow-waisted. Theyre thin. DAVID WEBB What color was their skin? BOB A highly ashen, bluish-gray color. DAVID WEBB What about the eyes? DAVID WEBB Did you see a pupil or a dark BOB Theyre big and oval. area inside the eye? BOB It was like there was a white p art and there was a dark p art. DAVID WEBB The head of the p eople: How did the shape and size compare in prop ortion to their body with ours? BOB The head looke d too big for the body. It was thin at the bottom and big on top.

79. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 73 DAVID WEBB Did you notice a ne ck? BOB There wasnt much of a neck. Looked like a head was just put on top of the body. DAVID WEBB Is there anything else about the p eople that you can rememb er? BOB I just felt they were not harmful. DAVID WEBB Do you remember any sounds in the room? BOB Ah-h, no noise, but I smell ozone or something after ele ctrical discharge. In my work, I run into that a lot. DAVID WEBB Can you tell where this smell is coming from? BOB No, its just inside the room. Like after a lightning storm. Like after there s an arc of high tension, high volta ge. There was an odor like that. Its light in there but there s no lights any where. Seems the walls are lighted somehow. And, on the walls th eres panels with wires and gauges. Theyre colore d sort of like brushed aluminum panels. Now, three years later, Bob recalled: "They put me over on thatbig table. I dont like it because I cant move." At this very p o int, he b e came pinned to the hypnotist s chair asif an invisible force were pushing him down! The room be came verytense. In spite of this alarming phenomenon, Fred still was able tomantain his profes sional composure. LARRY FAWCETT Why cant you move? BOB I dont know, but I don t like it! Bob had begun to strain a gainst the invisible bond gluing him tothe chair. He was obviously terrified. FRED MAX Okay, calm down, calm down. Youre all right. BOB This is enough! I want to get out of here. I-/ don t like it! FRED MAX Do you want me to awaken you? BOB No, Im just telling them I dont like this. Bob again tried in desperation to lift his body up from thehypnotists chair. BOB Theyre not going to hurt me. I dont like being stuck here, though.

80. 74 • Abduction at th e Trap Rock FRED MAX Are you actually bound by some internal mental mechanism? Or have they bound you with some device? BOB There is nothing here! !For the first time in any session to date, Bobs voice reflects anger.J Im just stuck on the table. FRED MAX They have some control over your mind that forc es you to be stuck there, right? BOB I dont know if its the table or my mind, or what. What I know is, I don t like it! Again, in spite of obviously leading que stion s, Bob did not takethe bait. He continued to relive the episode spontaneously exactlyas he had experienced it. Some critics maintain th at someone whohas never had a UFO exp erience can recount CE -llis while underhypnosis. This, of course, is tru e. However, telling a tale underhypnosis and reliving a traumatic experience in the first person areentirely different in nature. If someone asked me to, I could makeup a wonderful UFO abduction case, but I would not b e able toreally relive such a story with obvious emotion and asso ciatedphysical effe cts. A profe ssional hypnotist would recogniz e my ployquite easily during interrogation and replay. A profe ssional couldalso determine whether or not I was really in deep trance as well. BOB They tell me I dont have to be afraid. But they wont let me up either! FRED MAX Have you been touched? BOB No, but I got an idea theyre going to do something. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BOB One of them gets at the bottom arid is scraping my toenails. LARRY FAWCETT What s he using? BOB It looks like a little chrome p encil or dentists tool, almost. Hes s craping the underside surface. LARRY FAWCETT Like you clean your fingernails or to es? BOB Yeah, whats he doing that for? One of them is moving my head. Hes in back of me. I dont like this! FRED MAX Is it hurting or just annoying? BOB I just dont like it. Now hes moving my foot, my ankle. Hes making it go all around, back and forth and sideways . Whats he doing that for?

81. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 75 FRED MAX Is he pushing hard? BOB No, just moving it around like in a circle, up and down. LARRY FAWCETT Is anyb ody saying.anything, Bob? BOB No. FRED MAX Are you asking any questions? BOB Just, I want to get out of here! FRED MAX How do they respond? BOB That nobody will hurt me. [Bob sounds puzzled. ] Whats that? Somethings coming down, an arm. Theres a light inside it, like a tube, a fluoresc ent or something. It goes to my feet up to my head. LARRY FAWCETT It goes back and forth? BOB Yeah, its got an arm. FRED MAX What color is the light coming from this arm? BOB Like a pinkish white. More white than pink. [Figure 1 4] FRED MAX Like the light one might see in a dentist s office? BOB No, it s got pink in it. [Again he becomes alarmed. Terror is reflected in his voice.] One of these people is at my feet, and one at my head and, theres thre e left, and theyre right behind FRED MAX Okay, calm down. BOB Theyre talking am o ngst thems elve s. FRED MAX Can you hear what they are saying? t!� �!: WE�t: Very thin flat side � � �� -,;>;,�,, ·:·")�/i . l �F " l, , Eial -7vv" �v 1f Face Side AngleBright white lightwith a trace of pinkFigure 1 4. End of light shown in Figure 1 2 (April 14)

82. 76 • Abduction at th e Trap Rock BOB It s gibberish. Strange talk. I can hear it, but I dont know what it is. FRED MAX All right. Do they appear to be agreeing with each other? Do you detect yelling or screaming or anything to that effect? BOB No, its just discus sing. FRED MAX Is the volume very even? BOB Yeah, its almost like monotone. (Becoming very excited] I just want to get out of here! FRED MAX Okay, go on. Suddenly, Bob gasp e d in disbe lief at what he was seeing. BOB The one on the far end, on the far right, he just changes! He turns into light! Just a form of light! Bob became so very emotional that it frightened those presentexcept for Fred Max, whose voice remained soft and reassuring. FRED MAX Just be calm. BOB (Interrupting as if not even hearing Fred] He just floats back past the other ones! For some reason, witnessing this creatures bizarre transformation affe cted Bob emotionally more than anything else in the thirdsession. It was apparent to Fred Max that for the time being itwould be wise not to push Bob any further. Fre d eased Bob back to the present with soft and reassuringwords, giving him a posthypnotic suggestion to remember the exactroute and the site where he had observed the objects. FRED MAX Just calm down. Listen to me. Next week, when I bring you back here, you will easily and comfortably come back to this point. First Betty, and then Larry, drove Bob along the route where theincident had occurre d. When they reached the area where he hadsighte d the objects, Bob experienced severe · headaches whichcropped up again on and off throughout the week. Bob felt that hehad to have time to rest. Betty did not fe el up to being regressed onApril 14 either, so the next ses sion was postponed until April 2 1 ,

83. Abduction at the Trap Rock • 771 980. Betty was again feeling leery. Her initial session on March 25had produced an extremely strange experience. When April 2 1rolled around, however, curiosity again overcame her apprehensionand she agreed to continue the sessions. Bob, on the other hand, refused outright to submit to furtherhypnosis. His headache s were continuing, and a death in the familyhad further compounded his emotions. We were all sympatheticbut also very disappointed. There were many more questions to beasked. Perhaps the entities behind the UFO phenomena did notwant us to probe further. The headaches may have been producedby a powerful posthypnotic sugge stion the alien creatures left inBobs mind. It is possible to fill in the rest of Bobs experience by referring tothe transcript of Bobs hypnotic regression on December 3, 1 9 7 7 ,made during our initial investigation. The 1 9 7 7 session uncovered Bobs return to his car and thecompletion of his interrupted j ourney to the beach. HYPNOTIST When you finished in the craft, how did you get back in the vehicle? BOB Somebody put me there. HYPNOTI ST Who put you there? BOB One of the p eople . . . floated back, and then I was there. Bob s last memory of seeing the craft in the sky was when itdescended behind trees. He seemingly has no conscious memory ofever having seen it leave. Apparently it left the area after he droveaway. David Webbs next que stions related to the events after hewas returned to the car and to attempts to determine the exact timeand date of the incid ent. DAVID WEBB Okay, then what did you do? BOB I drove to the center of Durham, where I turned right, and drove to Hammonasset State Park, where my trailer was, and went into the park to the lot. I had my trailer on to spend the weekend. DAVID WEBB At any time did you look at your watch to see what time it was? BOB Ah-h, not until dinner. When I got to the trailer for lunch,

84. 78 • Abduction at the Trap Rock it seemed late and it was two o clock. On my way to the beach it was ten to eleven in the morning! DAVID WEBB How long would it have taken you to go from where your car was parke d to the beach? BOB S hould have been thirty or forty minutes. One of the puzzling things about this case is Bobs inability toremember the exact date. Concerning that item of information, thehypnotist encountere d a strong mental block. All that could b ederived was a n approximation. During the debriefing session, Bobagain was que stioned about the date. HYPNOTIST When did this happen to you? BOB 1 9 6 7 , June. HYPNOTIST And it happened with Betty in 1 9 6 7 . DAVID WEBB How certain are you o f the year 1 9 6 7? BOB I owned a gas station at the time. Im reasonably certain. I took a one-year lease on that place. The lease was up in March [ 1 9 68] , so it would have had to be 1 967 cause it was 67 to 68 that I owned the place. That completes Bobs account of the Ab duction at Trap Rock:Hopefully he will someday again consent to undergoing furtherregressive hypnosis. I feel that there is much more informationwaiting to be tapped from Bobs subconscious memory. Thankfully, Bob did not obj ect to B �tys continuing her sessions with Fre d Max, and did not mind attending these sessionshimself. NOTE S 1 UF0s: A New Look (Washington, D.C.: NICAP, 1 969), p. 29. 2Jbid., pp. 2 9 , 30. 3The UFO Evidence (Washington, D.C.: NICAP, 1 9 64), pp. 1 5 3 , 154. 4D epartment of Physics, USAF Academy Introductory Space Science, Vol. II, p . 458. 5E. U. Condon, Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying Objects (New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1969), pp. 894, 895.

85. 6. he Bei ngi n th e WoodsIn retrospect, listening to the March 25 and April 1 tapes, Iwondered what else the aliens had told Betty through the tinydron elike device. But what had come out was intriguing in and ofitself. Why had contact with the tiny glowing sphere caused Betty tolove nature? I went back to my files on the original inve stigation andtook out an autobiographical sketch that I had asked Betty to writeup back in 1 9 7 7 : I n Westminster a s a young girl I enjoyed nature to the fullest. The minute I arrived home from school, I would change , take my pet dog, Pal, and head for pond, brook, field, or woods, alone. There I would pick wild flowers, catch snakes, polywogs, shiners, trout, and kivers. Id pick wild blackb erries, blue berries, plums, haz elnuts , raspberries, and eld erberries. Id stick my feet in the pond edge or walk through th e brooks thick mud. Every season felt so alive to me. I felt as if I was part of it. Even writing this, I feel total recall: the joy of standing by the cool rushing stream, with soft white dew- 79

86. 80 • The Being in the Woods covered flowers and skunk c abbage clustered in the swamp close by. I remember going through the tunnel beneath our road with a barrel hoop and burlap sack attached to it, swishing a stick, as my friend E ddie stood at the other end with another hooped stick. We got more trout and snakes that way . . . . I used to climb large hemlock trees and pick ladyslippers, Jack-in-the pulpit, trilliums, mountain laurel. I would go deep into the woods and stay almost till dark. I was never afraid there. It was so peaceful. Who was the one? Where were they going to take her in thefuture, and when? I was anxious to find out. Indeed, what happenedon one of these childhood j aunts to the woods was far from beingpeac eful! We found this out during the April 7 se ssion as Fred Maxcontinued his hypnotic probe of Bettys min d. FRED MAX Suppose we progress in time to your next UFO sighting. I will count from one to five. When I reach five, you will be at your next UFO sighting. One, two, three , four, five. BETTY Oooooooooooh! FRED MAX What is the matter? BETTY I dont know what that is! FRED MAX What what is? B ettys face became twiste d with fear. She began breathingheavily, then became very quiet. Whatever she had seen, the initialshock had passed. FRED MAX Where are you? BETTY Im in Westminster. FRED MAX How old are you? BETTY Im twelve. FRED MAX Are you alone? BETTY No. There is a funny little person coming out of that hole. [Figure 1 5] FRED MAX Stay right there for a second . .Im going to count from one to thre e. You are going to go about five minutes before , and then we will progress you from here. One, two, three, four, five. Okay, now where are you? BETTY Im going up to the woods. I just left E ddie and the girls there , and Im going to check about the trap I lost.

87. � �� VJ � � ?{)�vtJJ � ,; (/ ��K j0 ,-._) � 0 J-� ! II I q;v V The bein� s JV�J ;t1 r I VJ. l1 head c ommg out of the hole �· . � . ·�� In the woo ds of We stminster, Mass., off SouthFigure 1 5.Ashburnham Road (April 9) As Betty mentally journeyed into the woods, she described whatshe saw along the way. BETTY Im climbing up the hill and going past the chicken coop s. Im going to go to that hole where I had my trap and it got lost. It s over by all that mountain laurel. Im coming up the hill and Im looking at some of the plants and stuff around as Im walking up there. Im getting closer to that hole where I lost that trap. Im bending down, and- Oooooooooh! 81

88. 82 • The Being in the Woods Betty suddenly recoile d in the hypnotists chair. She obviouslyhad had a terrible fright. FRED MAX Okay, just calm down. Step out for just a second and view what is happening to you. You will be able to describe it very easily and comfortably. BETTY Im standing by that hole , and suddenly there is a strange thing coming out and appearing there by the mountain laurel and the hole there. I took some of tho se stones out of my pocket. I thought it was an animal coming out. I started to throw the stones at it, and, ah, the stones hit something and stopped in midair and just fell down! And theres a little person standing there, a strange-looking thing! !See Figure 1 6) FRED MAX Suppose you describe that little person and tell me whats happening. ?-Small (2 ¥.! to 3 )Figure 1 6. The being i n the woods (April 9)

89. The Being in the Woods • 83 BETTY Hes coming out and just standing there. He looks strange, has a funny color, and has big eyes and a funny suit on. Hes pressing a button and it s shooting out something, like a little tiny ball of light and its, coming toward me, and, hitting me in the head again, like before. Its the same thing! FRED MAX Show me where. Point with your right hand, your index finger. Betty pointed with her finger to a spot right between her eye s. FRED MAX Same spot as before? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX Okay, just stay there. Calm down. Suppose you describe a few things to me. Okay, what is this box you are describing? BETTY What box? FRED MAX All right, you said this being had a box? BETTY No. FRED MAX Ill give you a pencil and paper. Suppose you draw the being and the button and describe what you are seeing. After furth er instru ctions, Betty took the pencil and paper anddrew the strange-suited being. She showed it pushing the bottombutton (See Figure 1 6) . LARRY FAWCETT Where does that ball o f light come from? BETTY Out of here. In the picture she drew, Betty pointed to a hole in the center ofan elongate d oval centered between th e two rows of buttons. LARRY FAWCETT Describe it for me. What color is it? BETTY Its white and blue. It shoots out blue like, but is white. It shoots out blue, but its white-a bright white light. FRED MAX You mention he. Are you sure of the sex? BETTY Its a man, yes. FRED MAX Why are you sure its a man? BETTY It doesnt look like a lady. FRED MAX How tall is it in relation to you? BETTY It comes up to about my waist. FRED MAX Are there any discernible ears or facial hair?

90. 84 • The Being in the Woods BETTY No. FRED MAX What color is the face? BETTY Gray. FRED MAX Does it have a texture? BETTY Its, ah, smooth. FRED MAX Do the eyes blink? BETTY No. !Figure 1 7] FRED MAX Do they have anything in the center, such as a pupil? What color are the eyes? BETTY Blackish brown. FRED MAX Lets go to the arms. Are there hands? BETTY There are hands. I just saw a finger press that thing. At a later ses sion, it was discovere d that the being wore acoverall mitten. Fre d asked about the button on the beings suit. FRED MAX Close your eye s and relax. The figure of the being you drew has six circles on the chest. What do they look like. BETTY Theyre flat, as if black, shiny black !Figure 1 8] . Like glass and there is lightning or something streaking out, moving all the time. And theres different-color buttons like the rainbow. There is a red, orange, and a yellow and a green and blue and a purple. He pushed the purple one. LARRY FAWCETT Is he still by the hole? BETTY He was standing by the hole when he pressed that button. LARRY FAWCETT Betty, I want you to look at him. Look at all the buttons on the che st. Are they all the same color? BETTY No, they are red, orange, yellow on one side; green, blue, purple on the other. Theyre glowing color. When he pushed the purple one, it lit up brighter and it sent out that little ball of light like a marble. LARRY FAWCETT When that little ball comes out, what does it do? BETTY It goes straight to my forehead. LARRY FAWCETT Do you fe el it when· it tou ches your forehead? LARRY FAWCETT Do you remember when you were a child BETTY Yes, its cold. and you were hit by a marble?

91. Tiny ball of white light � Large dark eyes shot out of here when he pushed the purple button.Full-piece ./7 -l.L::::::=:::.--flt-!-t These linessuit, nobreak inmaterial, remind mewhich was of the golddark brown design onand rough, the bluelike coarse booksstone or cover.tree bark Purple button litWhite or cream · up when hecolor, with markings pressed it.and symbols ! •, I SymbolsFigure 1 7. (April 9)

92. Button slightly raised, of different colors (from top to bottom, on left: green, blue and purple; on the right, red, orange and yellow)Flat badge, like a blackshiny mirror with tinylightning streaks flashing in itFigure 1 8. D etail of the buttons (April 9) BETTY Yes. LARRY FAWCETT Would you say that it s very similar to the way you are feeling right now? BETTY Its the same. LARRY FAWCETT O kay, Betty, after the light hit you, what happens now? BETTY The light hit me in the head and I feel sleepy and Im slowly falling backwards. LARRY FAWCETT Tell us everything happening around you. BETTY I am lying in the leaves and Im sleepy, and the little person is by me now, looking down at me. And he is just looking and Im he aring voices in my head. LARRY FAWCETT What are you hearing? BETTY Its the same voice. Said the time has come and just be still. And again I feel a squiggly fe eling in my head and theyre talking that funny stuff again. But this time theres another voice too and Im hearing it in my head. That little person, hes talking to me, but I dont see any mouth moving, and he is talking with that voice, that is from that little tiny ball of light like a marble. FRED MAX You are hearing two distinct voices now, right? BETTY Uh, huh. But there is more with the one voice t�an the other one with the one voice. Further questioning indicated that one voice was a chorus or86

93. The Being in the Woods • 87plurality of voices speaking together-identical to what Betty hadheard as a child of seven. FRED MAX What are they discussing? BETTY Me. FRED MAX Go on. BETTY Theyre checking me and theyre saying another year. FRED MAX Another year? What does that mean? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX Are they saying that some part of you has not matured enough, or something like that? BETTY They just said, " S hes got another year." FRED MAX Okay, have you asked them any questions? And they said, "Why did you put a trap there for an animal?" BETTY I said, "How did you come out of that hole like that?" And I said, "I dont know." They said I will learn about the one. FRED MAX Did you then ask them what they meant by the one? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX What did they say? BETTY They said that they are preparing things for me to see, that it may help people in the future. LARRY FAWCETT Betty, I want you to look at the uniform again. Do you see any writing on the uniform in the front? BETTY Yes. LARRY FAWCETT What is it? BETTY Its in the center thing where the light comes out of. LARRY FAWCETT Can you draw it for me? BETTY Ill try to. All eyes were upon the pad of paper as Betty drew a picture ofthe oval area with the button. On it she wrote some figures likehieroglyphics (see Figure 1 7) . By this point, my rather objective and logical way of reasoningwas being sorely tried. Bettys reliving of her experience with thebeing in the woods seemed like a space-age version of the brothersGrimm. Im afraid that when I first listened to the tape of thisparticular ses sion, I came close to dropping my interest in theAndreasson Affair.

94. 88 • The Being in the Woods But there was no doubt in anyones mind that Betty was reallyreliving an experience of some kind. Fred probed and teste d theinternal consistency of the episode by having her relive it over andover again in total and in part. E ach time, she vividly relived thesame happening. For better or for worse, I decided to see the phase two investigation through to the bitter end. I felt duty-bound to continue.After all, I reasoned, this segment was still an integral p art of thecomplete Andreassen Affair, whatever the truth of the matter. Itwould have been less than obj ective to drop the case just be causemy intellect was offended by its strangeness. Also, disturbinglyenough, this facet of Bettys experience brought to mind certainuncanny s imilarities involving yet another child and another UFO. On May 6 , 1 9 6 6 , the Morning Sentinel of Waterville, Maine,carried news about another sighting that had taken place on April23. BINGHAM GIRL SAYS S H E OBSERVED UFO Bingham- Shes just six years old but state s that she saw a UFO on the afternoon of April 23 and nobody has been able to " shake" her story. Of course, Kimb erly B aker doesnt call it a UFO or flying saucer. To her it looke d like a "big ball" or a "bubble" . . . The news story state d that the area where Kimberly hadreported the landed obj ect "appeared as if some object might havelanded on it for the grass and close-to-ground greenery wasflattened." The sighting was inve stigate d by MUFON field inve stigatorRichard Bonefant, and most of what follows is taken dire ctly fromhis fine report. Richard himself was born in Lewiston, Maine, in1 9 44. He spent three years in military service before taking hisbachelors degre e at the University of Maine. He earned hismasters degree in anthropology from the State University of NewYork. Since then he has been studying birth defects at AlbanyMedical College, and more recently with the New York StateDepartment of Health. He has published several articles in thisfield. I mention his credentials to stre ss that the investigator, aprofessional who conducted a careful inquiry, was impre ssed withthe witness and her story. According to Bonefant,

95. The Being in the Woods • 89Kimberly Baker and her two cousins, Wendy and Bruce, wereattempting to pick pussy willows in a large field south of hercousins hou se. They soon dis covere d that the willow stems weretoo elastic and tough to be broken off by hand, so Wendy andBruce went to their house to get a pair of scissors. While waitingfor her cousins to return, Kimberly note d a large shiny objectdescend toward her from the direction of Kennebec Mill. Startled and frightened, she froze as the object silently landedseveral yards from where she stood. Kim quietly faced the objectfor over a minute before it departe d over the roof of a neighbor shouse. When Kim return ed home, she went directly to her mother,tugged on her skirt, and said rep eate dly, "Mommy, Mommy, Isaw something!" Mrs. Baker did not give her daughter s excitedcomment much attention. Later, she remembered that Kim, asshe was nicknamed, had kept unu sually close to her that day, asif wanting the security of her presence. Two days later, on Monday, April 2 5 , Mrs. Baker recalled herdaughter s comment. When she queried Kim, "What did yousee?," Kim answered, "A big bubble." "How big was it?" "Like daddys car, but higher. " "What color was the bubble?" Mrs. Baker asked. "Shiny." Kim p ointed at the family toaster and said, "Likethat!" Further questioning revealed that the object had a "sort ofdoor, and a window." The window was later determined to berectangular in shape and approximately eight inches high. Threedistinct lights were observe d. On either end of the craft weresteady red lights which seemed to emanate from the body of thevehicle. A flashing green light was stationed just above thecenter of the obje ct. This light appeared to come from a sourceslightly elevated from the main body. After answering hermothers que stions about the craft, Kim proceeded to makesome crude drawin gs of the "bubble." Mrs. Baker was unnerved by her daughters account of thisstrange encounter. Almost for [re] assurance, she notified afamily acquaintance, Mr. Allie King, of the sighting. A representative of the Gannet Publishing Company, Mr. King made

96. 90 • The Being in the Woods weekly visits to Bingham in order to make collections for the Morning Sentinel. On Wednesday, April 2 7 , he visited the Baker family and reviewe d Kims account firsthand. That afternoon, he tried repeatedly to shake Kims story by deliberately confusing details. Kim invariably corrected him so that no inconsistencies could be detected. At this time, however, another aspect of Kims experience came to light. That asp ect involved Kims mentioning of a man in the landedobj ect. During my monitoring of Bettys woodland experience, partof Kims des cription came back to me. :MRS . BAKER Could you see what else he was we aring? KIM Wh en he stood up, I could see that he had lots of black buttons on his chest. Richards report goe s on to check out the witnesss reliability,Kims sighting as having been in the unknown category. In athe possibility that she had seen a helicopter, and finally evalu ate sdiscus sion relating to the reliability of children, he crypticallyremarked, "Perhaps we should remember that in Hans ChristianAndersens fairytale, The Emperors New Clothes, it was a childsobservation that eventually corrected societys view of reality." Is it possible that ac counts like the Andreassen Affair have beenfiltered out of history by a society that has artificially constructedits own comfortable version of what reality should or should not be?Myths and tales of elve s, leprechauns, giants , and even the phoenixitself may have a forgotten basis in reality. Perhaps it was a biasedsociety that originally rele gated real events of high strangeness intothe realm of fanciful folklore. There are some who attempt to do thesame thing with modern rep orts of UFOs. Whatever the case might be, it is also extremely interesting tonote that B etty Andreasson, like Kimberly Baker, also reportedsighting an occupied "bubble" descending from the sky. At the next session, on April 2 1 , 1980, Fre d had Betty relivethe whole woodland experience over again. we were interested inwhere the being came from, exactly what happened to the rocksthat Betty had thrown at it, and how the entity left the area. LARRY FAWCETT Okay, Betty, you are by the hole now. Im

97. The Being in the Woods • 91 going to ask you a couple o f questions o n the hole. First o f all, how did you see him stand? Did he stand up? BETTY He like-urn, like floated up, I dont know how he did it. LARRY FAWCETT Okay, when you throw rocks at him, he was standing straight up? BETTY Yes, he was standing up. He was coming out fast and standing up and I was throwing rocks and they were falling down. FRED MAX How far were you from the being? Could you put a car between you two? BETTY No. FRED MAX Its closer than that? BETTY Uh, huh. FRED MAX Okay, do th e rocks fall just before the person, or just after you threw them? BETTY No, they fall about an arms length from the person. I throw them and they stop, and they go down straight. FRED MAX As thou gh they hit a wall? BETTY Yeah, but there is no noise to it. At this point, Fred asked Betty to draw another sketch forcomparison purposes of the little creature she had encountered inthe woods. It was then that Larry Fawcett saw a white light, aboutthe size of a dime, on the curtains. He stared unbelievingly for a fewseconds and then spoke up. LARRY FAWCETT I see a light over there! Just as soon as the words were out of his mouth, the lightblinked out. He got up and walked over to the curtain and pulled itback, thinking that perhap s there was a window behind it. But therewas only a solid wall. Imagination? Mayb e, but Larry swears he sawit and that he checked carefully to see whether or not it could havebeen some reflection. No one else saw it, but everybody saw Larrysreaction to it. Quote from his sworn affidavit: I was present during a hypnotic session on April 2 1 , 1 980, where Betty Luca was under re gressive hypnosis. It was at this time that I spotte d through the curtains by a picture window, a white light about the size of a dime which I first thought was a street

98. 92 • The Being in the Woods light shining through the picture window; that I did turn around and looked behind me to see if the light was a refle ction from anything behind me. When I saw that there was no light source behind me, I then focused my attention towards the light source again which was still at the same spot. The brightness was about the same as a street light. I then turned my attention back towards B etty Luca and the ses sion. A few minutes later I again looked up and the light source was still there. At this p oint I said, "I see a light." Beryl Max said that I was possibly seeing car lights or their neighbors outside lights across the street. I got up from my chair and walked towards the curtain and pulled it to the right. To my amazement there was a white wall behind it-no window. I let the curtain go, and the light was gone. Fre d, in the meantime, felt that he had exhausted this particularepisode in Bettys life. He proceeded on to find out how it hadended. FRED MAX Okay, lets go on.What happens next? BETTY They said it would be another ye ar. And theyre talking some funny stuff and then, after, they tell me to stand up and I wont remember for a long time yet. I dont know. FRED MAX What do you mean, you dont know? Again, the familiar mental block had already taken effe ct. Bettycould not remember what had happened. BETTY Im just standing by the hole, looking for my trap, and I cant find it. I guess an animal must have taken it. Something must have dragged it away. FRED MAX In other words, you had had a trap in where this being came from? �ETTY What? [Betty doesn t know what he is talking about.] FRED MAX Okay, what s going on next? What are you fe eling? BETTY My fingers feel funny. My fingers hurt. Im in front of the hole. I couldnt find my trap, so I just went up into the woods. FRED MAX And? BETTY I just like to go up into the woods and look at every thing that is there. FRED MAX Have you always liked to do that?

99. The Being in the Woods • 93 BETTY E ver since we moved to Westminster. I love it. FRED MAX Let me ask you, anything unusual happen lately? BETTY No, except for me losing my trap. FRED MAX Did the little man help you look for your trap? BETTY What little man? FRED MAX Did the ball of light help you see what you were looking for? BETTY I dont know. What do you mean? FRED MAX Thats all right. Tell me, how does your head feel? BETTY Feels sort of lightheaded. Feels like, urn, filled with air. My fingers still hurt. They fe el like-like I cant feel them. Like they hurt. Unable to break through the apparent memory block, Freddecided to move Betty ahead in time to her next UFO encounter.We were getting closer to finding out when, how, and why the alienshad placed the tiny whiskere d BB-like device within her head.

100. 7. i d n a p pedFre ds gentle voice again instructed B etty to move forward intotime to her next UFO experience. His voice trailed away. All eyeswere upon the re clining figure of Betty Ann Luca. Satisfied that hehad done his work, Fred addressed her. FRED MAX Hi! Where are you? BETTY Im on the stairs in the back of the house. FRED MAX In what city? BETTY Westminster. At home. FRED MAX How old are you, Betty? BETTY Im thirteen. FRED :MAX Whats the date today? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX What month is it? BETTY Its fall. FRED MAX Ill tell you what. What are you doing right now? BETTY Im just looking around at the end of the steps there. FRED lIAX Okay, suppose you give me the. events of the day. Give me like a synopsis of the events of the day, and when you get into something that is very important, give me more detail. Ill sit here and listen. Okay? BETTY I got up this morning and I got dressed. I went down-94

101. Kidnapped • 95 stairs and went to the bathroom. It s kind of early cause every body seems to still be sleeping later. And so I went to fix something to eat. And I went to the icebox and I got some milk and some cereal and put some sugar on my milk and cereal and ate. Then I decided I would go outdoors and go up into the woods. And so, anyways, Im putting up the dishes and Im getting a drink of water and Im gonna go outside and go up in the back. And I hear the screen door that Daddy made clump. And Im going around and I go past the shed and I see those big spiders there. Their webs are all over the place. Theyre so big and got little tiny, tiny baby spid ers with them. And theyre all brown-and-beige stripes. I picked up a piece of cardboard to see what was under it. And theres some ugly worms with a lot of legs on it and a lot of those waterbugs. So I put it back down. FRED MAX Okay, you dont have to give me all of tho se details. How about if we kind of go through the day and we get to the significant ones, shall we say. Okay, go on. At this point, Bettys face puckered up into a very indignantexpression. BETTY But those are imp ortant to me! Fred could not help grinning at B ettys reaction to his statement. FRED MAX All right. Fine! BETTY So I put that down and I went to go upstairs up the top part there. Betty described a set of stairs that led from the back yard upinto a field. BETTY And I stopped at the foot of the stairs and I looked around there to see if there was anything. So I starte d up the stairs and Im holding the railing that Daddy made. And I got halfway up the stairs and I looked over to the right, and there s a big huge moon right over the top of the hill. Bettys tone of voice quickly changed from puzzlement to starkterror! BETTY And it was strange be cause it gets bigger and bigger.

102. 96 • Kidnapped And its coming toward me! It s like a big bubble, but it looks like the moon [Figure 1 9] . And its coming toward me and I cant move! And its just coming closer. I cant seem to move.Figure 1 9. "The large ball of light looked like the moon. It got biggerand bigger as it came toward me." (April 23) Suddenly, B ettys tense body and facial expressions relaxed. BETTY Ooooh, oooh. Im standing in some kind of a room and its all white and I feel very relaxed. And, oh! Theres, there s little people coming i n the room toward m e , just sliding along. Theyre stopping in front of me. There is three little people · standing there. And they are funny. At this point, Betty lost her composure again. Her voice startedto shake. She began to breathe heavily. BETTY If you hurt me, my father will get a hold of you! Then, inexplicably, she again became relaxed. It was almost as ifthe beings were somehow applying some type of mental control in apersistent attempt to calm her fears. BETTY They said not to be afraid and I feel very relaxed. They are funny-looking little people, and one of them said my father knows all about it already. I dont think Daddy knows those people. Theyre funny. They tell me not to worry, that my father

103. Kidnapped • 97 knows all about it, and they wont hurt me. Theyre funny looking. Theyre very small and theyre gray and they got white colore d clothes on, so its hard to see them. And that light . . . [Figure 20] . FRED MAX What light? BETTY The light thats in the room. Its so bright. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY Ah, theyre just standing there looking at me with their big fat brown eyes. Theyre standing there and they said, "Were going to take you someplace. We re going to take you home. " I said, "I am home!" And they said, "Dont fear, dont be afraid, Light whitish gray skin �Large black-brown staring eyes-} · i White glowing clothes that blended with the surrounding light and haze " , .. f I , I ,,_Figure 20. The first beings that Betty saw (April 23)

104. 98 • Kidnapp ed youre all right." And one put his hand up. Ah, and I feel very sleepy. FRED 1IAX When he put his hand up, did he touch you? BETTY No. FRED 1IAX Okay, go on. BETTY I dont know what is happ ening, but I seem to be going like in a mist and Im-I can barely make them out ahead of me. !-something is op ening and were going into another room. And Im just floating along with them and theres a big box in the middle of the floor. Its so cold here.trembling as she continue d tu describe her fantastic ordeal. Betty was literally shivering at this point. Even her voice was BETTY I saw them go off to the side there. Im just floating over to that box. It, ah, looks like the white stone or queer stone, somehow lit up or something, and Im floating over. FRED .MAX You mean your feet are no longer touching the bottom? BETTY No. FRED 1IAX Okay, go on. BETTY Im in a lying-do11 position. Right over that white long box that looks like stone. And Im just laying there and it s lit, and, ah, oh! , another, another box is coming do11 , is coming do11 close to me [Figure 211. FRED lIAX Another box? BETTY Yeah, it s stopping, and I can t move. I just move, Im just lying there. FRED lIAX How did you get on the box? BETTY I floate d onto it. And Im not even on it, Im above it, and theres one above me. And they got two balls of light. Theyre putting one at my head. The third being that isnt carrying a ball is taking off my saddle shoes and my bobby socks and, hes putting something at my heels. Something is sticking them to my heels. I can see where the little p erson just let go of that ball of light. It just is in midair at my fe et do11 there and theres one at my head. FRED lIAX Are you being touched by anyone or anything? BETTY No, but its cold, and its light, but I cant see much off

105. I was floated to just above the bottom box, and the top box caroe down just in here I was unabJe to above me. It was cold Top box was clear white, move except for my eyes. atonelike where light ohined.in quite a bitThe beings blendedwith the bright lightand haze all around. L-----�.---ll :;; • Large glasslike ball, tho size or a basketboll, with white light; later turned pale green and blinked / Bottom box was like the top, / The third being took off with white light at frrst. Later it radiated pale green and blinked. my shoes and socks and put something on my heels.Figure 21. (April 23) to the side there. Theres a light going on and off and on and off, out of those boxes. Im just lying there, and theyve gone. Theres something coming, theres something coming, oooooh! Betty be came very emotionally upset and began to breatheheavily. Fred attempted to get her to describe what she was seeing. FRED .MAX What do you mean, something? BETTY They look like barrels, and out of the barrels theres white and theres blue and theres purple light like shooting out. FRED .MAX Are these the barrels that you described from those directions around your head? BETTY Yeah, there s like two and two and two and two and ah, 99

106. 100 • Kidnapped they keep on shooting out toward each other and they, theyre light [Figures 22, 23, and 24J . Theres two white and theyre broken lights, and a purple and a blue, and they just keep on shooting. I hear a little humming sound. FRED MAX Where is it? BETTY Its a very low humming sound, and the thunder is gone now. Im still lying in between those two boxes, and those two balls of light are there and theres white light there. It s a pale green flashing, but it gives me sort of a slight headache in betwe en my eyes and in my head. Im just lying there and its flashing gre en. FRED MAX What happens to you next? White light Purple and broken f . � -, . white light shot - � .,a:"" from other end. . Bottom light blue ? t There was a dull low Blue and broken Side light broken white bumming sound that might white light shot out have been coming from from one end.. these lights; I heard it when they appeared.Figure 22. (April 23)

107. Purple, blue, and broken whitelights shot out of these dualbarrels, which pulledout and surrounded the boxI was lying above. They didnot appear until the beings I could not see what theyput balls at my head and feet connect to, because of light and fogand left me alone. Bright purple 1 When it started up, bluo and white went opposite way from purple and white. Made a low dull hum, just before the thunder stoppedFigure 23. Closeup of the "barrels" (April 23) (Using Larrys Zipatone colors, Betty later identified the purple as a combination of # 2 5 7 8 over blue These lights were a little #2584, held up to daylight; thicker than a fat pencil the blue as #2597 held up to daylight. The white, when on, was bright and appeared solid, but broken.) Figure 24. Closeup of the lights (April 23)

108. 102 • Kidnapped BETTY The gre en light is going off. Two of the little people are coming in and taking away the balls. And theyre lifting up the box that was over me. It s still cold in this room. They put them away and then Im floating off of that other box and standing upright. Its all light, but its misty in here. And one of the little people there says, "Come here." And Im not even moving myself, I just go! And he told me to stand still and lift up my foot, and I did. And he took something from off my foot and told me to put it back down and lift up my other one. FRED MAX What do you mean, he took something off your foot? BETTY I dont know. He took something off my foot. I dont know what it was. He took something off my heel, I think, and he stu ck it to his chest. And he told me to follow him. Im following him through this kind of misty stuff and I cant see very well, its all misty. FRED MAX How high up does the mist go on you? BETTY Way over my head. FRED MAX In other words, you are encompassed by it? BETTY I dont know what that means. FRED MAX That s all right, go ahead. BETTY Hes going along this misty stuff and hes stopping. And hes waiting there a minute. Theres something like a door. Its opening up and its dark in there, but I know somebody is in there. Im going in that dark room, and theres two people, but theyre not little like those other ones were. Theyre maybe a little bit bigger than me, my size. FRED MAX Theyre regular-type people? BETTY No, they look the same as those others, but theyre bigger. Its hard to see them !Figure 25] . FRED MAX Youre five fe et tall, right? BETTY I think Im five fe et tall, yeah. FRED MAX Okay, would you say theyre more than three inches taller than you? BETTY No. FRED MAX Okay, so theyre that close. Okay, go on. BETTY Theyre standing there, but its hard for me to see them. I just see their shiny eye s and the big round heads. I cant see their clothes, and they said, "Hello Betty!" And I said,

109. Could not see body-mustbe dressed in dark color, Big bald darkagainst the dark room?._�� gray head ,J. ,--t;_ �:- _.;;2� / . _:�- .-:;;>-"Coo.., - -A little taller than meFigure 25. The beings in the dark circular room(April 23) "Hello," and they said, "Youre going for a ride." And Im floating again and Im being laid down on this something, a big circle thing. It looks like glass, but its rubbery. And there s urn, theres some funny-wiggly, wiggly, zigzag, I dont know. [Betty was trying to describe a design in the glassy rubbery material, Figure 26.] Im being laid down there and one of the pe ople had something that, oh! They want to put something on my mouth, and I dont want to! FRED MAX What do you mean, on your mouth? Show me with your right hand. BETTY Its a thing that goes around my tongue and inside my mouth there, around the back of my ears [Figure 2 7] . It holds my tongue down. I dont like that! Betty be gan to cry. Fre d leaned closer to her in empathy. FRED MAX It hurts? BETTY No, it doesnt hurt, but I dont like it! They said they had to do that, and they said Im gonna have a ride and not to be afraid. 103

110. The disk was filled to breathe. I thought Iwith a finn gray jellylike Mouthpiece made it difficultsubstance, much likethe stuff outside would vomit from thethe window, but darker. spinning, but did not.As it spun,I sank deeperinto the rubberyglass disk.Looked like flat ribbon·liketubing with tiny brightcolored lights flickering insideFigure 26. (April 23) I assume that the device was placed in her mouth to hold downher tongue and prevent her from choking during the craftsacceleration. BETTY One of them is putting a hand on my forehead, and I feel better. They said I wont be afraid, that I was going some place that I would be real happy about. And theyre starting something or other. There seems to be glass. overhead, but its dark. And theyre starting this thing Im lying on. Its glass, but its firm but it feels rubbery, starting to go around. O h, I hope I dont get sick. Oh, and theres some-I fe el cool, oh, fe els good. Theyre sprinkling some water on me from above there. And theres a light that is coming down . . . I see a rainbow all around it [Figure 28] . The thing that Im lying on is going round and104

111. Three raised bumps, flat on bottom. I seemed to detect a -� slight, rhythmic, alternating steady, sound in them. . . "" " � . rj- Top seemed to have wiggly lines and ; tiny holes with tiny " dull points underneath. Very strong, but Sort of pinched thin and lightweight together material inside and out Tip of tongue Bottom had tiny ball and hole with something in it that gave a bitter taste.Figure 2 7. The Mouthpiece (April 22) round and round. Ohhhh, I feel like Im sinking right into this thing. It s- ahhh . . . . Bettys whole fa ce looked as if it were being pulled in by somekind of suction. Her voice changed considerably. The group inFreds living room looked on in utter disbelief. BETTY Im just sinking into this thing that they-ohhhhh! Its hard to swallow! The psychosomatic effe cts upon Betty were fantastic to behold.Her body reena cte d the downward push during this period ofapparent acceleration. Investigator Larry Fawcett reporte d to me: At this point in the session, all present be came amazed. We could actually see the g-forc es on her fa ce. Her skin got very 105

112. , IGla•• mirrorlike windowoverhead that reflected A� I� �. �--- Light raindrops fell toward me. It was warm.The room was black or dark. .This is difficult to draw;I dont think rve �done it exactly. - D isk whirled &rOund and around. faster and faster. It tilted somewhat, though I it seemed as though I was spinning. at one point was still i had difficulty in breathing and swallowing with the mouthpiece on my tongue and earsFigure 28. (April 23) tight around her face and her mouth was pulled back. She had difficulty talking. FRED MAX Take it easy, just relax. Okay, what happens next? Betty seemed to describe a glass dome above her [Figure 28] .She appeare d to be in a flying obj ect that was hurtling toward abody of water. BETTY Oh, and theres some water. Were gonna crash into some water! Ohhhh! B etty cringed in terror, bracing herself for an impact. Fre dmoved imme diately to rescue her from this traumatic experience. FRED MAX Okay, take it easy. When I count to three, jump out of the situation and view yourself as if you were in a movie.106

113. Kidnapped • 107 One, getting out more and more. Two, youre getting more and more comfortable. Three, youre able to view it as one would a movie. Suppose now, you draw me a picture. Supplying Betty with paper and pencil, Fred instru cted her todraw what she had described so vividly !Figure 29j. Then hebrought the session to a close. FRED MAX Just close your eyes and relax. Deeper, deeper, deeper, deeper, deep er. Okay, now, next week, youll very easily and comfortably come back to this particular point in time when I want to re gre ss you. I will now progress you. Ill count from one to three, and you will go to April twenty-first, ninete en-eighty, and you will pro gre ss there without affecting your trance. How- Before we hit it, water When we hit the water, appeared dark and w•vy. But it twirled violently. a second, and then white appeared blue-green for like steam and foam. But it was as if I were stopped before The disk whirling, with me in it. we hit the water.Figure 29. (April 23)

114. 108 • Kidnapped ever, when I regre ss you next time, you will return to the point where you are now. One, two, thre e. Very goo d! During the briefing period after hypnosis when Betty was beingquestioned, she was startled to see a form appear and fade awaynext to the chair occupied by Fred Max. It had the same appearance as one of the little alien creatures that had abducted her. Asshe gazed in shocked amazement at the transitory figure, everyonein the room suddenly heard a weird high-pitched sound. LarryFawcetts wife, in a sworn affidavit, made the following statement: I was present during a hypnotic session on April 2 1 , 1 9 8 0 at the home of Fred Max in Che shire, Connecticut, where Betty Luca was having a regressive hypnosis session. I saw Larry Fawcett, my husband, acting as if he was seeing something on the curtain at the picture window and trying to figure out what it was. He said he saw a light. !Later] during our discussion, I felt pressure in my ears and could hear some kind of high-pitched sound. I noticed this pressure in my ears even before anyone brought it to my attention that they were hearing a sound and experiencing this pressure. This was at the time when Betty Luca stated that she was seeing a form to the left of Fred Maxs chair. [Emphasis added.] How can such experiences be explained? I cannot believe eitherthe investigators or the Lucas would perpetrate a hoax. Masssuggestion? Maybe. But what was the stimulus that caused everyone to feel the identical pressure on his or her eardrums? Whatstimulus caused everyone to hear the same high-frequency soundsimultaneously? And how about Bettys visual description ofthe ephemeral figure? Was this entity real, or some kind of aposthypnotic afterimage? Did some unknown process the entityemployed to make itself app ear to B etty cause the side effe ctsupon others in the room? I do not have the answers to the se questioqs. I do know thatpeople like Betty and Bob, and sometimes p eople in clo se proximity to them, do experience such phenomena. (The buzzing soundthe Lebels heard was so loud that it nearly caused a visiting friendto pass out.)

115. Kidnapped • 109 Like so many other fa cets of the Andreasson Affair, there are nodefinitive answers to such goings-on. I fe el it my duty as aninvestigator to record what reliable and quite sane people havereported for experts in various fields to analyze and evaluate. Eventhe experts have disagreed and will continue to disagree about thecauses and meanings of such CE -III reports. Quite often theirproposed conclusions reflect only preconceived notions. Manytimes data are selected and rej e cte d to force-fit pet theories.Regardless of human fallacies, it is important to inve stigate andaccurately record these reports. To say the le a st, the last ses sion had been extraordinary. Bettysfleeting teenage memory of an approaching "bubble in the sky" hadbeen only the conscious tip of an incredible repressed UFO CloseEncounter ab duction experience. One can only speculate on thefunctional purposes of the devices that she encountered aboard thecraft. Fortunately, we have her drawings, tapes, and detailed transcripts for researchers to evaluate. Another mind-bending session had come to a close. The nextweek, on April 2 8 , Fred brou ght B etty back to where the alien craftentere d the water. In the opening minutes of the ses sion, Fre d Maxhad Betty relive portions of her experience she had re countedduring the prior session. They remained vivid and consistent. Heasked some questions about the curved transparent canopy thatBetty lay under while pinned to the round, table-shaped rubberycushion. Finally, Fre d proceeded to ask her what she could seethrough the canopy after the craft dived into a body of water.Through this traumatic segment, Betty had to be calmed severaltimes. BETTY Its going so fast, oh! It feels like Im staying still. Im tilte d a little. Oh, theres water coming up! Ooooooh! O oooh! FRED MAX Whats the matter? BETTY Ooooh! Im crashing into that. FRED MAX No, just take it easy. Take it easy. Youll be fine. !After Betty calmed down] Okay, go on. BETTY Its like the water is rolling around and around, and its all white up there. Round and round, and its stopping now and its just water. But now Im going the opposite way. O oooh!

116. 110 • Kidnapped If Bettys latest hypnotically relived experience had any basis inphysical reality, where had she been taken and why? The onlyknown planet in our solar system with large bodies of liquid water isour own planet earth. Because of the apparently short time thatelapsed between Bettys kidnapping and the alien craft enteringthe water, its hard to conceive how it could have traveled anywhereexcept to one of our own oceans. FRED MAX Okay, just relax, relax, relax. Youre doing fine. Dont be scared. Just go on. [Betty again calms down. I BETTY That whole window is water, like in water. I dont know how to explain it. At this juncture , Fred had Betty, without affecting her trance,open her eyes and draw what she was se eing. Then he had hercontinue. FRED MAX Okay, close your eyes. Just relax and lets go on. BETTY And it looks like were coming above some water. We are out of that water, and were into some place that looks like ice all around. LARRY FAWCETT Where are you looking now, Betty? BETTY Out of the window. FRED MAX You see through this window. Can you see the outside from this window? BETTY Thats what I think Im se eing. FRED MAX Do you see any clouds? BETTY No, it s just a big, big-looks like a big cave or tunnel of ice with icicles all over, but theres light around it [Figure 30J . LARRY FAWCETT Betty, are you approaching this cave? BETTY No, Im in it. I hear something very high in my ears. I dont know if its those little things that were making those funny noises before , or what. FRED MAX What little things were making those funny noises? BETTY Those little balls on that thing that went around my ear. They make funny noises at different times. FRED MAX Okay, look around now and what do you see? Youre lying flat on your back, looking up. Corre ct? BETTY Yeah, its tilte d a little bit.

117. Figure 30. (May 20) FRED MAX Youre tilted so that your head is higher than your feet? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX How much? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX All right, go on. BETTY And its going through this icy place and getting into a bigger place where its lit up. But the light doesnt seem to help light the room. FRED MAX What do you see? BETTY I see like big, big square icicles. Big ones all over the place. LARRY FAWCETT Are you still in this room? 111

118. 112 • Kidn apped BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX Youre still on the table, right? And youre looking up. Is it like a movie youre watching through this window? BETTY No, its like I was riding in a car and looking out the window. Im just moving along be side those odd-I dont know what you would call them-icicle s, square icicles or glass things. I dont know. And there is light there. We keep on going and theres another bunch of them coming up. (Figure 31]. LARRY FAWCETT Are you still alone in the room? BETTY Yeah. Oh! Wait a minute. Theres people there, theres some people in there . FRED MAX In where? BETTY Theres some people inside those things. Theres some p eople in there.Figure 31. (May 20)

119. Kidnapped • 113 The atmosphere i n Fre ds living room be came tense a s B ettybegan to des cribe an incre dible sight. FRED MAX You mean people-p eople? BETTY Yeah, people like me. FRED MAX Where? BETTY Inside those glass things, theres some people. But theyre not moving.

120. 8. h e M u seu m •of Ti m e FRED MAX Youre still in the ship and youre looking out the window and youre seeing people, right? Can you describ e them in any way? BETTY It just-it looks like a man standing there . FRED MAX Can you describe the man to me? BETTY Hes got-urn, I dont know, hes just, hes got hairs out like that. FRED MAX How old a man is he, roughly? BETTY Hes about my brother-in-laws age. Hes carrying some kind of a sack. FRED MAX How old is your brother-in-law? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX Thirties, forties, fifties? BETTY No, hes mayb e in his twenties. FRED MAX Is this man a Caucasian? BETTY What is Caucasian? FRED MAX Is this person white? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX How is he dressed? BETTY Hes got a funny blouse sort of a blouse like a girl, and1 14

121. The Museum of Time • 1 15kind of baggy pants. Theres all peoples in these different things.Theres an Indian in there.FRED MAX You mean dressed as one would picture an Indianin a cowboy movie?BETTY Right, yeah.FRED MAX Tell me, is there any suggestion of movement inthese people?BETTY No.FRED MAX Do they have normal coloring for living people?BETTY Yeah.FRED MAX In other words, they dont look dead?BETTY No.FRED MAX Do you have reason to believe they are , in otherwords, stuffed?BETTY No.FRED MAX Why?BETTY I dont know, but they dont look like theyre stuffe d.Theres scenery in back of each of them but its faded.FRED MAX What do you mean by scenery? What color is thescenery?BETTY Like this man thats carrying this bag of stuff, theressome dry grass or something there, like hes in a field.FRED MAX Wait a minute. Does each person have his owndistinct scenery?BETTY Yeah, they do.FRED MAX Okay, in other words, is this scenery appropriatefor this person?BETTY I dont know.FRED MAX What kind of scenery does the Indian have?BETTY Theres some rocks around, and there looks like theressome shrubs of some kind, I dont know, but its not solid like thepeople are.FRED MAX Does it look as though people were trapped in theice?BETTY Yeah, it looks like theyre in the ice, and theyre stayingstill.FRED MAX Okay, how many different people do you see now?In other words, do you see several different people?BETTY Theres a whole bunch of people there.

122. 1 16 • The Museum of Time FRED MAX Is there anyb ody there that looks like anyone you have seen before? BETTY No. Theres people there that are dre ssed funny and old-fashioned. FRED MAX As if they were from a different p eriod in time? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX I know this will sound silly, but are there any people who look like theyre in the future? Who look like they have clothes on that havent been made yet by anyone here? BETTY I dont know. FRED MAX In other words, materials youve never seen b efore or metho ds of conne cting the clothe s, like we have zippers-they may have something more advanced. Do they have anything that would suggest something far more advanced than that which you have seen on regular people? BETTY No, I dont see anything like that. FRED MAX Do they all app ear to be looking at the same thing, if anything? BETTY Ah, theyre just standing there. Theres some that are sitting, but the chair is faded. FRED MAX Are there any children? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX How young would you say the youngest people you see are? BETTY Id say-urn, babies. FRED MAX And do you see any old people? BETTY No. FRED MAX Do you see any black p eople? BETTY Yes, and I see Chinese and just all different peoples there. FRED MAX Could you count the number of cubicles you see? BETTY No, theres too many. The thing [craft] is just slowly moving through the tunnel of ice and there s all these different frozen, or something or other, people there. Theres even a dog and a cat and some animals too. Theres a whole bunch of stuff there, but I cant see it all. Several days later, when I received a cass ette tape of thissession, I found my mind rebelling. How could such things be true?

123. The Museum of Ti m e • 1 17And yet, how could Betty spontaneously and emotionally relivesuch detailed and intricate experiences unle ss they were true? Acold chill coursed through my body when Betty was describingpeople and animals enclosed in glassy cubicles in an icy cavern.Somewhere I had recently read of a similar journe y. Then I remembere d where. Since publication of The Andreasson Affair, I had receivedscore s of letters from p eople all over the world. Some letters werefrom people who believed that they too had been abducted by alienbeings. Like other abductees who had been mentally programmedto forget the incident, this woman had dreams of the incident.There is no way of my knowing whether or not the person whowrote this letter had a real abduction experience; as far as I know,her case has never been inve stigate d. However, a portion of herletter is pertinent: In one of those crazy dreams, I am walking through a long dark tunnel. On either side in the tunnel are door ways. B ehind the se doors are cavern-like rooms. In these rooms are what the voice says are relics of the past. I think it said they had relics from all history. Perhaps Betty was privileged to see what this p erson was onlytold ab out. Perhaps Betty was privy to the aliens Museum of Time! FRED MAX Okay, just relax. Deeper, deeper, de eper. E xcel lent. Okay, go on now. BETTY Were just passing a whole bunch of those things and this big cave. Theres light up ahead, but it s haze or misty stuff that keeps hitting against the window now as were going up further. Its getting a little darker and its all mist. Just mist there. And somebody is coming in. FRED MAX What do you mean, somebody is coming in? Coming into the room that youre in? BETTY Yeah. One of those people are [sic] coming in and theyre saying, "See, youre all right." And theyre lifting up my hand and looking at my fingers. FRED MAX Okay, lets back up a second. How many people enter the room where you are now? BETTY One person.

124. 118 • The Museum of Time FRED MAX One p erson, or one being? Being, meaning some one outside of a re gular-type person. BETTY One being. One being. FRED MAX Okay, and is this being taller or shorter than you? BETTY I think hes taller. I think hes the same one that was there before. And hes looking at my fingers and hands and putting them down and hes taking it off my ears and out of my mouth. And Im just laying there and suddenly Im floating up again. The p erson says: "We are leaving now." S o Im just floating and following him and going out a door of that dark room. FRED MAX B efore you go, how are you doing it? Are you walkin g where you are going, or are you floating? BETTY Im floating. FRED MAX Are you vertical? Is the being vertical? BETTY Yeah. Fre d brought B etty back to just before the alien removed theclips and asked how she felt when they were remove d. Was there adifference? B etty replie d that there was a pronounced differenceafter the device was remove d. BETTY I feel pins-and-needles and heavy, but bre athing is better. LARRY FAWCETT Can you smell now? BETTY [Sniffs] Uh huh. LARRY FAWCETT What do you smell? BETTY I just smell a little bit of burning, thats all. FRED MAX Like what is burning? BETTY [Sniffs again] Like something inside of me. I dont know. FRED MAX In your head? BETTY Yeah, in my nose and in my head. I dont know. FRED MAX Okay, what s happening now? BETTY Were going out of the thing [cni.ft] there and Im following him. My feet and hands are heavy and picky, like they fell asleep. And were going into a place where its foggy, awful foggy and dark. I dont like this place! When they entere d this misty area, Betty showed fear. This

125. The Museum of Time • 1 19portion of her account brought to mind another hypnotic regressionsession conducted during phase one of our investigation. Bettystated that she knew the name of the place where the aliens hadcome from. When aske d, she attempted to pronounce the namephonetically, but without success. Then, during the July 2 8 , 1 9 7 7 ,session, one investigator asked her, " When did you get theinformation?" BETTY When I was there. INVE STIGATOR How long ago was that? BETTY A long time ago. INVE STIGATOR You mean in nineteen-sixty-seven? Is that when you got the information? Betty did not answer, After a long pause, the interrogationcontinued. INVE STIGATOR Was it before nineteen-sixty-seven, Betty? BETTY Yes. At this juncture , all of the investigators be came very excited.This was the first time that such an explicit statement had beenmade concerning a prior UFO experience. Up until that time, therehad been just subtle hints of such a possibility. INVE STIGATOR It was ! Do you remember how long before nineteen- sixty-s even?Betty, so a new vein of questioning had been used. Again, no answer concerning when could be extracted from INVE STIGATOR How do you know that that is the place where the beings come from? BETTY That is where they come from. INVE STIGATOR How do you know that? Why do you know that is where they came from, be cause they told you? BETTY Yes, they told me and I was there. INVE STIGATOR You went to the place where they came from? BETTY Yes. INVE STIGATOR Did you see other ships there? BETTY Yes, there s other ships there.

126. 120 • The Museum of Time INVE STIGATOR How old were you at the time that that happened? Again, Betty had not answered. Had something or someone beenpreventing answers to when she had been brought to the aliensplace of origin? In any event, B etty had become very, very ups et. INVE STIGATOR What are you upset about, B etty? BETTY I dont like this place, so dark, gray . . . hazy all the time. INVE STIGATOR Which place? Youre back there now? BETTY Yes. INVE STIGATOR Are you frightened of this place? BETTY Yes! Now, on April 2 8 , 1 9 8 0 , we were learning in detail about thegray, misty place where the aliens had taken thirteen-year-oldBetty. BETTY Were just moving along and hes going off to the side and Im moving up ahead all by myself. And I see three more of those people there. Theyre just standing there in that fog and its hard to see them. Its sc ary! FRED MAX D o they all look alike? BETTY I only see a shadow of them there and theres some funny-looking things in back. Looks like some things of metal, some kind of machines. Theyre just standing there, thre e of them, and I cant make out any faces. Its foggy. Theyre telling me to relax. Theyre just standing there with that stuff in the back. Those things that are in the back there are made of metal [see Figure 32] . FRED MAX All right, what do they look like? BETTY Theyre , urn, I dont know how to explain them. Fred again had Betty open her eyes without affecting her tranceand had her draw what she was observing. Th� machines lookedlike some typ e of hovering, oval craft. After Betty finishe d thedrawing, Fred asked her to continue her account. BETTY The middle one is coming over toward me, and he raises his hand. He put his hand down, and now Im just follow-

127. H��Lit.v. ,. fi:::,(_.,.NHeavy mistyfog everywhere. .,...)- �� . / j,. .;.� ·,• "" �...,_ ..i lt", I thought these were machines of some kind.Figure 32. (May 20) ing him. Were going around the side there. It s just so foggy and dark here. lt seems damp. And he stopped and said, "Youre getting closer now, you know." And I said, " Closer to what?" And he said, "Closer to home." FRED MAX Just one second. You just asked a question of the being. Prior to this, you hadnt asked any questions. Did it surprise you that you were suddenly capable? BETTY No, when I asked him, it didnt seem as if my mouth was moving. FRED MAX Okay, go on. He says that youre getting closer to home. BETTY We keep going. He brings me to this strange-looking thing on the ground. Something there. FRED MAX Okay, I want you to draw it for me. Ill count from one to three . Open your eyes without affecting your trance. 121

128. 122 • The Museum of Time B etty drew the strange man-sized device which looked like anopen eggshell or clamshell. Fred continued to question her as shedrew it. FRED MAX This is on the ground below you? BETTY Yes, this is on the ground. It looks like mirrors. FRED MAX Can you see yourself in there? BETTY Theres all haze around. If I were to look, I would see more than just myself, I would see a lot of myself. FRED MAX Okay, relax. Close your eyes, relax, deeper, deep er. Okay, go on. BETTY He took me to that thing and floated me into it. I did lie down into it. The top came down and closed me inside of it and I see many, many, many, many of me. The top just sprung open again, and Im in a place where its all bright light. Oh, it s just beautiful here. One of the little tiny people are here now, and theyre floating me out of this thing. Were going over to the side and he told me to step on these big blocks of clear glass. And Im floated down and I step on them all and I do, but a light goes on were on like glass, a sea of glass or something. And its so in them. And he says to follow. This time Im moving my legs and beautiful here. FRED MAX How do you mean, beautiful? BETTY Oh, everything is just like its clear glass, like a fore st of clear glass. Theres leaves and trees and grass and everything, everything. And the birds, theyre like thin, thin, thin glass. Fre d stopped Betty once again and asked her to draw what shewas seeing, but she could not. BETTY Its just too beautiful. I just cant draw how beautiful it is! FRED MAX Okay, just relax, deep er, deeper, deep er. Okay, go on. Then Betty described an incredible happening. BETTY Were walking along. Everything is just so beautiful. The only thing is, there s nothing moving. Theres even birds flying, but theyre not moving. And there s butterflies and Im

129. The Museum of Time • 123 reaching out to touch a butterfly and when I did, its fantastic! Its beautiful! Theres all color coming into the butterfly now, and its flying around and around. When I touched it, it got color and lived and it s flying! Oh, its stopped. Its color is going and its fading into a tiny speck of light, like a tiny speck of light. Then it goes back into the ice form of that butterfly. That was amazing! [Figure 33] That was an understatement! Fre d decided to have Bettydescribe this process in some detail. 1. Butterfly was glass or icelike, motionless and colorless, .k very delicate. 3. Color began to disappear, and butterfly stopped. 4 . Form disappeared, and a bright blue-white tiny spark appeared . I in a flash. v., -vi,/4. . , ::s .Vi" -- / -i f-lw t... - 1-""} ..- , """}- if".J. f l� y. / " ( I 5. Seemed like a drop of water? � ...2. Butterfly turned to life when I . 0touched it and flew for a short • ... c • •period of time. The colors 6 . From drop of water,were vibrant black, blue, and green. this formed again.Figure 33. (May 12)

130. 124 • The Museum of Time FRED MAX How long would you say this butterfly was alive? Se conds? Minutes? Hours? BETTY Seconds, I guess. FRED MAX Okay, when the butterfly came to life, did any thing else come to life with it? BETTY No, but Im touching some of the flowers and- Oh! The flowers are beautiful. The color is coming into them and it .smells beautiful. Oh, Im going to touch some leaves. Oh, its just so beautiful. And now those flowers are going back into-they just-the colors disapp ear and a speck of light appears and go es back into the form of that clear [transparent, glasslike] flower and the leaves too. Oh, I asked him-"What s happening?" He says : "This is for you to remember so mankind shall understand." FRED MAX Yes. BETTY And I said, "But why did it turn color and fly away when I touched it?" He told me that I will see when I get home. FRED MAX Did you ask anything else? BETTY He said, "Home is where the One is." FRED MAX And did you say "Who is the one?" or anything like that? BETTY He says: "We are drawing closer to home where the One is. Oh, its so beautiful in here. And were walking along, and as you walk it seems like that little one, that person there, his foot lights that glass things underneath lights. "How come we have to have these things on our feet?" I asked him. And he says .they are necessary. At this p oint, Fred stopped her for specifics. FRED MAX What do you have on your feet? BETTY Those glass things that we put on before we went into here. Later Betty would draw these glass shoes in detail [Figure 34] ,but Fred elected to have her continue the account. BETTY Were just walking along this thing and up ahead theres a huge, huge glass-type ball down there.

131. Feet stuck to shoes as soonas we stepped onto them. ·i " ·.• ) I � Waves coming from this thing r appeared and LightsGlass shoes with 1--�tiny bubble in center flickered upwhere light came from. and down. ��!�� over the shoes. Things hung Vibrating waves �I-<. appeared. .)..1 � v� - -- �� - - -�� - -light in two directions.Casts off stream of SidoFigure 34. (May 1 2)

132. 126 • The Museum of Time B etty proceeded to describe a round glasslike vehicle which she was made to enter by leaning backward into it. BETTY And so Im leaning back. Oh, Im tumbling. Im right in that ball of glass. [Figure 35]Everything was made of glass or ice.It was so beautiful ! amunable to capture it on paper.idea as to how it looked.This is just to give anFigure 35. (May 1 2)

133. The Museum of Time • 127 FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY Its moving. The transparent vehicle proceeded to move through a hugeconduitlike structure. Fred was curious as to how it moved. FRED MAX How is it moving? Is the glass like a big ball rolling, or does it appear to be moving by a different method? BETTY Its moving some other way than rolling. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY Its st9pping up ahead. Everything seems so bright and glasslike aroun d here. And theres another little person standing out there and just looking at me. I cant move. I got to stay here until he says I can come out. I see other little persons over there too. FRED MAX You mean people or people- beings? BETTY The ones with the big heads. Oh! FRED MAX Whats the matter? BETTY My fingers! Ooooh! It hurts. FRED MAX Does it hurt at the fingertips or the whole fingers? BETTY Just the fingertip s. FRED MAX Okay, Im going to rub some anesthetic over your fingertips. I want you to fe el your fingers getting anesthesized just like a dentist giving a shot in your te eth. I want you to feel the se fingertips getting nice and comfortable. I want you to feel it going. Okay, go on. BETTY I cant move from here yet. Again, B etty winced in pain as her fingertips began to hurt oncemore. Again and again Fred tried to ease the pain, without success.He finally brought her back to that point in time just before theybegan to hurt to offer Betty some relief. Soon Betty was able tocontinue. BETTY The little person is calling me out of the glass ball. And hes saying, "Come with me," and hes leading me up ahead. And hes telling me to lift my foot. When I do, the thing falls off. "Lift the other," he said, and he told me to come with him. FRED MAX Youre now barefooted? BETTY Yeah.

134. 128 • The .Mu seum of Time FRED lIAX Go on. BETTY And were floating along. FRED MAX Youre not walking? Youre floating? Go on. BETTY Were coming up to this wall of glass and a big, big, big, big, big door. It s made out of glass. FRED lIAX Does it have hinges? BETTY No. It is so big and there is-I cant explain it. It is door after door after door after door. He is stopping there and telling me to stop. Im just stopping there. He says: "Now you shall enter the door to see the One." And he says, �Fear not." .. Then Betty appeared to und ergo an out-of-body experience! BETTY And Im standing there and Im coming out of myself! Theres two of me! There s two of me there ! [Figure 36] I t FRED MAX Are you looking at yourself? BETTY Uh, huh. FRED 1IAX Do you fe el as if you were in both bodies? BETTY No. That one over there is like, urn . . . [Pauses] FRED lIAX Like what? BETTY That one over there, it s like a twin. But its still, like those people I saw in those, those ice cubes. FRED MAX In other words, a motionless copy of you? BETTY Yeah. FRED 1IAX Okay. Do you see the One yet? BETTY The One? No. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY Im coming up to the door, and the little p erson is saying: "Now you shall enter the Great Door and see the glory of the One." And Im standing face to face with that door. Then Betty be came very puzzled. BETTY Im not there anymore. I dont know where I am. FRED MAX What do you mean? Where are you now? . BETTY I dont know. For some reason, B etty wa s unable to determine where she wasdespite Fre ds efforts to find out. He decided to end the ses sion,but first he gave Betty a posthypnotic suggestion to remember J

135. · Walls rolled upward and were of glass. •, . Huge clear glass bubble stopped. 1 I came out of me,Layers of thick, and a shell of meclear glass stood motionless.Figure 36. The Great Door (May 1 2) - -- - - --- -----�

136. 1 30 • The Museum of Timeeverything and to make drawings if she wanted to. Later on in theweek, Betty did draw some of the things that she had encountere dduring this portion of her experience as a teenager. One drawingwas of her standing before the Great Door. Bettys intriguing des cription of the mas sive glasslike doorbrought to mind her mention of a special door during one of theprevious phase one hypnosis sessions. At a session held back on July 1 6 , 1 9 7 7 , Betty was reliving aportion of her initial ab duction experience. Investigator D avidWebb interrupte d her with a question: "At any time, Betty, dideither Joohop or Quaz gaa give you any predictions for the future?Things that would happen on earth?" B etty s mind flipped back to the pre sent. Her body be camerestrained to the hypnotist s chair. She experienced the samephysical sensations that she had felt when she had lain paralyz edon an examination table on board the alien craft. Suddenly, herbody seemed to become possessed by someone or somethingwilling to answer our que stions through her. During the discus sion that followed, Betty made mention of adoor: BETTY Its something about a door and its going to be opened. When one of the investigators asked Betty whether the alienswould help us discover their message, she gave a thou ghtprovoking answer. BETTY You would not have gotten this far nor gained this much information had we not desired to help you. That which has been given you-seek, search. We shall help reveal. Certain pieces of the puzzle will be fitted. Try to understand yourselves. Seek spiritually. Doors have been left open unto you. The Great Door shall guide. This answer clearly insinuates that they may have planned notonly our investigation but the book that followed-including thissequel I am writing at this very moment: As I listened to the tap es of the April 2 1 se ssion, it became quiteapparent to me that Betty was just about to reach the apex of thisparticular UFO experience. I phoned inve stigator David Webb and

137. The Museum of Time • 131made arrangements for him t o drive with m e t o Connecticut toattend the next ses sion. I was deeply intrigued. What would Bettyfind on the other side of the Great D oor. And who was the One? There are times when coincidental circumstances make me fe ellike a pawn in some complex but predetermined chess game.Sometimes, even after applying cold logic to such thou ghts, it is notat all easy to dismiss them. Let me relate a recent astounding eventthat occurred just after I had finished typing up Chapter 3, in whichan object reportedly approached five-year-old Bob Luca and focuseda white beam of light on him. When the beam hit him, Bob found that he could not move a muscle. This account was still very muchon my mind when the telephone rang on the evening of D ecember5, 1 980. The womans voice on the other end sounded very ups et. Itwas a woman Ill call Carol; she and her husband, Bob, are fellowemployees with me at GTE Sylvania. I had known them casually forwell over a decade. The subject of her call was a UFO sighting. The witness was herthirte en-year-old son, Jimmy. As I listened intently, I felt a weirdfeeling of deja vu. Her sons experience was nearly identical to theone I had just finished writing about! About 6 : 3 0 P.M., Jimmy was out in a field behind his hou se whenhe heard a faint buzzing sound above him. Glancing up he wasterrified to see hovering above him an oval object that seemed aslarge as two houses. Before he could react, the craft shone a whitelight on him and he found that he could not move a muscle. Hestood helples sly as the light narrowed to a thin beam resting uponhis chest. The beam blinked out and the obj ect streaked away. Once again fre e to move, he moved very fast! Jimmy ran breathles sly into the house to tell his parents. Carol dismis sed theincident as a p olice helicopter reconnoitering the neighborhoodwith a searchlight. Jimmy was so upset that he did not want toattend his Scout meeting, but Carol made him go. After he hadgone, Bob persuaded Carol that Jimmy might have really seensomething out of the ordinary. She phoned me, and I assignedinvestigator Joe Nyman to the case. When Jimmy returned fromthe Scouts, he was surprised to see Joe waiting, but was relievedthat his parents were now taking his story seriously. Joe interrogate d Jimmy and, convinced that the boy was telling

138. 132 • The Museum of Timethe truth, he aske d him to go to his room, strip down, and check hisbody for any unusual markings. In a few minutes, Jimmy came outand p ointed to a reddish mark on his che st. It looked like a severesunburn in the shape of an inverted T. Joe took color photographsof this marking. Unfortunately, the family were just about to leave for a two-weekvacation in Florida, so there was little that could be done until theyreturned. When Joe asked if Carol would take Jimmy to a doctor toexamine the spot, she felt foolish, still thinking that there must be alogical explanation. Upon their return from Florida, they told us that the markinghad faded completely away in just a few days. Since Jimmy hadnightmares and talked in his sleep about being ab ducte d by theUF O, arrangements were made for him to undergo hypnotic regression se ssions. Under hypnosis, he relived the experience vividly with muchemotion. When the light narrowed to a beam on his chest, he hearda voice in his head telling him not to be afraid and that he would begiven tests. Immediately he was filled with a sense of p eace andwell-being. Hypnotic re gress.ion sessions will continue in an attempt to learnthe details about this incident. Interestingly enough, a similarincident had taken place in Tyler, Texas, on January 24, 1 9 7 9 . Ittoo involved UFOs, a bright beam of light, a diamond-shap e d burnon a young mans chest, and a period of missing time indicating apossible abduction. The similarity of this event and its timing so close to myrecording of Bob Lucas experience is incredible. In the past, myunusually obj ective, logical mind rebelled against the practicalsignificance of subje ctive deja-vu experiences, hunches, and synchronisms. However, the fre quency of such incidents has changedme from a skeptic to an almost persuaded agnostic! A few s entencesnature. On my way to the bathroom, I glanced at "a TV program thatago, for example, I suddenly left off writing to respond to a call ofmy son D avid was watching. There was Bugs Bunny talking to adwarflike helmeted Martian! As I watched and chuckled about this

139. The Museum of Time • 133coincidence, I suddenly got a strange feeling that I had seen thissame Bugs B unny show somewhere before. Then it hit me. Thiswas the identical Bugs Bunny portrayed in one of the scenes ofClose Encounters of the Third Kind. In this movie, Richard Dreyfusssuddenly awakens to the sounds of this very same TV show, whichhis daughter has turned on.

140. 9. h e G reat DoorDuring the following week, I anxiously awaited the next session. On May 1 0 , 1 9 80, David Webb, Larry Fawcett, and I rendezvoused with Bob and Betty in their home, where Betty treate d usall to a delicious meal. Also in attendance was Patricia Gail Sable,whom Larry Fawcett had invite d. She had been one of threeselected to take an accelerate d program of stu dies at BostonCollege. In just four years she had received both her bachelors andher master s degrees in sociology magna cum laude from BostonCollege in May of 1 9 7 6 . A professional hypnotherapist and stresstherapist, Patricia was invited as an observer. We were espe ciallyinterested in her comments on how the sessions were being conducte d and concerning B ettys UFO experience itself. As she laterstated in her written evaluation. Meeting Betty Luca for the first time on May 1 0 , 1980, was rather like me eting the grown-up Dorothy from the Wizard of Oz. So pure of heart, so innocent and uncorruptible that it was difficult to understand how this was possible. In this fast-paced age of international conflict, runaway inflation and domestic turmoil how could anyone be so clear and unscathed, so loving and warm? It is as if B etty has taken all the Sunday school teachings of love and brotherhood that we shared as children1 34

141. The Great Door • 135 and made them work for her as a responsible adult. There is none of the "angry child" within her that is so easily perceived in most of us at the slightest irritation. With both Betty and Bob Luca there is a sense of internal peace. This calmness pervades their being and is wonderfully contagious. Along with a fun loving side to their personalities is an undercurrent of sincerity which flows through all their social interactions. Their faith in God is unshakable, their wants and needs almost biblical in their simplicity. My experience of Bob can best be summarized by the following exch�nge: PATRICIA You love and accept everyone, dont you? You dont judge anyone, you just accept them. BOB I cant imagine living any other way. Ive heard that said before , but it was never spoken so hone stly. Bob and Betty have an innate ability to make an impact on others lives by doing nothing in particular-just by being who they are. They allow us to call into question the basis upon which we build our lives. Certainly this internal harmony is conceivably available to everyone. How in the world did we get so far away from it? Any two p eople who live so complacently are certainly privy to one of the greater secrets of life. Soon we had all gathered at Fred Maxs house. Fred soon hadplaced Betty in deep trance. He brought her back in time to relivewhat had occurred just prior to her being brought to stand beforethe Great Door. Since this ses sion and the one that followedboth concerned this particular segment of experience, I am drawingon the transcripts of both the May 1 0 and the May 1 5 sessions. Betty now stood before the strange door. Again she described itsappearance and her out-of-body exp erience. BETTY Theres a big door there , and it is big, but it is strange. It is like deeper and deeper and deeper. And it s bright, really bright. And I have to stand before the door. But, before that, I came out of myself. I was just standing over there, and I was standing over here. There were two of me, but that one over there was stiff. FRED MAX Have you tried to talk to your other self?

142. 136 • The Great Door BETTY That wont work, because Im over here, and that one is over there. FRED .MAX She looks exactly like you? BETTY Yeah. FRED .MAX Is she making motions to show you she is alive, like breathing, moving her arms? BETTY No. FRED .MAX Would you say she looks like a wax museum piece or something? BETTY No, it looks just like me. FRED .MAX All right, go on. BETTY I was told to come forward. I went in the door, and its very bright. I cant take you any further. FRED .MAX Why? BETTY B ecause. FRED .MAX What do you mean, because? BETTY I cant take you past this door. FRED .MAX Okay, Ill tell you what. You go past that door alone then for a few minutes, okay? Time and again, Fred tried in different ways to induce Betty totell him what was b ehind the door-all in vain. FRED .MAX Sometime maybe, if you change your mind, would you tell me? BETTY I cant change my mind. It is set. FRED .MAX What would happen to you if you did tell me? BETTY I cant tell you. Im sorry. FRED .MAX Okay, lets proceed to the first thing you can tell me. F air enough? BETTY Oh! [Bettys face glows with joy, Plate 3.] FRED .MAX Whats happening now? BETTY Im coming out of that door, and it was wond erful! FRED .MAX Did the One say something exciting? · BETTY I cant tell you. Im sorry. FRED .MAX Would you say that the One was God? BETTY Do you really know what God is? FRED .MAX I dont know. I was hoping that you had seen Him and could therefore tell me.

143. The Great Door • 137 BETTY I cant tell you about that. FRED MAX Okay, lets proceed. Whats happening now? You just came out of the room, and you feel great. BETTY I come out of the door, and there is a tall white-haired man standing there and hes got on a long nightgown. Fre d asked Betty to describ e this tall man and then brought theMay 1 0 session to a close. The atmosphere felt charged withelectricity. For those few hours, during the session, I found myselfmentally accepting what now seems unreality, as reality. It was along ride home that night. David Webb and I had much to discussand ponder the totally unexpected data that was emerging. The next session took place on May 1 5 , 1 980. Determined tofind out what lay behind the Great Door, Fred again brought Bettyback in time to where she was standing before it. FRED MAX Where are you? BETTY Im before this huge great big door. Its glass. Layers and layers of glass. FRED MAX What are you standing on? BETTY Glass. FRED MAX Let me ask you now: Youre going to see the One now, right? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX Why are you going to see the One? BETTY Be cause it is time for me, they said, for me to go home to see the One. FRED MAX All right, in other words, does this imply that the One is someone that you have seen before? BETTY I dont rememb er. . F RED MAX Okay. Do you know why it is time to see the One? BETTY No. FRED MAX Why havent you aske d que stions? BETTY They havent been there very often. Those little people · havent been there very much for me to ask. FRED MAX Yeah, but they are asking you to do a lot of things, shall we say. BETTY I know. But, Im in their place. I cant do anything. FRED MAX Okay. In a moment youre going to see the One,

144. 1 38 • The Great Door right? We dont want to waste the experience. We want to get the most out of it. So when you see the One, I want you to ask yourself: "What am I getting out of this? Why am I here? And, what will this mean to me later on in my life?" It s like any big experience a person is allowed to have. Okay? I want you to progress to where the door is open and you are seeing the One. BETTY Oh! At that very moment, an indes cribable smile came over Bettysface. The only adjective that I can think of to describe it israpturous. This expression of pure, unrestricted happiness remainedon Bettys face as Fred continued to question her. FRED MAX You seem happy. Why are you so happy? BETTY Its just-ah, I just, I cant tell you about it. FRED MAX All right. I know you cant tell me, but I want you to do a few things. I want you to ask yourself why you are being shown that which you are being shown. In other words, you werent given this trip just for a free ride, so to speak. They want you to see what you are seeing. Does that make sense? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX All right. Now that youre there, ask yours elf: "What am I getting out of this? Why am I here? What am I supposed to think ab out after I leave here?" BETTY Oh, it matters not what I get from it. FRED MAX What do you mean? BETTY Its-words cannot explain it. Its wonderful. Its for everybody. I just cant tell you this. FRED MAX You cant? Okay, why cant you? BETTY For one thing, its too overwhelming and it is-it is undescribable. I just cant tell you. Besides its just impossible for me to tell you. FRED MAX All right. Are you capable, when looking around you, to tell yourself? BETTY I see it. FRED MAX Right. That which you can see, you have a grasp of even if you dont understand it. BETTY I understand it. Im sorry. Im just sorry. I wish I could share it with you.

145. The Great Door • 139FRED MAX Were you told not to share it with me?BETTY It is like even if I was able to speak it, I wouldnt beable to speak it. I cant. Im sorry.FRED MAX Were you specifically told not to speak it?BETTY Partly, yeah.FRED MAX How was it expressed to you?BETTY I cant tell you those things. Im sorry.FRED MAX All right. Can we let the beings speak throughyou? Suppose you just relax, and Ill put my hand on yourshoulder. I will count from one to thre e. I will put my hand onyour shoulder and with each number you will go deeper anddeep er. When I reach thre e, you will just relax and allow thebeings to speak through you. One, two, three.Betty began speaking in a strange tongue; see Plate 4.FRED MAX Okay, Betty, can you explain to me so that I couldunderstand what you have just said?BETTY [Begins crying) Father loves the world so very much.FRED MAX Yes?BETTY And so many reject Him.FRED MAX Un huh, okay. You said a lot of words. Can youexplain more of what you said?BETTY They will be felt by those who believe and have faith.They will feel the love radiating from them.FRED MAX Okay, where are you now?BETTY Im where there is light.FRED MAX And what do you see?BETTY I cannot tell you this.FRED MAX Okay, thats all right. Let me ask you. Do youfeel much love, the same love, or any different degree of love nowthan you have before?BETTY Its a greater love.FRED MAX Okay. When will I understand all of the words thatthe being said through you?BETTY When you allow the Spirit to come upon you and youare filled with that love.Obviously Fred was not getting the answer he wante d. Perhaps,

146. 140 • The Great Doorhe thought, B etty herself did not know what she had uttere d in thestrange language. FRED MAX Do you understand all the words that you have said? BETTY I understand them, but they will not come forth. FRED MAX Okay, Im trying to understand. Im not trying to ask you to divulge anything, all right? You understand them, but you cant express them? BETTY Theyre in my heart. FRED MAX More like a fe eling than a concept? BETTY Theyre in my heart, in my mind, in my body. FRED MAX Okay, could you explain this to your children? BETTY What children? FRED MAX If you have children some day. The words that you spoke, while they had a message of love in them, did they also have a warning? BETTY Yes. Those that do not have love have nothing. Love is the answer. Fre d decide d to try yet another tactic. First, he again allowedBetty to exp erience what she was seeing behind the Great Door.Betty s face shone with delight and sheer joy. FRED MAX I see you are enjoying where you are. BETTY Uh huh. FRED MAX Let me ask you. How would I get the love you have? C ould I have an interpreter? FRED MAX An interpreter is a person. Suppose I know a BETTY A what? [A s a child, Betty did not know the word.] language. I only speak French, and you only speak English. We have a person who sp eaks both languages. Now, since you do speak E nglish and these beings are capable of communicating to you, Id like to ask them if they will speak through you in E nglish so that I will understand them. Okay? BETTY You mean the little people? FRED MAX The little people, right. BETTY But theyre not in here right now. [I e., they had not entered the door with her.]

147. The Great Door • 141FRED MAX Were going to allow them in you. Im going to putmy hand on your shoulder. I am going to touch you and count tothree. E ach time I touch your shoulder, you will allow yourself tonot only go deeper and deeper but to open up such that thebeings will enter you and speak to me. Okay.Betty seemed not to understand what Fred was getting at.BETTY In this place?FRED MAX Right.BETTY No.FRED MAX What do you mean, no?BETTY Not here.FRED MAX Where?BETTY Where I am.FRED MAX Oh, Im sorry. If I take you out of where you arenow and progre ss you from where you have seen the Oneokay?-Ill bring you out of there. Can I then do it? Would thatbe fair?BETTY Uh huh.FRED MAX All right. Suppose I count from one to thre e, andyoull leave where you are ; from where you have seen the One.One, two, three. Where are you now, Betty?BETTY Im back on the other side of the door.FRED MAX All right. What happ ened when you were on theother side of the door?BETTY I cant tell you.FRED MAX All right. Thats what I wante d. Now were going torequest that the being speak to you, okay?BETTY There is only that one little one there.FRED MAX One is enough. He will interpret the tonguesthrough you. All right? I will count from one-BETTY [Interrupting] I cant tell him what to do.FRED MAX How about if we request it? Is that fair enou gh?BETTY Okay.FRED MAX I will count from one to three. With each number,you will be come more and more relaxed and more and moreopen. And, when I reach three, if he wants to, the being will

148. 142 • The Great Door speak through you. One, two, three. Yes. Please interrupt. BETTY Why? Fre d assumed that it was B etty asking this que stion! FRED MAX So that we can benefit from the message that you received. But, apparently, it was not B etty who had asked the question! BETTY Why do you try to take that from her? FRED MAX Take? BETTY Thats what he said. FRED MAX Okay. We are not taking. We merely want to share so that we can experience this love also so that we can progre ss also. Again, apparently the being-or Bettys subconscious playingthe part of the being-answered Fred. BETTY You have had the truths before you. Why did you not partake of it? FRED MAX When did I have the truth before me? BETTY That is for you to find. FRED MAX Is it possible for me to speak to him? BETTY Not right now. FRED MAX Why is that? BETTY Cause he doesnt want to speak, I guess. As Patricia Gail Sable wrote later, Betty appears to be a goo d, solid trance subj ect. She step s easily in and out of alternate levels of consciousness. There is an energy transference, however, while Betty is in trance which is highly unusual. With most trance subje cts there is a minimal amount of observable mental activity. The ex change of energy and information is generally unilinear. When Betty is hypno tiz ed, there is an upsurge of energy and multilevel communica tion takes place. One gets the sense that the hypnotist as overseer is purely illusionary in this case. Some levels of Bettys consciousness have more overt and covert control than is usually recognizable.

149. The Great Door • 143 Again Fred failed to elicit the information that he sought regarding what Betty had exp erienced while behind the Great Door.With endless patience, he tried yet again. FRED MAX Okay. Youve seen the One. Do you feel different about anything now than you did before? BETTY E verything is so wonderful! FRED MAX Is there anyb ody that you dont like? BETTY No. FRED MAX There are some people, shall we say, that arent as nice as other people, right? BETTY No, everybody is nice. They are just growing, thats all. If one doesnt understand another one, they are just growing, thats all. FRED MAX Do you think Bob feels this way? BETTY I dont know, I didnt ask him. For a moment, we thought Betty was referring to her husband,who, of course, she would not have known as a thirte en-year-oldchild! Fred checked this out. FRED MAX Who is Bob? BETTY My brother-in-law. At this answer, I breathed a silent sigh of relief. FRED MAX Okay, just relax. Youve been to see the One and now everything is a little nicer, right? BETTY I understand that everything is one. FRED MAX What do you mean? BETTY Everything fits together. E verything is one. Its beauti ful! No matter what it is! FRED MAX What do you see now? BETTY I cant tell you those things. FRED MAX All right, lets progress to where you can start telling me tho se things again. Betty was then brought forward to that point in time where sheleft the One and came out through the Great Door. BETTY Okay, Im outside the door.

150. 144 • The Great Door FRED MAX Yeah? BETTY And theres a tall person there. Hes got white hair and hes got a white nightgown on and hes motioning me to come there with him. His nightgown is glowing and his hair is white and hes got bluish eyes. And it s bright out here, and I think I see two more of them over there. FRED MAX Just like this person? Do they look like people? BETTY Urn, but tall. They are real tall and they got some ferns or something in their hands. FRED MAX Do you speak to them? BETTY Hes be ckoning me to come over there and theres like a shell, an open shell. But its mirrors and mirrors and mirrors. FRED MAX Can you see that clearly and distinctly? BETTY Urn. FRED MAX All right, suppose you draw me a picture of what you see so that we can discuss it. Fre d had Betty draw a sketch without affecting her trance.Later, as was our common practice, she provided a more finisheddrawing (Figure 3 7) . FRED MAX Okay, you can close your eyes. Why do you think the shells are there? BETTY Its like the other one that one put me in before. FRED MAX You mean you were in one of these shells? BETTY Uh, huh. FRED MAX Was the shell closed when you were in it? BETTY Uh, huh. FRED MAX How long were you in it? BETTY Q uick. Fred then had Betty describ e this previous e xperience . FRED MAX Why were you in the shell? BETTY That person put me in it. FRED MAX What person? BETTY With the big head. B etty proceeded to explain that previously one of the smalllarge-headed creatures had placed her in the shell. Later, however,

151. There seemed to be two other tsll 1 ;· people like the one who led mefrom the door to the mirror-shell.They were standing farther away "! jwith palms or ferns in their hands. ;to get them in the picture.I draw them closer, here, !J .· /(. ;.I/ - j _. : J J ·Walls rolled vecyhigh upward-glasslike,clear, and white. / ; / . . , ·, 41�1 � . -?.-t. • . /f This mirror-shell is hard to draw. I lay down in it, the top came down, It was kind of flat and layered. and immediately, or so it seemed, I was in the gray misty place when the top came up.Figure 3 7. (May 12) when she came out from behind the door, one of the tall, rob ed human-looking men had placed her in the shell. Fre d aske d her about how she felt while inside it. FRED MAX Is it scary in the shell? BETTY No. FRED MAX Why not? BETTY Im only in there a little while. FRED MAX What do you mean, a little while-minutes? BETTY As soon as he closes it down, he opens it up. The little one opens it up as soon as the big one closes it down. It soon became apparent that the shell-like device was somekind of transportation system. The tall rob ed human-appearing man 145

152. 146 • The Great Doorplaced her in it and closed the cover. The next thing that B ettyknew, the cover was opened up by one of the small large-headedalien creatures-at another location. Fred tried to find out moreabout what it was like inside the shell. FRED MAX Just relax. When you were in the shell, what did you exp erience in there? BETTY I could see myself quickly. Then, they opened it back up. FRED MAX Was the temperature the same in the shell? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX Is there any sound? BETTY There is no sound at all. FRED MAX Why do you think you were put in the shell? Betty answered in reference to the first time that she was placedin the strange device. BETTY I went to that beautiful, beautiful forest of glas s. FRED MAX After seeing the One? BETTY I havent seen the One yet. I go to that beautiful glass forest. Fre d then brought her to the point where she had just come outof the Great Door again. We were intereste d in her se cond experience with the device. FRED MAX We are going to the One very rapidly and after you see the One, tell me what happens next, after you have seen the One. BETTY Im outside the Great Door, and there is a tall person standing there with white hair in a shiny glowing nightgown. Hes telling me to come over by the side there be cause there is a shell thing there he wants me to get into. And he puts me into that shell thing. When Betty was taken out of the shell qy one of the small,nonhuman creatures, she was in another location. BETTY I see those funny machines. The top part of one of the machines is going around and around and theres some lights

153. The Great Door • 147 blinking. And that one person [little creature] is telling me to follow him. Im sort of floating in back of him, and were going through this sort of mist and theres a whole bunch of those funny things. FRED MAX What funny things? BETTY Those machines. FRED MAX Can you draw one for me? Betty was allowed to produce a rough sketch of the craftlikeobjects without affecting her trance. (Figure 38. Later, at home, shedrew a more finished sketch.) Fre d then had Betty close her eyesand continue he r journey. BETTY Its foggy all through here . . . Its hard to see what they [the machines] are doing. Keeps going round and light flashes. ..Figure 38. (May 1 6)

154. 148 • The Great Door FRED MAX What color is the light? BETTY Reddish orange. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY We just started to walk like this through the fog and theres all these !machines] around. One of these people are moist and damp and gray, all shadowy. It looks like there is a taking me over to this side there and its all misty all around. Its brighter light up ahead where were going. And hes taking me up there and I see the light and then going into that area and it looks like three windows, but they are in some place. Again, Fred allowed Betty to open her eyes and sketch what shewas seeing (Figure 3D) before returning her to the experience. r .... ./ . .. .... . .Foggy mistwas everywhere. .... . Walls were cream color, �.,__,. !£/·_. � �.. [l white and gray, black r . -� � Three windows where t · � .- • • I :: .. light came through. ., The walls seemed like pipe t· covering, and were )·. divided into three sections. � We floated through the first window. He swooped through, and I followed.Figure 39. (May 1 6)

155. The Great Door • 149 FRED MAX Okay, just relax, go on. BETTY Were coming up to that light. He just swoops through, and I just swoop through it right in back of him, and we go down tothe ground or whatever it is. Its like ice in there, but there are those little people working. They got some kind of a thing in their hand and theres a pale-blue stone. Beautiful. FRED MAX Wait a minute. Youre seeing a bunch of little people working? What are they doing? How would you describe their activity? BETTY It looks like they got something that theyre working with. I dont know what it is. Again, Fre d had her sketch the s cene (Figure 40) and then continued to question Betty about this particular activity.Figure 40. (May 1 6)

156. 150 • The Great Door FRED MAX Are they all working together? BETTY Yeah. Theyre in this ice thing and theres some blue stuff in this ice, some blue. It looks like shiny blue. FRED MAX Does this look like a construction crew? BETTY I dont know. There is just some blue stuff there that theyre after in this long thing. FRED MAX Okay, do they also have tools on them? a bright light there. It looks like a white-blue light. BETTY Theres two there helping with something. It sends out FRED MAX Does this light seem to be able to cut or knock down something? BETTY Yes, that s what theyre doing. Theyre cutting some pieces out of this pale-blue stone. Thats pretty stone there. FRED MAX When the light hits the stone what do you see? BETTY I dont see anything, but theyre cutting this. Just the light is cutting this. FRED MAX Do you see smoke or anything? BETTY No, I dont see any smoke. FRED MAX Okay, I want you now to relax. For lack of a better title, well call this the construction scene. Next time I regress you, you will easily and comfortably come back to what we call the construction scene, okay? Step by step , Fred brought Betty back to consciousness. Asusual, the session had been fascinating and thought-provoking. Butthough the Great Door had been opened to Betty, it still remainedlocked to the rest of us. The next ses sion would be equally provocative. The time hadcome at last when we would find out when and how the BB-likeobj ect had been implanted within Bettys head.

157. Betty and Bob Luca on their wedding day

158. A typical hypnotic regression. From left to right: Larry Fawcett, BettyLuca, Fred Max (Fred Max)Betty speaking in an unknown language (Fred Max)

159. The expression on Bettys face as she relives entering the Great Door tosee the One (Fred Max)

160. A black, unmarked helicopter making passes over Betty and Bobs home.Bob took these pictures from the roof. "I filed a formal complaintwith Sikorsky Aircraft on this one." (Both: Robert Luca)

161. Very dark olive drab helicopter photographed at Hammonasset Beach(Robert Luca)Helicopters in "restricted area" similar to those seen buzzing the Lucashouse and car (Robert Luca)

162. 10. h e I m p l antDuring the week between sessions, my mind buzzed with qu estions.What and who had been behind that door within doors? Freds multiple efforts to elicit any detailed information fromBetty concerning that which lay behind the Door always ended infailure. Since the One also remained a complete mystery, I de cide dto return to the transcripts of Bettys phase one hypnotic regression sessions that had taken place in 1 9 7 7 . In session twelve whichhad taken place on July 1 6 , I found one mention of the Great Door.Investigator Joe Santangelo queried Betty about it. B ack then,unfortunately, none of us had the slighte st idea of its significance,and there had been no follow-up attempts to discover its nature. Inlight of what we know now, it is most interesting to go back to theolder transcripts and examine Bettys earlier cryptic references. JOE SANTANGELO What is the Great Door? BETTY It is the entrance into the other world. The world where light is. JOE SANTANGELO Is that available to IS as well as to you, Betty? BETTY No, not yet . . . JOE SANTANGELO Do you und erstand what is on the other side of the Great Door? BETTY Yes, I understand and believe in it. . . .156

163. Th e Implant • 157 JOE SANTANGELO Will they permit you to guide us? BETTY No, they want to guide. That was the extent of Bettys inadvertent mention of themysterious door. Apparently someone does not want us to knowany more about it at pres ent. To me, another novel segment of Bettys story was her mention(in typical childish vocabulary) of the tall, shoeless, snow-whitehaired humanlike personages in glowing "nightgowns." Up untilthen I had never rea d of beings like this mentioned in associationwith UFO reports. Not too long before I started this chapter,however, the November 1 9 8 0 MUFON UFO Journal arrived in mymail. Be cause of a change in editors, it had been running behind inpublication schedule and was over a month late. Again I wasconfronte d with another synchronism. One of the Journafs lead articles, written by its editor, RichardHall, dealt with the huge wave of UFO sightings that blanketedItaly in 1 9 7 8 . Of 500 known cases, 1 3 0 (at least 2 5 percent)involved reporte d Close Encounters of the First, Second, andThird Kinds! Twenty-five cases involved the sighting of humanoidentitie s, and there were 20 physical-trace cases. Thirty cases involved physiological and psychological effects upon the witnesses.Hall commente d, "The sightings led to unpre ced ented public discussion and debate, even in the Italian Parliament," adding that,paradoxically, "They were essentially ignore d by conventionalnews me dia in the United States." Again, highly pertinent information for this book had come to meat a most opportune time. One incident in the Italian UFO wave had taken place on July 4,1 9 7 8 . I saw that Bettys description of tall robed human figuresoperating with alien dwarfs was no longer uniqu e. One of the Italianreports had striking similarities. Halls recap of the incidentfollows: On July 4, military personnel from the Navy Air Base at Catania felt a compulsion to ascend the slopes of Mt. Etna, and there saw three red, pulsating UF Os, one of which landed. It was a domed disc about 12 meters [40 feetJ in diameter with red and yellow body lights. The group then encountered two tall golden-haired, white-

164. 158 • The Impl ant robed beings ac companied by three or four shorter beings wear ing helmets and "space suits" . . . . Also, independent witnesses in and around Catania had reported UFO sightings about the same time. Although these witnesses had been exposed to the UFO newsstories and statements of UFOlogys lunatic fringe, all appeare d tobe responsible military personnel. On May 2 2 , 1 9 8 0, quite a crowd gathered at the home of Fre dand Beryl Max. As usual, Fred and Larry Fawcett sat close to eitherside of Betty at one end of the room. Bob and B eryl sat somedistance away with several invited observers, including PatriciaSable and two intere sted medical doctors. Freds gentle but firmvoice broke the utter silence that pervaded the room. FRED .MAX Were at the construction site, as suggested last week. I will count from one to five. You will be back, back in time to the part we lab eled the construction site . . . One, two, thre e, four, five. Hi, Betty. BETTY Hi. FRED MAX Where are you? BETTY Im in this, urn, tunnel. It looks like glass or ice. Theres some little people over there and theres pale-blue stone or something over there. And they got this whitish-blue wand or stick or something that is going around that blue stone . . . We just came through that window right over there. Floate d right through. Were standing there watching those little people in little white suits. Im with one of those funny-looking people with the big heads and the big black eyes and the gray skin and a gray suit on. Just a little taller than me. FRED .MAX You are now in the presence of thre e men dressed in white, corre ct? BETTY No. When I came out of the shell, I was in this gray misty place. And there was one of those big-headed people there. And I walke d or floate d like with hiin. And it was all mist and there were machines. Fre d let Betty go on in some detail until again she was standingwatching the so-called construction crew. Then Betty continue dher account.

165. The Implant • 159 BETTY We stop and look and we kept going up as we were going up this tunnel . . . And were coming to some place that s all lit up. Were going in there. It s like a room, but like a cave. But its b eautiful because there is all black, like coal, but it shines different colors on that coal. And there is something in the very middle. FRED MAX What do you mean? BETTY I dont know. It looks like some kind of shiny silver metal. And its got some circles with five things- FRED MAX Hold it. Suppose you draw me a p icture. Fre d had Betty draw a rough sketch without affe cting her trance.a strange object on the floor of the black-walled cave. Fre d proLater, Betty provided a finished sketch (see Figure 41) that showedceeded to question her about it. J ,_.- cut black coal, only with The whole room was like . shining colors on iL Object sitting in the center of the n oo r ___ ----Entrance was misty,and a door · closed afterward. Figure 41. (May 25)

166. 160 • The Implant FRED 1IAX What do you think this is? BETTY I dont know what it is. FRED MAX All right. Any other beings here? BETTY No, just me and him. FRED .MAX Close your eyes. What do you see now? What s happening? BETTY Were in that room. One of those little p eople are coming and hes carrying that blue glass stone on a- I dont know. It looks like a triangle. Hes carrying it and he comes over by us. That tall person just bows his head like that and the little person puts that thing on that funny-looking thing there in the middle . . . on top of that stone and lifts it. And when he lifts it there s, a p oint thing thats like a wiggly jelly. And from there, that little person is leaving. Again Fred had Betty draw what she was trying to describ e (seeFigure 42). FRED MAX Okay. There was a blue shiny rock on top. There was a triangle put on top of that, and on top of that was a pyramid-shaped obj e ct with a j elly in it. Right? BETTY Right. FRED MAX Okay, relax. Close your eyes. Just relax, deep er, deep er, deeper. Okay, go on. BETTY That little person b rings out that glass thing. It seems as if a door closes . . . I dont know. I see the things starting to move up. And theres a glass and its moving up, and theres a glass thing coming down. Its all purple, like a light shot right up underne ath there in that glass. Oh, is that pretty! Oh, wow! The stone below the j elly is burning purple fire and making the stone a darker blue. Were just standing there watching it. And now it s starting to die down. Oh, that is pretty! The stone is a beautiful blue. It s a little bit bigger now. FRED .MAX Whats a little bit bigger now? BETTY That stone. FRED MAX And what is the b eing doing while watching the fire? BETTY He is just standing there beside me, watching it too. FRED MAX Have you and he been talking together?

167. Glass cylinder came down to meet bottom cylinder rising up. � ...{ � �0�.h. �� v1 ":;,.)., "�..., ( � ·. .)� Grayish-white smoke (? ) forms Light blue transparent shiny stone came out as the gray jelly substance burned and floated upward Triangular plate underneath atoneBright purple streamof light made theatone burn. Sat on the floorFigure 42. (May 25)

168. 162 • The Implant BETTY No. I guess if he wanted to talk to me, he would. FRED MAX Are you scared? BETTY No. Be cause they havent hurt me, and I think its best to be quiet so they dont. I dont know where I am, so I just better be quiet. Betty next describ ed a kerosenelike smell coming from theburning blue stone. Then the creature brought her back to the areawhere the construction crew had been, back out through the windowlike opening, and toward the machinelike craft hovering in themisty area. BETTY That little p erson is coming. Hes got that triangle with the blue stone on it, and he is following us. You can hardly see cause its so foggy, but that blue stone makes blue light around it, and you can see the top of his head from that. Were coming to that machine. It s wheeling still on the top but the bottom is slowly going the opposite way. Were stopping before it and the bottom is stopping. And its op ening up, and its light inside. The little person is jumping, floating up, or something or other; get ting up there with that triangle and that stone. Im following him, and Im up inside and its all light in here. Over the side theres a black s hiny thing and a funny thing on the side there. And now that other person is in here. FRED .MAX What is this black thing youre se eing? BETTY Its like-urn, its square and theres a thing beside it. They want me to come over to it. Im being sent to it. That taller person is beside me, and he said hes going to give me some thing. And I said, "What?" He said, "First you have to do this and then I will show you." Theres something that sticks out · there with round circles. The round circles are red and yellow, blue and purple and green. He wants me to put my fingers on them. FRED MAX Youre not in this object though yet, right? BETTY What obje ct? FRED :MAX The black object one you were going into. Youre not in there yet, right? At this point, Fred had mixed up the machinelike craft that

169. The Implant • 163Betty had entered with the black consolelike object she had confronte d within the craft. BETTY I wasnt going into a black object. Theres a square black thing in front of me [Figure 43] . FRED MAX Okay . . . BETTY And he told me to put my fingers on those things. I did, and they lit up. When I did, a little light bulb popped out of ,e- Blackmirrorlike glass. Tiny balls of light moved in front of it in different directions, turned to a color, stopped and started again white. � t/ 4-- � - / � � Fingers were stuck to the colored buttons.Glasslike seat �seemed to haveclear padding.Figure 43. (May 25)

170. 164 • The Implant there. He said I was to watch the white ball. Im watching the white ball and it goes every which way, back and forth and up Ooops! It turned to re d and stopped. And it s starting up again and it s white . He said to watch the ball. Im watching it, and it goes all over the place. Oh! It turned yellow now. FRED MAX How big is the bulb? BETTY Real small. About like a marble. It turned yellow. It feels like my fingers are stuck to these things. And then its turning white again. He said to follow the light. And Im following it with my eyes, and its going all different directions. Oh, it hurts my eye s a little . And it is green now. It stops. It makes me sleepy too. And now it s white light again and he tells me again to follow it. Oh, and it stops and its blue and its white light again, and- FRED MAX As you watch the obj ect, can you move your hand rather than moving your eyes? BETTY I cant. FRED MAX Does it app ear to have a regular pattern? BETTY Yeah, it goes b ack and forth, up and down, around and around, and over and over and over and over. FRED MAX It goes through the same sequence, right? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX Lets go back to where you were looking at these black objects, okay? BETTY [Corrects Fred] You mean the black s quare? FRED MAX Yes. I want you to draw it for me. Betty was awakened without affecting her trance and drew thestrange machine. Fred aske d her about the five circles upon whichshe had placed her fingers. He was interested in which colors eachfinger touched. BETTY The thumb is purple, and then blue and gre en and yellow and red. And this ball goes back and forth, up and down and I think it goes round like this and it s r-ound like that. FRED MAX In other words, it goes around counterclockwise and then a clockwise dire ction? BETTY And it goes over somehow and over somehow. FRED MAX From one oclock to seven oclock.

171. The Implant • 165 BETTY And then it comes to the middle and it becomes a light. FRED MAX Eleven oclock to a five-o clock p osition and then becomes a light? BETTY A different-color light. It kind of hurts my eyes a little bit. Its just like my muscles or something hurt from it. FRED MAX How about your arms, your legs? Do you feel them getting very heavy at this time? BETTY My fingers feel it. They feel stuck to the se lights. FRED MAX Is there any mechanism they should be stuck on? Is there some kind of locking device? Does it seem logical that your hands should be stuck? BETTY No. They said, "Now Im going to give you something." And they take me over to the other side. Theres a little tiny, looks like glass, peas or something. No, they cant be p eas. Theyre too small (Figure 44) . FRED MAX The size of a BB? Glass "peas" -..: . . .... ...._ - --·:"" .• ..,. 4 ""·:· ..,• • •"" . -.·.- ·;:::-:::... :. :·_ ·.:. - ·-· . . • / Shelf in the wall Glass cover must have magnified the "peas" because when they came in the other room, they appeared smaller.Figure 44. (May 25)

172. 166 • The Implant BETTY They look a little bigger. And he says, "That s what youre going to have." I dont want those. Theyre no good. Fre d had Betty draw what she was describing, and then pro ceeded to que stion her about the drawing. She was still under hypnosis. BETTY Looks like peas there. FRED MAX All right, its fille d with them? BETTY Inside. And theres like needles or slivers but theyre very small. He says hes gonna give them to me. FRED MAX Okay, close your eyes. Go on. BETTY He says now Im ready, and he said to follow him. A door opens up from the wall. It goes up, and were going into another bright, bright room. And in the middle of this bright room there s a box. FRED MAX What happened to the peas and slivers? BETTY Theyre still out in that thing. FRED MAX Okay. BETTY And he says that I will be getting on there. Im floating up and lying on it and I feel like Im stuck to it. And I see some of them coming in with a glass or something. It s small, and theres something in it and he says, "This is for you." Its tiny now. Tinier than those peas. And theres little slivers there. Glass slivers, I guess. And I see them coming in and theyre in silver clothes. The lights are bright in here. And their skin looks lighter than what it was and hes telling me to relax. Theyll only be a little while and theyre going to give me something and he put his hand on my forehead. And theres three of them around me, and he said to be still and that one of them is coming by my eye s. Op ening my eye. No! No! Betty let out a loud scream. E veryone looked on helplessly, hoping that Fre d would calm her down. BETTY No! I dont want you to do that! Realizing that Betty was experiencing something terrible, Fred immediately stepped in to help her. FRED MAX Calm down, Betty. Just relax. I want you to------- - - -- -- - ---

173. The Implant • 167 imagine yourself moving apart from the situation. Move yours elf out. Move yourself out. B ettys body began to relax noticeably. FRED MAX Very, very good. Imagine it happening to someone else. Remember when you saw two Bettys when you went to see the One? Well, picture the other Betty receiving this. Okay? Just relax. Now, tell me whats happening to her. It s happening to her, not you. Betty again became very emotional, her voice trembling with ·fear. BETTY Theyre taking my eye out! Until now, this traumatic episode had been secreted deep withinher subconscious mind. Fre d eased Betty back. FRED MAX Just relax, just relax. Imagine yourself stepping out of this situation, moving away from it, away from where you are now. Im going to count from one to thre e, and youre going to step out of your body and not fe el anything. One, youre moving out ever so slightly. Two, youre moving out a little more. Three. More and more . Betty, next time I ask you, you will return to this spot, and well allow you to review it a little differently so it wont bother you. Right now Im going to progress you to May twenty second, nineteen-eighty, and when I count from one to thre e you will be there . As I listened to the tap es of this ses sion, my mind went back toanother regre ssion during our phase one investigation. When wehad tried to find out when and how the tiny BB had been ins erte d inBetty, she had be come so upset that the hypnotist refused to prob efurther. Fre d too had calle d this relived nightmare to a halt. At thefollowing session, he would attempt to extract the details withoutcausing her undue discomfort. The next session was held on May 29, 1980. Fred let Betty relivethe incidents that had oc curred just before the aliens had floatedher up to the examining table. Then he let her progress to thatpoint just before the alien touched her eye.

174. 168 • The Implant FRED MAX Okay, now wait right there. He is going to do something to your eye. Suppose I progre ss you beyond that point and then, since you realize you arent in any dis comfort in any way, you then describe to me what happer.s? All right? Im going to progress you to b eyond when they put the eye back in. Well progress you to that point, and then you describe what hap p ened. Ill count from one to three and you will be beyond it. You will not be afraid, because you know you went through it nicely. You will not be in discomfort because they ane sthetized you and you will be able to speak of it without any difficulty. One, two, three. Having moved B etty ahead in time to when she was remove dfrom the table, Fred sent her b ack again in time and proceeded totry to have Betty talk about the removal of her eye. He eased herslowly into the situation. FRED MAX Okay, relax. Close your eye s. Deeper, deeper, deep er, deeper. I want to go back to something now. You have describ e d to me that they have taken your eye out, corre ct? Is that right? They took your eye out? BETTY Yeah. My right eye. FRED MAX Okay, and how did they do that? BETTY I dont know. With their fingers, I guess. FRED MAX Okay, and what did they do when your eye was out? Youre all right. You made it through. BETTY They took a long, long needle. A light needle. FRED MAX What do you mean a light needle? BETTY It was all light. A bright, white, light needle. And they had one of those tiny little glass things on the end of it. They put that needle in my head through where they took out my eye and I can feel it in the back of my head [Figure 45] . FRED MAX Does the needle touch you, or does it j ust illuminate? BETTY Its bright light. I see bright light all over the place. FRED MAX How do you see it? BETTY I dont know, but I see it inside. FRED MAX Do you fe el anything? BETTY That needle. They went way down, and then I felt it jiggle a little bit. They went and pulled it out a little and they

175. " Pushed the flexible needle down deep inside Light needle toward the back of my head. I felt like a tiny jolt or shock. He then withdrew the needle and went upward in my head. Again, a jolt as if something had been shot or released inside of me. It felt like these two areas was where the needle went?Figure 45. (June 3) went way up. Up by my eyes, in the middle of my eyes someplace. FRED MAX Are they talking to you or calming you down? BETTY He just puts his hand on my forehead, that s all. FRED MAX Does that calm you down? BETTY Uh, huh. They just put that in there , and I felt some thing move. Oh! Theres all bright colors all around everyplace. FRED MAX Are you seeing this through the light side? BETTY Just in my head. Theres all bright colors, and they are pullinr, out that needle light and now theyre on both sides on the top there. They got some long steel needles that theyre holding toward my head. Now theyre taking them away and putting 169

176. 170 • The Implant them over there. And theyre coming back and theyre putting my eye back in! Oooooh! Then Im just laying there and theyre floating me up. FRED lIAX Okay. Can you see normally now? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX Where was your eye when it was out? Show me with your right hand, with your index finger. BETTY It was right here. FRED lIAX Now what s happening? B etty then repeated what she had described before when Fredhad her go beyond the op eration: BETTY Theyre floating me off the table and they want me to go over there. Im going over there ar.. d Im stopping. BETTY You made it through nicely. Your eyes are perfectly normal . . . You will not be afraid. You will be able to discuss it easily . . . Where are you now? BETTY Im standing in that room where tho se lights were. They took off my dungarees and they put some kind of white skirt around me. I had to kneel on something and keep my arms straight, my head straight ahead. And it starte d to go up in the air [Figure 46J . FRED MAX What started to go up in the air? BETTY The thing that I was on. And it was up a ways and they were doing something underneath there, and they pulled down my underpants, ·a nd they. . . . Theyre putting something on my spine. It hurt. FRED MAX Did they take fluid out or put fluid in? BETTY I dont know. I ju st, urn, something picky they shot up• in my spine and I had to hold my hands up straight like some thing was pulling them, and it was cold. FRED MAX Okay. Youre just fine, so you can tell me. Do you want me to progress you further and then ask you about it? BETTY No! FRED MAX Okay, go on. Theyre anesthetizing you. BETTY It hurt. FRED lIAX Thats the most pain you should fe el. Theyre anesthetizing you so that the following proce dure should not be any more uncomfortable than before. Okay, go on.

177. My arms went up automatically and my back stiffened. � I dont know what this looke d like. He shot something that felt like needles up my spine. It was cold and sharp, seemed to travel up my spine into the back of my head. 1 . ,.r ,., they said they were going t o give me? /; Maybe it was those tiny slivers .�!J �� "� 1. as it ; floated upward Wavy things coming out of the holes Tiny holesFigure 46. (June 3)

178. 172 • The Implant BETTY The little thing came down and they held up the back of my pants and put that little skirt down. My arms came down and I floated up and back onto the table on my stomach. And they were going over my back with something. Up and down in the center of my back. And I could feel picky things in there on my back. It was so cold. [Betty actually shivers. I And then, after that, they put something white up by the back of my neck and it burned. Fre d stopped and had Betty draw a picture of what she had describe d (Figure 47) and then returned to his interrogation. FRED MAX Okay, where are the "picky things" you were talking about? He waved a long tubelike thing over my back to my head Light �:CaY skin -- Whitish silverHad sometiny lightsan� _aJso some f /wnting- ! , Metal needle that they -numbers pointed at my heador symbols? Silvery white shining suits Figure 4 7. (June 3)

179. The Implant • 173BETTY Theyre inside me.FRED MAX How did they put them in you?BETTY By that thing they put in my spine. They were havingsomething over me like that, and there were all picky thingsgoing up me like this and up here, and then they put somethingand it made it hot, very hot.]fRED MAX Okay, your back is hot?BETTY No, Im cold. Its just that they put something here thatwas hot.FRED MAX Okay, whats below you, by the way? I knowtheres a tablelike structure here, but is there a cloth or something under you? Isnt it hard to lie there?BETTY No.FRED MAX Okay. Who is around you, by the way?BETTY That tall person, and theres another one here. Theyrewaving something over me. I dont know what it is. And I get allpickies all going up my back. My spine here and into my head,except for right here they put something thats very hot (in herneck and shoulders area] .FRED MAX Okay. Now, has anyone touched your eye yet?BETTY Yeah, they touched my eye.FRED MAX Okay, then, you already have been through it, andyour eyes are fine. So, while it may not be pleasant, you certainlymade it through and therefore can discuss it. Anything else herethat I should see?BETTY They did the same thing after with some kind of longneedles they held so far away from me.FRED MAX You mean they didnt touch you with the needles?BETTY No. They looked like they were steel.FRED MAX Did they have sharp points?BETTY Yes, and they made my head funny.FRED MAX In other words, even though they didnt touch you,you can feel it?BETTY It felt as if something was moving around in there.Theyre holding some needles by my head, and I just feel somethings moving in there. And then-theyre down at my feet andtheyre, theyre putting something sharp in my heel so it feelslike theyre shooting something inside me.

180. 174 • The Implant FRED MAX Is it uncomfortable? BETTY It hurt at first. FRED MAX Which heel, which one? BETTY In both of them. FRED MAX In the center of the heel? BETTY Toward the back part that I would stand on. FRED MAX Okay and what do you fe el, say, in your arms? Any difference in feeling? BETTY My hands are stretched way over my head and I feel more relaxe d now. They are taking those needles again and they are putting them by my head. And I felt different things working around inside there. I dont know how to explain it; it was just a funny feeling. I dont know how to tell you. FRED MAX That s all right. What happens next? BETTY They looked at those things with the needles and they both went off to the side there, looking at them. They came back and looked at me. Theyre floating me up and turned me around. My eyes are closed and they open up my eyes and are looking in it. Then they floated me up and stood me up and they told me to hold out my leg. They put my dungarees on me again. And then they took off that thing there, that little skirt, and we went out into the other room. And they sent me back down in that slanted seat where the black mirror is. And they put my fingers on those things again [Figure 48]. This time, my fingers were on all white lights. It wasnt the colored lights anymore. And-ooops! FRED MAX What? BETTY That white light is there, but its changing quickly into purple. It is doing the same things back and forth, up and down, round and round and round. It goes into the white light and then it goes into the blue and does the same thing. This time the lights on my fingers are white , theyre not those colors. And all of a sudden, that white light is there again. It s going into the gre en and doing the same things back and forth, back and forth. I got to follow that and it make s my eyes sore. !nd then it goes into the next color, kept on going right down until we get to the red again, and it stopped. That one is saying to press my thumb s harder. Im pressing my thumbs and on that black thing, a purplish picture and I dont know what it is.

181. , . • 4 • o o o • • elight appeared and I had --?>Lights appeared white • a • • • •at ftrst, then a purple • fl • • e • •to follow it with my eyes.It turned white and continued � · · · · -red. Then I pressed theto blue, green, yellow andpurple with my thumb. ::: : ·. -�Figure 48. (June 9) Again Fred let Betty draw a rough sketch of what she wasdescribing (see Figure 48) . FRED MAX Whats the picture of? BETTY This is all purple, now it was black. And theres all different things. I dont know what it is. Its ju st- I dont know a picture of funny zigs and zags and purple. I dont know what it is. Again Betty described zigzag patterns flashing in purple as shesat before the screen. BETTY They just keep on flashing a whole bunch of things in 175

182. 176 • The Implant purple to me and tell me to keep looking at them. I dont know what all that stuff is. It s horrible. FRED lIAX Whats horrible? BETTY Those things. They pass by so quick. FRED lIAX But why is it horrible? Why use that word? BETTY Because I dont really like to be here. They show me those things and I just wanna go home. And they stop and then Im able to take my fingers off it. He says, "Pretty soon you will go home." Im getting up out of the chair-floating-and were going over to the side. Im following him into another room and there is a big-I dont know what it is-like a bottle, a big glass bottle with no top. It goes way up to the ceiling there and theyre bringing me in there. And theyre putting me inside of that glass thing. FRED MAX Before you go in, suppose you draw me a picture of it? While B etty sketched the glass container (Figure 49) , Fre d continued to ask her questions about what she had viewe d on thescreen. FRED MAX When you were seeing the purple things, did you see any people? People people? BETTY Uh, huh. FRED 1IAX How were they dressed? BETTY I dont know. It was just so quick. FRED MAX Did they look at you? BETTY No. FRED .MAX Was it more like you were seeing pictures of - people or were you seeing actual people? BETTY I was seeing pictures. But it was like if I could walk into that place, there would be people. But they were far away. Far, far away. FRED lIAX Almost like if you were looking at them through a telescope. BETTY Urn. FRED lIAX Were they moving? BETTY They were moving. FRED MAX When youre looking at those people, are you seeing little boys somewhere around twelve to sixteen?

183. This end seemed longer. _ / ma� k. pressed snugly }t agamst my ears h; When the glass jar or tube closed. gray jelly or liquid filled the Umk. The jellyThings on outside had quivered everysome tiny wires sticking onceout. with thickenings on in a while.the end; also some After it wastiny colored lights. drained, warm air blew 1" Round rlass Indent around my neck. The clear bubble-mask seemed to fit down on me. perfecUy, and I felt comfortable. This seemed to rise upward as the door swung open.Figure 49. (June 9) BETTY Theres all different people there . It s so fast. Its too fast, I dont know and theres too many other stuff of things with it. FRED MAX What do you mean "things"? Besides people, what do you see? BETTY All different things and different funny marks. FRED MAX Draw this bottle and then well get back to that, all right? This is the bottle theyre going to put you in? BETTY They put me in here !Figure 49] and put this mask, like a gas mask or something over my face. And it was tight around me and it had just some funny stuff in there. I dont know what it 177

184. 178 • The Implant was. I dont know how to explain it. They put that glass thing over my face. FRED MAX Can you see through it? BETTY Yeah, but theres some funny things in it, little things that stick out of it. FRED MAX Can you breathe all right? BETTY Yeah. FRED MAX Where are the beings now? BETTY One was over here, one was there. The one that was with me. FRED MAX Is there something else there that I should see? BETTY They closed that down shut on me so that I was in a slante d bottle or glas s. And then the gray stuff-gray water, I think- started to fill up. Its a gray jelly water like. FRED MAX What temperature is it? Cool or warm? BETTY Im just right, I guess. It just feels good. It feels like Im just up there and Im not sinking through that jelly stuff. Im just up there and its around me. Once in a while Ill fe el it jiggle. FRED MAX Do you hear anything? BETTY No. The gray stuff is starting to go down. Its going down and I feel warm air on me. Feels like warm air blowing in on me. Feels like my fe et and my hands-Oh, ooooh! My fe et and my hands are getting heavy, heavy, heavy. FRED MAX Do they hurt? BETTY A little bit. Ah, feels a little lighter. Im waiting there. There is warm air blowing on me, and I hear something high pitched in my ears. And the wind, warm air or whatever it is, is stopped. The thing is coming up again, the glass thing [i.e., the cover] . One of those p ersons is coming over and taking the glass thing off my face. He said to follow him and hes taking me into this dark room where that wheel is again. Oh, hes floating me on top of it and hes putting that thing in my mouth again, and I dont want it. FRED 1lAX What thing? BETTY That thing they put in my mouth last time . Apparently, Betty had been taken into a craft similar to the onethat had transported her to this alien place under the ocean. Thealiens were preparing her for the trip home.

185. The Implant • 179 FRED MAX Okay, go on. Is the wheel going around? BETTY No, theyre just making me put out my legs and hands. I dont want to go on this again. There s sprinkles of water coming down on me, and I feel it starting to go around, faster and faster. Ohhh. Its going fast. FRED MAX Calm down, youre fine. Go on. According to Betty, the wheel continued spinning and then cameto a stop. Fred felt that this was a good point to bring the session toa close. As he eased Betty back to the pres ent, he gave her the usualpo sthypnotic suggestion that when regre ssed at the next session,she would come back to that very point in time. At last, Betty wason her way home. Who would believe such a story, I wondered.Again I thought of Larry Fawcett s words. Yes, it was too incrediblenot to be true!

186. 11. etu rn toCroc ke r Po n d andOth e r E n co u nte rsThose who have read The Andreasson Affair will have noticed theinteresting parallels between Bettys 1 9 5 0 experience and herab duction of January 2 5 , 1 9 6 7 . Her description of the aliens, theirknowledge of Betty and her whereabouts, and an undergroundworld connected by tunnels all indicate that the same race of beingswere dealing with her. Such similarities were especially prominentin the previous chapter. First, in both accounts, Betty was broughtinto an examination room containing a rectangular table in itscenter. 1950 And theres a box in the middle of this bright room 1967 Theres something like a desk or boxlike thing. In both instances she was somehow floated .onto this table: 1950 Im floating up and Im laying on it. 1967 I floate d up there somehow. I was just swept off my feet and laid there .180

187. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 181 Her body was held tightly to the table by some unseen force. 1950 I fe el like Im stuck to it. 1967 I was held somehow. For some unknown reason, the aliens wore silver clothes whenthey examined and tested Betty. 1950 I see them coming in, and theyre in silver clothes. 1967 In that room, they seem to be in different clothes- shiny white silver clothes. On both occasions Betty commented how the bright light in theexamination room washed out the color of the aliens skin. 1950 The lights are bright in here, and their skin looks lighter than it was. 1967 Their skin seemed whiter. Maybe its because of the bright light in there. It didnt seem so claylike gray. During their examination and tests of Betty, the aliens employedlong needles. 1950 Theyre holding some needles by my head, and I feel some things moving in there . . . They put that needle in my head through where they took out my eye. 1967 They took those long needles . . . and they stuck one up my nose into my head. One of the most provocative acts was their implanting a tinypearllike device within Bettys head in 1 9 5 0 and then removing itlater in 1 9 6 7 . 1950 A bright, white, light nee dle and they h a d one of, o f those tiny little glass things on the end of it. 1967 They took it out . . . It looks like . . . some kind of a ball on the end of the needle. Another consistent practice was the aliens use of the laying onof hands to ease B ettys pain and anxiety. 1950 He just puts his hand on my forehead. 1967 They touched the top of my head and took it [pain] away.

188. 182 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters In both cases, just prior to releasing Betty, the aliens placed herin a glass chamber and immersed her in a gray liquid. Each timethey provided means for her to breathe. Although the gla ss tankused in 1 9 5 0 differed in shape from the one used in 1 96 7 , bothwarm air was blown upon her. In 1 9 6 7 , Betty was floated to aseemed to provide a similar function. After the 1 9 5 0 immersion,separate glass chamber for this treatment. 1950 I was in a slanted bottle or glass. They put this glass mask . . . over my face . . . and then the gray water . . . started to fill up . . . The gray stuff is . . . going down . . . I fe el warm air . . . blowing on me. 1967 Clear plastic . . . They are going to put liquid in here with me in it! And theyve got a tube they are inserting in my mouth and two tubes for my nostrils . . . Theyre letting some gray liquid . . . into that . . . Its filling up fast . . . Theyre beginning to drain it . . . Im going over to the chair in front of me . . . There s air coming in it . . . I can fe el the warm air blowing on me. Betty found both immersion experiences very relaxing. 1950 It just feels so good. Once and a while Ill fe el it jiggle. 1967 Oh, it feels so good. Its like a whirlpool vibrating around. In both events, the physiological effects Betty experienced afterbeing remove d from the emersion chambers were identical. 1950 My feet and my hands are getting heavy, heavy, heavy. 1967 And now the heaviness is coming back again. My hands and my arms and my legs and my feet feel heavy again. In both incidences, shortly after Betty was removed from theimmersion tanks , she was released from captivity. We had speculated that she had been placed in the tanks to shield her bodyfrom harmful effects involved in traveling aboard the alien craft.But why wasnt she placed in such a tank during the initial phase ofthis trip? The function of the tanks is still an open question. Bettys series of pre- 1 9 6 7 UFO contacts in childhood des ervesthe closest scrutiny. Other similar cases are now surfacing. Thefollow-up encounters experienced by Betty and Bob Luca and

189. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 183others indicate a race or races of aliens have a long-term interest incertain members of our species, for some unknown purpose. I feltsure that the period between Bettys experience as a thirteen-yearold in 1 9 5 0 and the 1 9 6 7 abdu ction contained additional contacts.And complicating matters was the strong possibility that the contacts had continued after 1 9 6 7 . But the long string o f weekly hypnotic regres sion ses sions werebeginning to take their toll. Betty felt emotionally and physicallydrained and vowed that the June 1 1 , 1 980, session would be herlast. This was frustrating from an investigators point of view. Onthe other hand, a wealth of data had been extracted concerning thealiens interest in and ongoing relationship with Betty. We didntwant to try to persuade her to continue the se ssions against herbetter judgment. In the last two hypnotic regression sessions at the home of FredMax, Betty relived her return to earth. Once again, she had beenaboard the craft lying on the spinning rubberlike cushion. When heaske d her to continue, he discovere d she had a mental block for theperiod betwe en being en route aboard the craft and her disembarking from the craft. The first thing she recalled was sitting in thegrass with two of the aliens. A hemispherical craft (Figure 50) satnearby. It had a number of rodlike protrusions sticking out of its top.This configuration is rare. Indeed, in my library, I could only findone reference to a similar report. The sighting had occurre d atGard, France, during the early-morning hours of September 2 7 ,1954. The object was des cribed as being "tomato-shaped" with"five or six little vertical stalks . . . (which] came out of the center ofit on top."1 BETTY Im just sitting there, and those two little people are standing beside me with balls of light. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY Were walking through the field, and the big person is in front of me there. Those two little ones are in back there with those white balls of light and were just walking, along, like hopping and floating and walking.

190. Had three legs and feet ""I f ,.Jlsort of mirrorlike and transparent.Round ship or craft-silvery,and trees seemed to reflect in iLFigure 50. Suddenly Betty flinched! She appeared startled. BETTY A bird flew up! It must have been a pheasant. He made a boom and scare d the person in front of me. The alien in front of Betty was similar to the two in back of her,but he was much taller. BETTY He just stopped and was very still. Very, very still. We all had to be very still. FRED MAX What do you mean you all hqd to? Were you told to? BETTY We just were very still. We just stood there. FRED MAX Let me ask you-are you hearing normal sounds that one would hear out in the woods right now? Dogs barking or anything like that?18 4

191. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 185 BETTY No dogs barking. I hear a train. Its off, like off. It must be passing up ahead there , because it sounds like its going off into the woods up there. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY We just keep on walking along through all these shrubs and stuff. I can hear that train going off in the distance. And I see the pond. I know where I am because Im in that field right by the Crocker Pond reservoir. Its off to the side, and we just keep on moving along and were going up. And were going down over there by the water where I usually go fishing. Way, way over there. The littl e people are following us and were stopping and hes telling me that Im not going to remember this, and they are watching over me. Then the alien creature instructed Betty to do something forhim, as if he were putting a plan into effect. The two smallercreatures stepped forward with their enigmatic glowing balls ofwhite light. BETTY He wants me to sit down by the water over there. I sit down and those two little people come over. They come over and stand on one side of me here with those balls of light and they hold out those balls of light. FRED MAX Okay, go on. But at this point, Betty had another mental block. The nextthing that Betty remembered was "sitting beside the water with myfeet in and splashing my fe et around." BETTY Id taken off my shoes and my stockings and Im just sitting there watching everything. Theres some little tiny kivers off to the side there. FRED MAX Are you alone? BETTY Yes. FRED MAX Have you been alone all day? BETTY Uh, huh. Just looking at those kivers there. FRED MAX Whats a kiver? BETTY Theyre a little fish. Theyre flat and they have like shiny fins and they got different colors on them. For one long moment, silence engulfed the room. E veryone

192. 186 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encountersrealized that Bettys conscious memory of the UFO experience hadbeen literally wip ed out. Then Fred tried just once more to find outwhat the aliens had told Betty. Fe eling frustrated to have come thisfar and still not have succeeded in eliciting this, he tried a newtactic. FRED MAX Okay, lets go back in time to still b eing on the ship just prior to getting off. I will count from one to three, and you will be there. One, two, three. Where are you? BETTY Im inside this room with that tall person with the big head. FRED MAX Okay, just relax. Imagine leaving your body and floating higher and higher and higher. I want you to imagine yourself very relaxed and just floating higher and higher and higher. I want to speak to the beings and ask them some questions. I want you to relax. When I count from one to three, you will relax more and more with each number and you will allow the beings to speak through you and allow me to ask que stion s. One, two, three. I want to now ask you some que stions, all right? < Fre d then proceeded to question the beings as if they couldactually answer his questions through B etty. FRED MAX Last week you told us that your purp ose was to disseminate love on a one-by-one basis. Right? Before Fred could say another word, Betty grimaced in pain. BETTY Somebody is holding my left shoulder, and it hurts. Fre d continued in his efforts to ease Betty into a comfortablestate of mind and to coerce the aliens to speak through her. Theywould not cooperate. FRED MAX Is anyone there with you, Betty? BETTY No. For all intents and purposes, Bettys conscious memory of allthat had occurred had gone blank. The aliens ability to make Bettyforget seemed to be aided and abette d by the function of the twowhite glowing b alls held by the smaller creatures. Those who have read The Andreasson Affair will remember that

193. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 187the aliens employe d these strange devic es during Bettys laterabduction in 1 9 6 7 . Their function seems to be relate d to some typ eof mind control. At pres ent, I know of only two other cases wheresuch glowing balls of light were used by creature s from a UFO. Onewas reporte d in the pages of the May-June 1 9 6 7 issue of the UFOInvestigator. E arly in 1 9 6 7 , NICAP received a phone call from ananonymous witness who described his startling encounter with aUF O at Hilliard, Ohio. On the evening of February 5, 1 9 6 7 (only eleven days afterBettys abduction) , this man had heard a strange noise coming fromhe saw a UFO gliding on a descent into a nearby field. He prothe sky. Concurrently, a dog began barking excite dly. Glancing up,ceeded cautiously to the field and saw the landed object sitting onthree struts. Beings then emerge d from it. They were carrying smallcircular balls which they placed on the ground all around the ship. One of them noticed the witness. He was caught and draggedtoward the parke d obj ect. Suddenly, something seemed to startlehis abductors. They let him go, picked up the balls, and hastilydeparted in the strange flying craft. The witness had suffered only a strange burn mark on the backof his neck which oc curre d during his scuffle with the aliens. Thismark was allegedly confirmed by unnamed Air Force officers whoinvestigate d the bizarre incident. The other similar incident was described within a story datelined July 2 7 , 1 9 7 8 , in the Peruvian newspaper El Comercio,published in Lima. A translation was provided in the January 1 9 8 0issue o f the MUFON UFO Journal. Selected excerpts follow. Theactual sighting had taken place in Buenos Aires on July 26, 1 9 7 8 . force fired machine gun shots against the three crewmen of a Buenos Aires, July 2 6 (E FE).-Members o f the provincial police flying saucer which landed early this morning in the neighbor hood of an airport, according to a report in todays edition of the newspaper El Popular of the city of Olavarria. A little after 2 A.M. (0 600 GMT) , a wide sector crossing the Tapalque valley was lighted up by a very bright luminosity accompanied by a strange sound, more intense each time. A chief of police (whose name is withheld) who at that time was

194. 188 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other E ncounters just proceeding to relieve a fellow officer on duty, noted with amazement the strange phenomenon. Ha stily, and with four other witnesses, he reconnoitere d the place. Armed with machine guns and in an open jeep, they went to the site of the happ ening. Once there, they ascertain ed with surprise, a few meters above them, the maneuvers of an oval-shape d obj e ct, flat and with some short fe et on the edges, which was emitting multi colored rays toward them. At once, with intelligent movements and at giddy speed, it turne d up vertically and then landed near some bushes behind the landing runway used by the military on emergency occasions. The powerful light appeared to diminish, and at the side of the flying disc, now more silent, th ere were three strange beings who measure d more than 2 meters in height and were wearing silvery uniforms. These . . . made gestures of advancing toward the military garrison. The chief of police, surprised and fearful, tried to stop the crewmen, firing on them a burst of machine gun fire, unfortunately without hitting the target. Then, while the unknown personages lifted their hands at the same moment, showing a small luminous ball, all the witnesses felt themselves invaded by a sensation of listlessness and tire dness that rendered them incapable of using their weapons. Finally, the newspaper adds, the oc cupants of the ship went back up to it, and went away at g1 eat speed on a zigzag course, and the witnesses then recovered their faculties. Immediately, the police squad returned to Olavarria, where they reporte d this unusual happ ening. Such independent accounts tend to lend credibility to Bettysreports. I have liste d many other such similarities in The A ndreasson Affair. The latter segment of the June 1 1 , 1 980, session became ourlast opportunity to fill in the gap between 1 9 5 0 and 1 9 6 7 . The hourwas late, Betty had just relived the terminal point of her return toCrocker Pond. Now Larry whispered to Fred that he should now tryto find out what might have occurred in the ensuing years. HadBetty had any further encounters with UF O s after this particularexperience when she was thirte en?

195. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 189 Facing a now-or-never situation, Fred Max had no time tobecome bogged down with specifics and details. He was forced toemploy a broad, sweeping approach. FRED MAX I want you now to advance yourself mentally, rapidly. Kind of scan the immediate future. Is there anything related to this incident that you fe el youd want me to know? BETTY What incident? [Betty had now forgotten it.� FRED MAX Okay, fine. Relax and imagine going through time and space to your next encounter, so to speak, be it on land, be it an abduction, be it anything extraordinary. I will count from one to thre e, and you will be there. You will feel what you felt then, see what you saw then, and for all intents and purposes, be there. One, two, three . Where are you? BETTY Im in the park trailer. FRED MAX Oh, where is the trailer? BETTY Its below Dads house, in Westminster on South Ash Road. FRED MAX How old are you? BETTY Im eighteen. FRED MAX Okay, what s the date today? BETTY I dont know the date. FRED MAX Roughly. What year is this? BETTY Its-I dont know. Nineteen-fifty-five, I think. FRED MAX What season is this? Give me some idea-summer, spring? BETTY Fall. FRED MAX Okay, go on. Whats happ ening? BETTY Im just lying in bed with Jimmy. FRED MAX Whos Jimmy? BETTY Jimmys my husband. And- Ohhh! (James Andreas son was Bettys husband at this time.) FRED MAX Whats the matter? BETTY I hear somebody calling my name. FRED MAX Oh, does he hear it also? BETTY No, hes fast asleep over there . FRED MAX Do you have any children? BETTY Yes.

196. 190 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters FRED MAX How old is your youngest? BETTY I only have one. FRED MAX How old is this child? BETTY About four months old. FRED MAX Very good. Okay, go on. BETTY Ohhhh! My hands hurt. Ow! Im hearing somebody calling " Betty. " It sound s like a man s gentle voice, but Im afraid. Jimmy isnt waking up. Im covering up my head with the blankets and cuddling up to him. I dont want to hear it. FRED MAX Why are you afraid? BETTY I dont know what it is or who it is. Its right in the trailer. FRED MAX The sound is in the trailer? BETTY Yes. That voice is calling r:1e, and it scares me. It s stopping. Its not calling me anymore. FRED MAX Uh, huh. Whats happening now? BETTY Nothing. Im just sleeping or resting. FRED MAX Did Jimmy find this strange when you told him about it? BETTY I didnt tell him, I dont know why not. FRED MAX No reason that you didnt, though? BETTY Not that I know of. FRED MAX And thats all that was said? Just "B etty, Betty"? BETTY Yeah. Rebecca is crying. I got to get a bottle for her. I got to get some formula for her and heat it up on the stove. Just waiting for it to get warm. FRED :MAX Were now going to progress to your next en counter. If theres more to this one, you will come to this one. If theres another one after that, youll go to that. Ill count from one to three, and you will progre ss to your next encounter. One, two, thre e. Where are you? BETTY Im at home. Im mopping the floor and singing. FRED 1lAX How old are you? BETTY Twenty-four. FRED MAX Whats the date today, by the way? BETTY I dont know. FRED 1lAX What month is it? �ETTY September 1 9 6 1 .

197. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters . 1 9 1 FRED MAX Okay, g o on. BETTY Becky is in school. It s her first year, and the boys are up taking their naps. While the kids are sleeping, Im mopping the floor. Im singing a song about "Jesus loves me." I hear something. FRED MAX Describe it. BETTY I cant. I dont know what it is! I put the mop to the side and Im going outdoors. I dont know what it is. My word, what is it? Im just walking along and looking around. There s some kind of a strange sound. And Im walking over into where its dug up, and I still hear it. I fe el strange, like something is pulling me along. Im walking up this hill. It s hard to get up here. Theres all pine needles, and Im slipping. I keep on walking and Im climb ing over this stone wall. I dont know why Im doing this. Im jumping down and walking over in the woods there and going over by the big rock. And over to the side of the- Ohhh! FRED MAX Whats the matter? BETTY I dont know. Theres a strange thing standing over there, and Im afraid of it. As I listened to Betty, another incident flashed before my mind.It involved a witness that Ill call John, a pseu donym to protect hisreal identity. Separated from his wife, alone in his house with hisyoung daughter, John too succumbed to an overwhelming compulsion to leave his house and take a drive in his automobile. It wasabout 1 A.M. on the morning of December 1 6 , 1 978. He told me thathed never leave his daughter alone in the house under ordinarycircumstances, but he could not withstand the strange compulsion. I just felt that I had to get out for some reason. I didnt know why. I got dressed, got in my car, and drove out of the yard. Ive never left my daughter alone like that. John drove "as if in a daze" out along a desolate stretch of road. All of a sudden my car went dead completely, motor went out and I coasted to a stop . . . I heard this noise. A steady click-click click. I said, "What the hell is that?" Off to the right, hovering over a roadside gravel pit, was a huge

198. 192 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounterselongated d ark obj ect. A light came on and hit him. He felt astrange sensation like "pins and ne edles" and felt himself sink intoa trancelike daze. It was the be ginning of Johns CE -III, prefacedby the familiar voice being heard in his head: "Do not be afraid. We This incident is covered in more detail in my book Casebook of awill not harm you."UFO Investigator. I learned of another case of this kind whilewriting this book. In a telephone call, Cindy Kotowski told me thatin May of 1 97 5 her husband, Michael, had a weird experience whiledriving alone on interstate highway 70 between Crescent Junction,Utah, and Fruita, Colorado. He felt overwhelmingly compelled toleave the highway and experienced several hours time loss. Later,when I talke d to him, he told me the following story: I was driving on highway I- 7 0 . . . listening to the radio . . . I was fully awake and then I heard a tremendous . . . rhythmic hum from all sides. It scared me pretty bad. Right in the middle of that sound, I heard my name repeated. It was extremely mono tone, machinelike. The hair on the back of my neck stood up. It scared me . . . I felt compelled to pull over. I didnt really want to . . . I got off on a ranch exit. Theres nothing out there . . . I pulled up and parked at the top of the divider and sat back . . . I woke up on the other side of the divider on top facing south. I remember in parking I was facing east . . . I was missing gas and approximately three or four hours time. Within a few weeks, I mana ged to arrange a me eting betweenMichael and psychologist UFO researcher Dr. Leo Sprinkle-aprofessor at the University of Wyoming and probably the nationsforemost civilian expert in employing hypnotic regression on UFOwitnesses. Under hypnosis, Michael vividly relived a remarkableUF O abduction experience, briefly summarized below: I did park where I said I did and then drove to a gravel road to an are a called the Foot Cliff Mountains . . . Id never been down that road before and I came right up against the Foot Cliffs about ten miles from that ramp and parked . . . I saw an old shack. Didnt look like anyb ody had been around there for years. I sat there for quite a while . . . Then I saw this ship come

199. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 193 down . . . about fifteen fe et over the pasture . . . It was big and saucer-shaped. It had windows round the bottom, around the outer e dge, but on the bottom side . . . I was scared but I didnt really have control . . . I didnt wanna get out of the car, but I did. I got out of the car, walked into the field, got hung up on a fence and ripp ed my pants. I walked down . . . past the shack and underneath the ship . . . and I stood on a round platform beneath the ship . . . It started to go up . . . and I couldnt see how it was lifting up . . . couldnt see any support. When Michael entered the ship, six small beings with largeheads and large slanted eyes examined him. They communicatedby telepathy. Their slitlike mouths seemed functionless. Michael gave us a description of the ship, the crew, and somestrangely marked instruments. H e commented that the beingssomehow calmed him with a strong feeling of goodwill and friendliness. He did everything that he was told without question: Although you think that you have free will in what youre doing . . . you really didnt . . . You were doing exactly what was ex pected of you to do. After the hypnosis session, Michael and Cindy retraced theroute of that fateful night. They left route I-7 0 and found thegravel road. At the end of the road was the old shack and fencedpasture, just as Michael had describ ed while under hypnosis! Suffice it to say that the similarity to the strange drawing powerBetty described is striking in both of these incidents. Accounts likethe se once again des cribe yet another use of the aliens irre sistiblemind control. Betty, like John and Michael, was led against her willto another alien encounter. Betty described the same type of being that had led her to theshoreline of Crocker Pond. He was taller than most of the aliensthat she had encountere d. FRED MAX Just relax, deeper and deeper, deep er. Okay, lets go on. BETTY Its staring at me, and I can t move. Oh, Jesus be with me! FRED MAX Okay, go on.

200. 194 • Return to Cro cker Pond-and Other Encounters Then, for the first time during the phase two series of sessions,Betty equated what was happening with her own Christian beliefs,as she had during her reliving of the 1 9 6 7 ab duction. BETTY That person there, or being, has been sent. And I am not to fear. The Lord is with me. Im not to be afraid. FRED MAX Have you ever seen a being like that before? BETTY I dont think so. !A t this point, Betty has no conscious recollection of her other experiences. ] I cant understand it. I didnt think an angel looke d like that. FRED MAX Why do you think it is an angel? BETTY Because he said he is sent. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY He said for me not to fear, that they are pleased because I have ac cepted on my own . . . for me not to be afraid, to keep my faith. He said I am going to go through many things and that Love will show me the answers because I have given my heart over to love the Son. Many things will be revealed to me. Things that I have not seen, things that . . . ears have not heard. But I shall suffer many things. Im not afraid. Jesus is with me. BETTY No, they just told me-he told me-that I will suffer a FRED MAX Do you ask what type of things? great many things, but will overcome them through the Son. Again, one must wonder. Is this actually what the being said, orwas Betty integrating her religious beliefs into the experience?Note the similarity between this beings greeting and that of theangel greeting the Virgin Mary in the New Testament: The angel went to her and said, " Greetings , you who are highly favored! The Lord is with you . . . Do not be afraid . . . " -Luke 1 : 28-29 (NIV) If the being actually said what Betty related under hypnosis, theimplications would be startling. E ither the aliens used Bettysfundamentalist Christian belief system to make themselves acceptable to her or the aliens actually are what the Bible calls angels! FRED MAX How does he S!Jeak to you? BETTY I think through his eyes or his head. I dont hear him talking.

201. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 195FRED MAX Okay, but words seem to come to your head, right?BETTY Uh, huh. He s telling me that I have been watchedsince my beginning. I shall grow naturally, and my faith in theLight will bring many others to the Light and Salvation becausemany will understand and see. They will know that we are one.People will look up to me, and I am to be aware, to know who it isthey look to because those, urn, negative voices dont like it.FRED MAX What negative voices?BETTY Those others that are against man.FRED MAX What others that are against man?BETTY Bad, bad-FRED MAX Those bad what?BETTY Angels. The bad ones want to devour man. They wantto hurt man. They want to destroy man.FRED MAX How do you know this?BETTY Because the p erson is telling me and because the Bibletells me also.FRED MAX Okay, go on.BETTY Theyre just telling me some strange things. I dontknow what theyre about. I dont know. I dont understand whathes trying to tell me.FRED MAX Well, just say it and then after you say it out loud,maybe it will make sense.BETTY Hes telling me that for every place there is an existence . . . that everything has been formed to unite and I dont, Icant really understand what they say, what they mean.FRED MAX Could you now imagine yourself relaxing andimagine yourself going higher and higher and higher and higherand allowing the being to speak through you so that we can hearthe message from them? I will count from one to thre e, and youwill allow the being to speak through you. One, two, three.BETTY [Speaks in an apparent unknown language. JFRED MAX Can you now interpret so that I can understandwhat that means in English?BETTY How many hearts will be filled tonight. You seek signs.Weve . . . (PausesJFRED MAX Weve what? Can you interpret the rest for us?BETTY Let love enter. [Once again Betty begins speaking inwhat sounds like an unknown language.J

202. 196 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters FRED MAX Would you kindly interpret now? BETTY Lift up your voices to Him and His Spirit shall light upon you. [Betty begins to sing in the same strange unknown words.] FRED MAX Can you interpret that? BETTY The time is drawing near. The earth is drunk. The evil that invades mankind shall be cast out. Lift up your voice. Praise Him Who lives. Praise Him. Again, Betty spoke in the strange language. The phenomenon issimilar to the "speaking in tongues" practiced by some denominations of the C hristian church. FRED MAX Can you interpret that? BETTY You had best check. Time is at hand. We will not give you the answers. The answer has been given to you already. FRED MAX You have state d that before, and you have stated that the answer is love. However, there are those that could b e convinced i f they could be given some co"ncrete evidence, such a s a scientific breakthrough that i s not yet known t o mankind, that would serve to convince more people of your legitimacy. Could you kindly give us something that is not yet known that we could use to accept this more fully? BETTY Your faith is lacking. FRED MAX It is not necessarily from my faith that I am asking this question. But that many others would believe your message if you could convince them that you had something superior to offer. BETTY We do not make deals. It is a free gift to accept or rej ect. FRED MAX Okay. If it is a free gift, then why were you abducte d without being given the option in advance? BETTY We were not abducted. FRED MAX Yes-you werent. BETTY You sp eak of things you know not of. FRED MAX That I agree with, but I will not know the answers unless you help me. I can best help you send your message if you give me something to go on . . . Go on. BETTY Im just listening to them, what theyre telling me. Hes

203. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 197 talking to me and telling me Im going to go through a lot of different things and for me not to fear, to keep my faith. For the Lord Jesus is with me. FRED MAX Does he specifically say the Lord Jesus? BETTY He says that my faith is keeping me. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY He does not use that Name lightly. FRED MAX But does he actually state it? BETTY He says, Jesus is with me. Hes just talking to me, telling me about things. I dont understand. He says that I will understand as time goes by. For me not to be anxious. They want me to grow and live naturally. I dont know what he means. He is coming over to me and he is placing his hands on my temples. An d he is putting a finger between my eye s. And hes making some strange noises. It sounds like the tongues [i. e., the "speak ing in tongues" that she is familiar with in a Christian context. I I dont know. And he says I am ble ssed and that I will forget. I will forget all that he has spoken and I will forget him. And I am to go back now to my house and I will not remember at the ring. FRED MAX What ring? BETTY I dont know. He just said, I will not remember at the ring. FRED MAX Okay, go on. BETTY And hes backing up an d he says, "Peace be with you as it is." And Im turning around and walking around the big rock. And Im climbing over the stones and Im going down the hill. It s slipp ery from the pine needles and Im going across the field and going into the house. Everyone in the room was dumbfounded by this strange story. Itseemed as if Betty was sup erimposing her personal b elief structureover the encounter. The alternative was that her belief structureand the UFO phenomenon were intimately connecte d. Personally, Iam trying to keep an open mind in all of this. Ones first inclinationis to reject that which does not seem to fit ones own interpretationof the UFO phenomenon. Others might be tempted to purge suchmaterial from a proposed book or rep ort. I cannot do this. Unusualas it might seem, it is, nonetheless, part of Bettys exp erience.

204. 198 • Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters Fre d, in the interest of time, asked Betty to go on in tim e to hernext encounter. FRED lIAX Okay, just relax, deep er, de eper, deeper, deeper. You are now going to progress to the next encounter. I vill count from one to three and you "ill be there. One, two, three. B etty b e gan to relive an episode that I had already heard overand over again-the January 2 5 , 1 9 6 7 , encounter at South Ashburnham, ::1assachusetts. BETTY The lights have gone off in the house and I see, that, urn-there is a re ddish, orange light flashing in the kitchen indow . . . FRED lL� How old are you? BETTY Im thirty. Recognizing this now well-known experience, Fred stoppedBetty and continued to prob e further for other encounters. FRED lIAX .Just relax, deeper, deeper, deep er. I want you to go to your next encounter. I "ill count from one to three. One, two, three. Where are you now? Everyone Vatched and listened in great anticip ation. All wondere d whether or not B etty had experienced further UFO encounters after her ab duction in 1 9 6 7 . Only part of the answer wasforthcoming. BETTY Im in my b e droom. Oooooh! FRED MAX Wheres the bedroom? Where do you live? BETTY Ashburnham. FRED .:lAX How old are you? BETTY Im thirty-eight. [That would make the date 1 9 75.1 Suddenly, B etty became very upset as if she were in pain. Fre dimmediately responded to this and helped relieve her of the increasing tension. FRED lL� I want you now to relax. BETTY Ohhhhh. Ooooh! FRED MAX Just relax, deep er, deep er, deeper . . . Whats the matter?

205. Return to Crocker Pond-and Other Encounters • 199 BETTY I cant go any place. FRED MAX Okay, why cant you? BETTY Because- Oh. my hands! Oooh, oh, oh! It soon became apparent that this was as far as we were b eingallowed to go. It seemed that Betty was pro gramme d to experiencepain if we attempte d to elicit further information. Suddenly, sheknew this as if Freds attempts to get her to des cribe the nextencounter triggered a posthypnotic response previously induced bythe alien creatures. BETTY I cant go any place. They dont want me to go any place. My hands hurt! Fred, not wanting B etty to exp erience any more pain, decided tobring Betty back to the present. FRED MAX Okay, just relax, deep er, de eper, deeper. In a moment I will count from one to three and when I do you will be at June eleven, ninete en-eighty. All right? And, as you progress to June nineteen-eighty, you will become more and more com fortable and this will become further and further into the past. Betty awakened. The session officially ended. With Betty un-willing to undergo further hypnosis, for all intents and purposes ourphase two probe into her subconscious mind had been completed. It was again time to make an estimate of the situation. I feltMy mind rebelled at the pos sibility that such experiences had aoverwhelmed by the high strangeness displayed in the se sessions.basis in physical reality. And yet I felt compelled to examine whathad allege dly happened in the light of what we now know about theUFO problem. NOTE S Criterion Books, 1 958), p. 8 4 . 1Aime Michel, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (New York:

206. 1 2. h e Psyc h i cE l e m e nti n U FO Repo rtsOver the last decade, UFO reports have displayed a maddeninglyparadoxical dichotomy of the material and the immaterial.Researchers have tended to accept either one or the other aspect, ·but few are willing to accept both. For years, I have been advocating the"nuts-and-bolts" interpretation of UFOs, the hardwareaspe ct. However, personal involvement with Close Encounter casessuch as the Andreassen Affair leaves no doubt in my mind thatthere is also what we might call a psychic element to the phenomenon we call UFOs. On October 18, 1 9 7 3 , Mrs. C., her three children and a stepsister had just left Mrs. C.s mother-in-laws house in Mansfield,Ohio. The time was about 1 0 : 4 0 P.M. Driving back to their ownhome in rural Ashland County, they witnes�ed a low-flying heliilluminating both helicopter and surrounding countryside with acopter being paced by a blimplike obje ct. The weird craft wasbrilliant beam of green light. "It was so bright," one witness commente d. " Everything was green. The trees, the car . . . thehelicopter.200

207. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports • 20 1 The following is excerpted from a 1 23-page inve stigators reportof the incident prepared for CUFOS by Jennie Zeidman. Dr. Hynekand Zeidman secured statements from the witnesses and thoroughlydocumente d every known aspect of this significant case. SUMMARY OF EVENTS REPORTED BY CREW October 1 8 , 1 9 7 3 : The four-man crew of an Army Reserve helicopter, based in Cleveland, flew to Columbus for regularly scheduled physical exams. When finished, they left the medical facility at approximately 10 P.M., drove back to the airport (a distance of two miles), filed a flight plan, and took off at ap proximately 1 0 : 3 0 P.M. On board were the following Army Re serve personnel: Captain(now Major) Lawrence J. Coyne, full-time commander of the 3 1 6thMedivac Unit. Coyne held flight ratings for fixed-wing aircraft,helicopters, and seaplanes, had served nineteen years in the ArmyReserve, and had previously worked as a plainclothesman for theCleveland, Ohio, police department. First Lieutenant Arrigo (Rick)J ezzi, a chemical engineer in civilian life, served as copilot. Sergeant John Healy, a detective with the Cleveland Police Department, served as a flight me dic. Specialist Five, Rob ert Yanacsek,a helicopter crew chief in Vietnam, served as crew chief. One could hardly have asked for a better group of observers to aclassic UFO sighting. The night was clear, calm, starry, and moonless, the temperature 4 3 ° F., visibility 1 5 miles. Lieutenant Jezzi was cruising at 9 0 knots a t a n altitude o f 2500 fe et mean s e a level over mixed woods, farmland, and rolling hills averaging 1 1 00 to 1 2 0 0 feet elevation. Near Mansfield, Ohio, Sergeant John Healy, in the left rear seat, saw a single red light off to the left (west) heading south. It seemed brighter than a port-wing light of a normal aircraft, but it was not relevant traffic, and he does not recall mentioning it. At approximately 1 1 :02 P.M. , an estimated thre e to four minutes after Healys observation, Sergeant Robert Yanacsek, in the right rear seat, noticed a single steady red light on the eastern horizon. It appeared to be pacing the helicopter. After watching it for perhaps a minute, he reported it to Capt. Lawrence

208. 202 • The Psychic Element in UFO Reports Coyne, the aircraft command er, who instructed him to "keep an eye on it." After approximately another thirty se conds, Yanacsek an nounced that the light app eared to be closing on their craft. Coyne and Yanacsek watched from their seats. Healy got up and stooped in the aisle to observe. Jezzis view was obstructed. The light continued its approach. Coyne grabbed the controls from Jezzi, began a powered descent of approximately 500 feet per minute, and almost simultaneously contacte d Mansfield control tower, reque sting information on possible jet traffic. After initial radio contact, the radio malfunctioned on both VHF and UHF. The red light increased in intensity and appeared to be on a collision course at a speed estimated to be 600 + knots. Coyne increased the rate of descent to 2000 fe et per minute. The last altitude he noted was 1 7 00 feet mean sea level. As a collision appeare d imminent, the light decelerated and assumed a hovering relationship above in front of the helicopter. Coyne, Healy, and Yanacsek reporte d that a cigar-shaped gray metallic obj ect filled the entire front windshield. A red light was at the nose, a white light at the tail, and a distinctive green beam emanate d from the lower part of the obje ct. The gre en beam swung up over the helicopter nose, through the main windshield, and into the upper tinted window panels, bathing the cockpit in green light. Jezzi reported only a white light from the upper windows. No noise or turbulence from the obj ect was noted. After a few seconds of hovering, the light accelerate d and moved off to the west, showing only the white "tail" light. Coyne and Healy reported that the obj ect made a decisive 45° course change to the right. Jezzi did not observe the course change. Yanacseks view was partially obstructed. While the object was still visible, Jezzi and Coyne noted that the altimeter read 3 5 0 0 fe et with a rate of climb at 1 0 0 0 feet per minute. Coyne stated that the collective was still in the full down position. It seems as if the UFO, sensing that the diving helicopter was indanger of crashing into the ground, somehow took control andoverrode the helicopters controls. It literally had the copter in tow!

209. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports • 203 Coyne gingerly raised the collective. The helicopter climb ed nearly another 300 feet before positive control was regained. Then the crew felt a slight "bump ." Coyne descended to the previous cruise altitude of 2500 fe et; radio contact with Akron/Canton was easily achieve d, and the flight continued to Cleveland without further incident. • What does this top-notch UFO sighting have to do with thepsychic element in Close Encounter experiences? Plenty! CaptainCoyne told CUFOS inve stigators that about three weeks after thesighting, the Pent11gon contacted him and asked him specificallywhether he or his crew had experienced unusual dreams after theirClose E ncounter! This official en quiry came from the Departmentof Army, Surgeon Generals Office. Coyne told CUFOS that he inde ed had experienced some verywei� d things, the first just a few days after the UFO sighting. AgainIll quote from the CUFOS report: I was sleeping peacefully, and I got up and walke d into the hallway and stopped. I turned around and I saw myself lying in bed; I was lying on my side. sleep ing. It was like looking into a mirror, you know?2 At this point Captain Coyne became scared and returned to hisbody. He wondered if he was hallucinating or dreaming. When I lay back down it was like sinking into something. He also related another "dream" in which he was holding in hishand a round sphere not unlike what the aliens employed duringBettys UFO experiences. The other dream, which was very vivid-and I talke d to my wife for a week about this-was, a voice said, "The answer is in the circle." A very clear voice . . . a voice you have respect for . . . and I was holding a clear sphere in my hand, a round sphere. A bluish-white sphere. 3 At least one other member of the crew, Sergeant John Healy,also experienced what appears to have been out-of-body experience. But as time would go by, the Pentagon would call us up and

210. 204 • The Psychic Element in UFO Reports ask us: "Well, has this incident happened to you since the occurrence?" And in two instances that I recall, they questioned, Have I ever dreamed of body separation? And I have. I dreamed that I was dead in bed and that my spirit or whatever was floating, looking down at me lying in bed. The only thing that upset me was I was wondering what would happen to my two boys, but other than that, I had no qualms about it. The other thin g that the Pentagon asked was if I had ever dreamed of anything in spherical shape, which definitely had not occurred to me. But every two months or so the Pentagon calls Larry and has a series of questions: "Had these certain incidents happened to you, or had you dreamed of them since your incident with the UFO? Please contact the other p eople on the crew." And then Larry would call us up and ask about these things and then he would mail it back to the Pentagon. The Pentagon, from the way I gather it, believes us.4 Ill say that they most certainly do believe you, Sergeant! In theirfiles they probably have scores of similar accounts of militarypersonnel who have experien ced biz arre psychic effects from UFOexperiences-dreams, subconscious memories of alien contact, andwho knows what? Obviously certain agencies within our government know much more about UFO s than we could ever imagine .However, I d wager that they are just as hard pressed for realanswers as are we civilians. Another case that attracte d worldwide attention concerned anumber of radar-visual sightings in New Zealand on De cember 2 6 ,1978- sightings were made by traine d air traffic controllers andairline pilots. During this spate of UF O reports, a remarkable movie was takenfrom an aircraft sent by the me dia to investigate the sightings. Thecrew was directed by Quentin Fogarty, a television news reporterfrom Melbourne. As always, the New Z ealand Defense Department, scientists,and the media rushed out all sorts of explanations for the sightings,ranging from Venus and Jupiter to lights from Japanese shrimpboats. None of these armchair detectives (except perhaps themilitary) had investigated the incidents.

211. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports • 205 During the furor of explanation and couterexplanation, Americanoptical physicist Bruce Maccabee flew to New Zealand to conducta rigorous investigation. He interviewed airline pilots, radar personnel, and the crew who had taken movies of one of the objects.He borrowed the original film and brought it back to the UnitedStates, where it was subj ected to a detailed analysis by twentydistinguished scientists and exp erts in radar, optics, and physics. On March 20, 1 9 7 9 , results of the investigation were madeknown at a New York City press conference. The radar-visualsightings were classified as unknown objects. The photographedobj ect could not be explained in conventional terms. Perhaps you saw Mr. Fogarty discuss these sightings with Dr.Hynek on AB Cs Good Morning, America on March 26, 1 9 7 9 . Butmost are not aware of the psychic element of this fascinating casethat first manifested itself on board the returning Argosy aircraftfrom which the movie had been filmed. At the time, the Argosyson-board radar and ground radar were still tracking unknown flyingobj ects in the area. Nothing more could be seen from the windows,but something was seen ab oard the aircraft! Mr. Fogarty saw a lightcoming up the stairs from the cargo area and be came aware of apresence that seemed to be located in the cargo hold. This same chilling presence was also felt independently by afellow journalist. Then, after landing, Quentin Fogarty drove withthe pilot, Captain Startup, to his home at Blenheim. Both felt thesame eerie presence accompany them in the car. They felt extremelyuneasy and half expected that whatever it was would somehowconfis cate their precious film of the UFO. When they reached the Startups home, the captain excusedhimself and went to the police station to check other possible UFOreports. Quentin sat talking with the captains wife, Shirley. Again,the uncanny feeling of a presence weighed heavily upon them.Suddenly he noticed a shadowy figure pass by the glass doors of theliving room. Immediately, Quentin jumped up and rushed outside. There wasno one in sight. This kind of psychic element runs through CE cases like anembarras sing thread. How often UFO investigators, including myself, have plucked it out because of prejudice. Our preconceived

212. 206 • The Psychic Element in UFO Reportsideas judged that such things did not fit. But whether one likes it ornot, this disturbing element is an integral part of the warp and woofof the UFO phenomenon. On August 2 7 , 1 9 7 5 , for example, a UFO levitate d and tookcomplete control of an automobile near Oxford, Maine. One of twoyoung drivers was taken aboard a UFO and examined by alienbeings. The creatures, who had large heads, slanting eyes, diminutive noses, and no visible mouth , and stood about four and a halffe et tall, communicated to him by mental telepathy-same oldstory! But further into the investigators report was the followingcryptic remark: A number of very significant seeming paranormal events seem to have occurre d since the initial UFO experience. s In one instance, the abducte e allegedly wa tched an ashtray riseoff a table for about a foot before dropping back again! Or take the case involving the alleged abduction of three womennear Danville, Kentucky, on January 6, 1 9 7 6 . According to competent investigators the three ladies were honest and well respectedin their community and churches. They too reported that their carwas levitate d and controlled by the UFO as it was moved off theroad. They too were examined by small creatures who communicated with mental telep athy. Remarks APRO consultant and investigator Dr. R. Leo Sprinkle: At this writing, all three of the ladies . . . describ ed certain poltergeistlike phenomena which had taken place since the incident.6 And once again I am compelled to report yet another strangesynchronism that is highly p ertinent to the subj ect matter at hand. Just two days after I started writing this particular chapter, I wasvisited at work by Carol, the mother of the young boy who had beenburned by a UFO at Foxboro, Massachusetts (discussed in Chapter9). Visibly upset, Carol told me that she had just submitted herresignation from the company. I was shocked, as she had workedwith us for many years. When I asked her why, she answered thatstrange things had been happening in her house since her sonsUF O experience. For weeks, both she and her husband had ascribed each sepa-

213. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports • 207rate incident to imagination, to forgetfulness, to any other logicalexplanation that they could muster up. However, the past weeksevents had convinced them both that something really out of theordinary was oc curring. Her husband noticed that the onset of thepoltergeist happenings had seemed to coincide with the UFOsighting. Later on, MUFON investigator Joe Nyman and I talked withCarol and her husband. The incredible stories they reported weresimilar to what Betty and Bob Luca were still experiencing in theirhouse. From a diary of events that the boys parents kept for the pastweek: Drops of water . . . out of nowhere [in the house] . . . Running footsteps outside, back of house . . . no one in yard . . . No marks in snow . . . Footste ps up stairs and downstairs betwe en [son] Jims room and kitchen. No one there. Scoutmaster came to visit Jim . . . He heard footste ps. No one there . . . Heard footstep s a t night, second floor. N o one there.7 These were definite footsteps, not just vague noises. In addition,the family dog, at times, would not enter the house or certain roomsin the house. It appeared that the dog was afraid of somethingunseen. Not too long ago, Betty Lucas daughter Be cky and Beckys husband house-sat for Betty and brought their dog with them. The dogacted very strangely. It would growl and at times its eyes wouldseem to follow an invisible pre sence in the hou se. Carols diary also noted that items would somehow disappearfrom their normal places and reappear in the same place or elsewhere. On the afternoon of February 9, 1 9 8 1 , for example, the scoutmaster visited the home. When he got ready to leave, he reached inhis pocket for his keys. They were not there. Although he never lefthis keys in the ignition, he nevertheless walked out to his tru ck tocheck. The keys werent there either. Retracing his path to thehouse, he could not find them on the ground. After checking thehouse once more, he returned to his truck, thinking that the keysmight have fallen on the floor or behind the seat. And there werethe keys, prominently visible in the ignition.

214. 208 • The Psychic Element in UFO Reports On the following night, the scoutmaster visited their home again,hanging his jacket in plain sight on the stairs in front of the livingroom door. When Jim went to bed, the coat was still there. Later,when it was time for the scoutmaster to leave , he glanced over tosee the coat was gone . A search of the house located it folded neatlyon Jims bedroom bureau. There was no way that Jim could havetaken the coat without passing by everyone. How it got on hisbureau is a mystery. Keys and work badges would disappear and reapp ear. WhenBobs large cylindrical cigarette lighter vanished, he purchasedanother of a different color, placed it in his empty pocket, andproceeded to use it throughout the day. That evening as he sattalking with Carol, he suddenly felt a lump pre ssing in his pocketand reached into his po cket to see what it was. There was themissing cigarette lighter-on top of the new lighter that hed beenusing all day. Currently, there are two theories to account for this baffling sideof the UFO phenomenon. One holds that there is no dire ct conne ction betwe en reported psychic phenomena and UFO experiences. Advocates of this theory believe that a UFO encountersomehow enhances the witnesses existing, but latent, psychicpowers. Thus, strange events do occur as reporte d, but as anindirect side effect of UFOs that are directly attributable to theaffe cted witness. A second theory suggests that the witness extra sensory powersare purposefully and directly heightened, perhaps endowe d, by thepower behind the UF O s . Thus, such psychic phenomena are visiblemanifestations of an invisible, if complex, alien control andmonitoring system. Are we dealing with fear-induced hallucinations? Paranoia? Overactive and exaggerate d imaginations? Psychic effects caused by thesemi-invisible presence of alien beings? Who can know for sure, forsuch reports are an affront to rationality. NOTES Ill i nois: CUFOS. 1 9 7 9), pp. 1-4 . 1Jennie Zeidman, A Helicopter- UFO Encounter over Ohio (Evanston,

215. The Psychic Element in UFO Reports • 2092Jbid. p. 1 1 5.3Ibid . . p . l l 5 . 1 1 6.4Jbid .. p. 1 1 6.5Personal files. Company, 1 9 7 7) , p . 1 3 1 .6 C arol and Jim Lorenzen, A bducted (New York: Berkley Publishing7Personal files.

216. 1 3. yste ryCo pte rs and th e M I BBoth terms employed in the title of this chapter are firmly entrenche d in the annals of UFO lore. For many years, strangeunmarked helicopters have been reported flying at low levels inare as of UFO activity. In the last decade, such craft have also beensighted in areas where surgical mutilations of cattle have takenplace. Some researchers theorize that the helicopters are part of agovernment investigation of UFO sightings and thousands of seemingly UF O-related cattle mutilations. The helicopters are usuallypainte d in dark colors and fly at illegally low altitudes. I haveinvestigate d several reports of this nature in the New England area,which indicated that the same type of craft apparently monitoralleged UFO abductee s and even some inve stigators. I unfortunately glossed over Bettys initial reports of mysterycopters during the phase one investigation, thinking that her imagination was getting the best of her. The first incident involved Betty.She had not yet married Bob Luca at the time, and lived in a veryrural home in Ashburnham, Massachus etts. The only road wassurrounded by rolling fields and wooded hills. Betty kept a largevegetable garden to help fe ed herself and her children.2 10

217. Mystery Copters and the MIB • 211 I was out in my garden taking care of it and a large black helicopter came and hovered above me. It just stayed there, and I was looking up at it wondering why it was doing that. After a short perio d of time, it took off. At the time, I figured it had been some Army reservist lookingover a pretty girl. I now have doubts that this was the case,especially in the light of a large number of following events. When Betty married Bob Luca, they moved to a hou se that Bobpurchased near his job in Connecticut. Almost as soon as they hadmoved into their first home, there was an instant onset of psychicphenomena. In addition, their new neighborhood sud denly be cameharassed by low-level overflights of unmarked black helicopters. When Bob first called me about this, I tried to convince himthat his house was merely in the path of helicopter training flights.But he was a student pilot and knew his flight re gulations. Heinsisted that the craft carried no identification numbers and manytimes had flown below the five-hundre d-foot limit. Neighbors commente d that they had never seen so many helicopter flights beforethe Lucas had moved into the neighborhood. I sugge sted that he send me photos. He did-piles of them (seeplates 5 and 6) . However, none of the images on the film were largeenough to ascertain whether they had identification numbers. Enlargements merely increased the grain size. This did not deter Bob,who invested in a good camera and a telescopic lens. I soon foundmyself agre eing with him. The helicopters did not have standardvisible markings. However, there was little that I could do exceptsuggest that he complain to the authorities. He did-with a vengeance. Bob contacted the FAA, the AircraftOwners and Pilots Association, military bases. When one FAAofficial offhande dly remarke d that what he was des cribing soun dedlike a CIA operation, Bob called the Central Intelligence Agency. When Betty and Bob moved to another address. both thepsychic phenomena and the overflights moved with them. TheLucas also encountered helicopters while driving in th eir car. Onthe way back from Florida, one buzzed the parking lot of a HowardJohns ons restaurant where they had stopped. Most incidentsoccurred closer to home , however. From a transcrib ed tap ed interview with Bob:

218. 212 • Mystery Copters and the 1UB We were going to Rhode Island . . . to Custys Restaurant and the helicopter was pacing us at least for about four to five miles. So as soon as I could . . . I took the lens cap off the camera. When the first pull-off came up, I imme diately pulled over, jumped out of the car, and started to take pictures. As soon as I did this, the aircraft made a steep bank to the right and went out of sight. I got four out of five shots of it before it got out of sight. The following incidents occurred during a camp-out at a beach. They have a fairly long drive up to a gatehouse. You have to stop outside and go in and re gister. Well, there were a few people there, we saw a helicopter coming. It was kind of odd-looking. It ahead of us, so we had a short wait. Now, while we were standing circled directly over us in a clockwise motion twice. Then it did a turn and came back and circle d slowly in a counterclo ckwise motion. I took photos of this helicopter [see plate 71 and sent th em to Bell Helicopter in Texas who built them. I asked about it because it had odd protruberances, almost like fisheyes, on the side, where normally the windows would have been. I got a letter back stating that it looke d like a Huey UH- lH. However, they said that they do not build that craft in that manner and sug gested that it may have been modified by the military for some purpose which they do not know. A former Vietnam helicopter pilot told me that the markings onthis particular helicopter indicated it was from a medical unit. Bobwas unable to find out its origin. Later on that week, at the same waterfront state park, Bob andBetty were down on the beach. They had left Bob s mother athome. When his mother became sick, she sent his son down to thebeach to get them. Bob and Betty rushed back, with his son laggingbehind them in another car. His son saw two black helicopterssuddenly swerve over the road behind the Lucas car and follow itfor some distance along the highway before veering off. Theywere not aware that they had b een followed. · Bob Luca became obsessed with tracking down the strangehelicopters that harassed them at home and on the road. But todate, Bob has been able to identify only one of the helicoptersinvolved in the overflights. He tracked it back to Sikorsky Aircraft.

219. Mystery Copters and the 1:IIB • 213The control tower told him that it was an Army helicopter. Sikorskyspublic relations told him that it was probably a "Navy Blackhawkaircraft flown by a military acceptance crew." Bob fired back aletter to Sikorsky and complain ed not only about their contradictory identification but also that the aircraft had no identificationmarkings and flew dangerously low over his house. He estimate dthat one pass at the house was much lower than the 5 0 0 fe etallowe d by federal re gulation. Bob Lucas determination to track down the copters originand purpose has sometimes put him in tight spots. On one occasion,while checking valious possible helicopter sites, he noticed somedark helicopters parked behind a fence within the confin es ofBradley International Airport at Windsor Locks, Conne cticut. Hethought that unusual, as on one occasion he had sighted an unmarke d black helicopter landing. He calle d the tower to ask who itbelonge d to, and was told that no aircraft had landed and no suchaircraft were hangared there! Bob gave the tower the benefit of thedoubt, since he thought perhaps they did not control militarytraffic. Bob and Betty drove onto the field and worked their wayover to the are a in which the copters were located: We drove around to where the Air Museum was. From there, a road leads up to the military area with signs that say "Restricted" and "No Public Admittance." We drove up that road to within about thirty to forty yards of the helicopters parked there. I began to take some pictures of them jplate Bj . At that point, they noticed a military truck ap proaching themwith a military policeman inside. When I saw him coming, I put my camera down and I jumped out of the car. I told him that I had a complaint as far as having low flying helicopters over my house. The guard looked over some of the photos that Bob showed himand ordered them off the restricted property. The following, one of the many pieces of correspondence that Ihave on file, will give the reader some insight into Bobs efforts. Dear Mr. Martino [an FAA official! : E nclosed you will find the helicopter photos that I spoke to

220. 2 14 • llystery Copters and the 1IIB you about during our previous phone conversation. As you can see, they are black, not olive drab and no part of them reflects light. Two of the photos were taken while the craft had a light on in the front which, although it was midday, I assume to be a with the naked eye as well as with 7 x 35 power binoculars and at landing light. I have observe d the se helicopters at variou s times no time could I see any markings on the front, sides. or bottom. I have observed commercial craft at even greater distances and could e asily see the variou s colors. markings. etc. The last extremely low flight over our house was on Sunday, Oct. 28, 1 9 7 9 , at 9:45 A.M. The day was overcast with some drizzle and there was an approximate 700 foot ceiling. The craft was very large, flying at about 1 5 0 to 2 5 0 feet above ground level. It came from the north and flew directly over our house. My wife and I were on our way out for breakfast. I had just pulled out of our drive when I spotte d it coming toward our house. I stopped the car and we got out to take a better look. At this low altitu de, there was no way to mistake the color which was flat black. There were no markings on this craft. The windows were as black as the body, though not flat, making it impossible to see inside. There was a rotatin g red light on the bottom and two streams of black exhaust trailed out of it from below the window level behind the cabin area-one stream on each side of the body. The next day I trie d to find out who owned this craft. I called the National Guard in Hartford and was told they had no aircraft up on the previous day and also that their craft are olive drab and carry yellow markings. Next I called the tower at Bradley International Airport and was told they had no knowledge of the craft I describ ed. I then calle d S ikorsky aircraft and was told by public relations that their craft are clearly marked and that they had no flights in our area at that time on Sunday. I also called Command Aircraft and talked to a test pilot who told me that they had no black aircraft and no flights on the previous day. The FAA office in Hartford told me that they did not have any knowledge of the craft I describ ed and furthermore , all aircraft are supposed to carry markings. These helicopters were also seen by our neighbors . . . Mrs.

221. Mystery Copters and the MIB . 2 1 5 March as she thought it was unusual to see aircraft so low over a ___ took the trouble t o document one very low overflight last residential area and is sending a signed statement to that effect. My wife also saw this craft and told me it was extremely low and black like many of the others we have seen. These craft have been seen by my wife, mys elf, our children and their friends ranging from fourteen to twenty years of age, Mr. and Mrs.--- and their son, my parents and two of my co workers. I am very intere sted in finding out who owns these craft and why we have seen so many of them over our !old] home as well as our !new] home where we now reside. I appreciate the time and trouble you are taking to look into this matter. Needless to say, the FAA never identified the craft. When Bobfirst complained, they asked for documentation that the helicopterswere unmarke d. When Bob sent photographs, they said that therewas nothing they could do about it unle ss the helicopters hadidentification markings. Without such markings, they said that theycould not trace the aircrafts origin and thus do something about it! I know how Bob fe els. In Casebook of a UFO Investigator, Idevoted a full chapter to the experiences of myself and others thatinvolve unmarke d helicopters and evidence of being monitored byan unknown agency. 1 I personally have tried to track down suchhelicopters on two occasions. No one would own up to them. Another out-of-the-ordinary incident took place at Ashburnhambefore Betty married Bob, at the same hou se where a black helicopter hovered over Betty while she was working in the garden.Some days after the helicopter incident, Betty and her daughterBonnie were alone in the hou se. They happened to glan ce out thefront window and sighte d two strange men: sort of looke d like somebody from a funeral home that has a real One was very, very tall and stiff. He was dre ssed in black and smooth pressed suit. He had black hair, but the forehead was very, very high and the skin very pale. He stood very stiffly. The other man was much shorter than him and wore a khaki-type jacket. And he stood there talking to him. They were standing right in the very center of the driveway at the entrance from the road to the house . . . The one in khaki shuffled in back of the tall

222. 216 • Mystery Copters and the MIB man in black. Then the one in black sort of raised his hand up and it was very stiff when he did . . . Cars began passing, and they decided to go in the bushes over by the stone fence among the trees. And they stood there very still and stiff. And again the tall man in black raised his hand as if to point, but without bending his elbow. It just swung up and out. Mter observing the house for a while, the two men walked backout onto the road. Betty and Bonnie then saw a cream-colore d carand a royal-blue c ar drive away. The cars had been hidden out ofsight behind a stone wall and sandb ank. At the time, the house Betty lived in was up for sale, so Iassumed that the se two men were looking over the property.However, their strange dress and stiff movements remind mevividly of other cases involving CE witnesses. The legend of the Men in Black (MIB) can be traced all the wayback to Septemb er of 1 9 5 3 when UFO researcher Albert K. Benderannounce d that he had been threatene d by thre e men dressed inblack and ceased his UFO inve stigation and research activities forfear of retribution. Soon after, all kinds of MIB reports weresurfacing. Most came from persons of dubious background. Dr.David Michael Jacobs write s: Some contactee oriente d clubs sub scrib e d to one of the more outlandish flying saucer theories. It held that if a person learned too much about flying saucers . . . then he might expect a visit from the mysterious and frightening Men in Black . . . The MIB theory was remarkably resilient and provided a constant source of anxiety for some individuals who delved deeply into the • saucer mystery.2 I have had no experience with thre e men in black. They certainlyhave not sought me out! In fact, my personal investigations haveonly come across a few firsthand reports of this dynamic trio. Anumber of UFO witne sses have received warnings from persons .unknown, however. Typically, they were told not to talk about whatthey had seen. In such cases, the p ersons rarely numbere d three,were not always men, and were not always dressed in black. Somecases involve d a group of Air Force officers. (The Air Force denied

223. Mystery Copters and the MIB • 217that any o f their personnel were involved i n silencing people andallegedly launched an investigation to prosecute them for impersonating officers. I believe this was just the government s ruse toavoid responsibility.) My opinion is that the MIB rumor has been kept alive byparanoia-and some real cases where witnesses have crossed pathswith government intelligence operative s. Of course, some believethat some MIB are actually aliens or humans under control. I do notdeny this possibility, especially since a number of reliable abaliens on board a- UFO. I remember a very surprising commentductees have reported normal-looking human b eings worked withmade by a civilian scientist inve stigating UFOs in my area for theAir Force-sponsored University of C olorado Proj ect. I was servingas area early-warning coordinator for this project and was investigating local cases jointly with two scientists. During a telephone conversation, I described a CE-1 at Ipswich,Massachusetts. A young woman reported that an oval objectrimme d with flashing colored lights suddenly dropped out of thesky and hovered almost directly over the only other person insight-a man dressed all in black with a black-brimmed hat. Sheyelled to him about the obj ect. When he saw her, he ran away,seemingly more concerned about her than about the obj ect, whichsuddenly ascended and sped away. The scientist remarke d something like "Why cant we find and talk to some of these people, "i. e . , the so-called MIB . I got the distinct impre ssion that he had encountered such cases before . In most cases I am familiar with, strangers warn witnesses tokeep quiet or seem to be monito ri ng their activities. For example,and related psychic effects also involved the appearance of athe O xford, Maine, case involving the ab duction of a young manstrange man with a warning. The abduction reportedly took place on O ctober 2 7 , 1 9 7 5 . OnO ctob er 2 9 , at approximately 9 A.M., the abductee heard a knock atthe front door of his trailer. Opening the door, he was confronted bya stocky stranger about five fe et seven in height who wore sunglasses, short dark hair. and dark-blue clothing complete with ablue tie. The witness had never seen him before. The man calledhim by his first name and asked. with no noticeable accent. if he

224. 2 18 • Mystery Copters and the MIBwere the one who had "seen a flying saucer." The boy replied thathe was. The stranger then said. "Better keep your mouth shut if youknow what s good for you:" The man quickly walked around thecorner of a nearby building and out of sight. MIB reports are not limited to the United State s. On May 3 .1 9 7 5 . three domed disks approached a Piper Cub flying nearMexico City. The planes controls temporarily jammed, and thelanding gear was damaged when one of the objects bump ed upagainst the aircrafts underside. When the pilot sent out a radiomessage for help. the objects stre aked off-and were tracked byradar from the airport at Mexico City. Until the plane was able tolower its landing gear and land safely, the airport was closed to alltraffic. After Dr. Hynek interviewed the pilot and made arrangementsfor a further interview. the young man was forced off the road andthreatene d by two men and a woman. one brandishing a gun.who told him not to talk further about the incident. He obeyed.(Interestingly enough. the O xford. Maine. witness continued to talkfreely about his experience. and no one bothere d him further.) Again. a number of incidents involving being watched bystrangers continued after Bob and Betty married and settled inConnecticut. A few examples follow. Betty is speaking. We were going after some auto parts. and this car started to follow us. Bob was the first to realize that we were being followed. We continued along and there was a side street to our left. into a place where there was a housing development. He qui ckly swung down to the left and the car continued onward and stopped at the inters ection. The driver was looking at both sides of the road, up and down. wondering where we had gone. Then we circled around and came around in back of the car. There was a woman driving and it seemed like she was pretending to be stuck or something. We passed her, starte d toward the foreign auto parts store . and pulle d in very quickly. She went speeding by us and stopped again at an intersection: The woman looke d around several times , then sped off. Bobcopied her license numb er and had investigator Larry Fawcetttrack down the car. It was supposedly registered in the name of a

225. Mystery Copters and the MIB • 219businessman. A t the address, they saw the car. without numberplates. parked nearly out of sight. Another. smaller car now sporte dthe license plate s they had spotte d. The next incident involved Bobs entrapment of their monitor.Unfortunately. in their moment of triumph. neither took down thelicense plate of the car! Again, Betty tells the story: We came down to the small intersection and stop sign there. A car pulled out to the left and followe d us. We took a left, and I said to Bob, "It seems as if that car is following us." And he says, "Well very shortly see." He went up the street a little ways and took a right up towards the church where it said: "Not a through way." But we knew there was a through way he could use to get out of the church yard. When we swung up and around, the car following us came to a stop right at that stre et and sat there. Then it backed around and came back down to the stop sign. Me anwhile, we had swung around and came down to the same stop sign so we were facing him to the right of us. It looked like he was embarrassed. and he took off real fast down the street. i Why should any official agency waste the time, money, andresources to monitor UFO abductees? What kind of informationcould possibly be- obtained by transitory helicopter flights oversomeones house? Perhaps the many incidents rep orted to me byBetty and Bob Luca are strange only to the eye s of the obs erver; ifso. they will give the reader some idea of wr...lt a Close ltn countercan do in influencing the human mind. Perhaps we are dealing withstartling coincidences coupled with people who are unsettledbecause of their UFO exp eriences. One cannot prove that someintelligence agency was following the Lucas. However, similar eventsare reported by other very sane and reliable people includingexperienced UFO investigators. ranchers, and law-enforcementofficers investigating cattle mutilations. Isolate d cases go back to 1 9 5 3 . but the mutilations have pickedup drastically since 197 4. By 197 5 there were 180 cases in Coloradoalone and between June 1 9 7 6 and January 1 9 7 7 , 700 mutilationsoccurred in fifteen midwestern states. Most of the affected animalswere cows but there were events involving steer, sheep, pigs,

226. 220 • Mystery Copters and the MIBrabbits. buffalo, and poultry. The mutilations have also been reported in Canada, France, Brazil, Bolivia. Sweden, Au stralia, E ngland, and S cotland. Typically, the animals are found with selected parts missing,such as eyes, tongue, sexual organs, udders, and pieces of skin. Thecuts are made with surgical precision. Sometimes the animals arecompletely drained of blood. No tracks are found around thevictims and in many cases. predators will not touch the carcasses.UFOs and strange small humanoids have been seen in the vicinityof the mutilations by cattlemen and lawmen providing circumstantial evidence for UFO involvement. NOTES 1Raymond E . Fowler. " Government Surveillance." Casebook of a UFO p p . 1 7 2-8 1 . Investigator (E nglewood Cliffs. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1981), Indiana: Indiana University Press. 197 5), p . 123. 2David Michael Jacob s. The UFO Controversy in America (Bloomington,

227. 1 4. hat o n EarthI s H appen i ng?After The Andreasson Affair was published, I re ceived scores ofletters and phone calls. Even now hardly a week goes by whensomeone does not phone or write about it. Many letters . of course. have been from people who think theyhave had similar UFO encounters. Such people are looking for help.wanting answers I cannot give. One lady wrote that she too had aneedle stuck in her navel by aliens during a UFO abduction. Sheinformed me that she had willed her navel to me for scientificresearch and that it would be sent to me upon her death. My poorwife-who puts up with enough of this as it is-remarked that thiswould be the last straw. "When that navel arrives." she said, "I go." A number of these communications concern people who sawBetty s bizarre experience as confirmation of their own particularbelief systems including such diverse elements as alchemy, E asternmysticism, mind-expansion and mind-control groups, and variousexpressions of Christianity and psychology. In 1 9 65, astronomer Dr. Gerald S. Hawkins proposed thatancient peoples were a lot smarter than some scientists hadthought. Hawkins suggested that ancient Stonehenge had once 221

228. 222 • What on Earth Is Happ ening?been a giant astronomical computer. Concerning the mixed reaction to this theory, Hawkins made the following observation in theintroductory material of his classic Stonehenge Decoded: Connoiss eurs of the curious say that the appearance of any story to do with any aspect of science vs. mystery almost automatically releases a large impassioned fringe response these days . What ever the subject of the triggering article. these responders are said to bring the discus sion quickly around to their particular chosen realm of conj ecture. • All too often we are guilty of twisting or realigning ideas to fit ourown b elief structure. Some writers might have been tempted toleave out some of the seeming absurdities and high strangeness ofthe Andreassen Affair. However. both my editor and I felt that riotputting it all out there would be unfair to those evaluating theevidence. I have tried to present the material in this book and in itspredecessor in an obje ctive way, avoiding dogmatic interpretationsand limiting personal comments. The most I can say is that Ibelieve the experiences recorded in both books are real. There is noway I could properly express the many interpretations of all thesearmchair dete ctives. religionists. and scientists who have writtenme. None of these fine ladies and gentlemen have. of course. beenprivy to the results of the phase two investigation. Their views arebased upon the original Andreasson Affair and/or other similarcases. One wonders what their reactio� will be to the fantasticexperience s recorded in this book. However. some of their ideasmay have great merit in solving the mystery behind CE -IIIs. Frommy own point of view. the primary question here is not whetherUF Os exist as physical objects; military and civilian researchershave already proven this to be actual fact. Such objective casesare documente d in two of my other books. 2 Rather, what is thestimulus for the more subjective CE-III experience? And is theexperience real or imaginary? One of the more harsher criticisms of the Andreas son Affair wasa review by E rnest Taves, a p sychoanalyst and member of thesuperskeptical organization known as the Committee for the S ci-

229. What on Earth Is Happening? • 223entific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal. Believing that thehigh public interest in UFO s, psychi c phenomena, and otheralleged anomalies is a threat to Western civilization, C SICOPidentifies all paranormal reports as outright hoaxe s, misguide dmisinterpretations, psychoses, and superstition. Tave ss review app eared in C SICOPs journal, appropriatelytitled The Skeptical Enquirer. The aliens are capable of extragalactic flight. Exceeding the speed of light poses them no problem. They have crossed extra galactic space to observe us since the beginning of time . . . . Granting this, we must be incredulous at their manifest inability to communicate meaningful intelligence. Never. surely. in the history of space travel have aliens come so far for so long to communicate so little. Let us invoke Occams Razor. This powerful directive sug gests that we consider which is the simpler. more reasonable. more rational explanation of this exotic adventure: (1) Betty was taken aboard an extragalactic spacecraft by aliens who have been visiting earth since the beginning of time but havent been able to effect meaningful communication with man. (2) Betty recalled, or relive d, in hypnosis, a dream or fantasy (or a number of them) that had meaning and utility in terms of her life history and her emotional needs . . . . it must be emphasized that reports obtained from hyp notized subje cts do not necessarily correspond to external. ob jective. verifiable reality . . . . Indeed. Dr. E delstein said he could not say how much of Bettys story was real and how much was imaginary . . . the subje ctive realities thus elicited j provide] a wealth of sexual symbolism and imagery. Phallic symbols appear in Betty s drawings. and the aliens penetrate her orifices. There is displacement here, as might be expected, the umbilicus being implicate d rather than the more convenient (medically speaking) and nearby vagina-and not for the first time in abductee litera ture. And there is much more, including for example . . . the theme of return to innocence-to. if you will, the womb, as in the immersion in the fluid-filled chair. The feeding in this chair, which felt so good to Betty, is susceptible of multiple inter-

230. 224 • What on E arth Is Happening? pretation, including breast fe eding . . . but in the absence of a proper history, we dont know what to make of it. Fowlers text is as free from references to sex as the most repressed Victorian novel . . . We must surmise, for example, that the Andreassons had an active sex life-seven children born between 1 9 3 7 and 1 9 6 3 . We know that on the evening in question Betty had been deprive d of her husband for more than a month before because of his hospitalization . . . There is a fleeting reference to marital prob lems, and we know they were divorced between the night of the dream and the tim e of its re call; but we are told almost nothing else of their relationship . The investigation is seriously flawed, in Fowlers account. by the absence of any attempt to ask the obviously indicate d que stions. We have also the business of the nasal prob e enterin g an orifice and penetrating a membrane, a veil. Grante d that long distance psychoanalysis is hazardous . . . we should wonder here about loss of innocence or initiation into adulthood. Indeed, veil is a common enough lay term for hymen. But we cant say more about the meaning of this part of the tale be cause the indicated inquiry was not made-or at least not reported . . . . the gre ater the extent to which the elicited material can be shown to make sense in terms of the history and psychodynamics of Betty Andreas son, the lesser need to seek exotic explanations. 3 I feel relatively sure that B ettys experience would receive similar psychological interpretations by other psychoanalysts, and notnecessarily only tho se with an anti- U FO bias. As Hawkins soadeptly pointed out, people tend to "bring the discussion quicklyaround to their particular chosen realm of conjecture." Another point of view is that of veteran UFO researcher Dr. R.Leo Sprinkle, a psychologist and director of the Division of Counseling and Te sting at the University of Wyoming. The July 1 9 8 0MUFON UFO Journal presented this cond�nsation of his paper"UFO Contactees: Captive Collaborators or Cosmic Citizens?,"presented at the MUFON UF O Symposium at Houston, Texas;June 7, 1 980: Dr. Sprinkle has interviewed more than 2 5 0 alleged contactees who claim to have experienced some kind of psychic impressions

231. •., What on E arth Is Happening? 225 related to their UFO encounters. Approximately 120 claimants participate d in hypnotic time regression proce dures as a means of further exploring their "loss of time" experience reported in the course of a UFO encounter . . . These persons recall memories of apparent abduction and examination by alien beings . . . Many reported unusual physiological. psychological, and psychic mani festations, along with fe elings of being monitored and/or receiv ing "mental messages" from their . . . contacts. As a preliminary measure, more than 2 5 0 participants in the program were s.ubj ected to a battery of standard p sychological tests. including the Adje ctive Check List, Minnesota Multi phasic Personality Inventory, Strong-Campb ell Intere st Inven tory. and the 1 6 Personality Factors Test. In general. particip ant scores were in line with those of normal American adults and failed to support any notion of a "psychosis hypothesis" . . . that people reporting UF Os are undergoing neurotic or psychotic reactions at the time . . . Dr. Sprinkles hypothesis. after personal observations made over a span of years. is that these p eople are somehow changing from Planetary Persons to Cosmic Citiz ens. "These individuals II seem to exhibit a caring concern for all humankind . . . not only their immediate family and friends. They seemed to have devel oped many of the characteristics which have been described as those of Cosmic Consciousness." While he admits that many obj ections remain as to the ob jectivity of abduction testimony re covere d under hypnosis. Dr. Sprinkle offers one hypothesis that experienced inve stigators are in position to consider: those persons who claim UFO en counters. but who refuse to "go public," may risk difficulties in developing succes sful live s; those persons who claim UFO en counters, and who become "witne sses" or who are willing to - go public," may risk social ridicule, but their personal lives will be enhanced. This is a potential behavioral pattern reminiscent of , "born again" religious conversions and certainly worthy of study. In a position statement prepare d for an encyclopedia. Dr. Sprinkle states: . The status of UFO evidence is a deluge. not a delusion . . . UF O percipients show a wide range of age, education, occupa-

232. 226 • What on Earth Is Happening? tion and cultural background . . . they are convinced of the reality of their experiences; however, traditional scientific methods do not provide "proof . . . In my opinion, the present evidence for UFO phenomena indicates (tentatively) that the Earth is the object of a survey by intelligent beings from some other civilization(s) . However, the evidence is not sufficient to determine the origins, purposes, and powers of the se intelligent beings. The challenge of the UFO problem is to develop our scientific and spiritual knowledge so that we can . . . communi cate more effectively with other beings who coexist in this complex univers e.4 A note d parap sychologist. D . Scott Raga is pres ently lecturer inparapsychology at John F. Kennedy University. where he teachesgraduate courses in the School of General Studies. He is theauthor, coauthor. or editor of over a score of books and anthologie sof the paranormal. including two on the relationship of parapsychology and UF Os. The idea that UFOs are somehow linked to our minds gains . . . cre dence when we consider the people who had close contact with them. A close encounter with UFO . . . occup ants is not always a once-in-a-lifetime occurrence. It often preludes what may b ecome a lifelong ordeal of continued alien contact or psychic attack. For years, UFO researchers have been aware of "paranormal fallout" -often a person who has interacted with a UFO will experience psychic events for years to come, appar ently as an indirect outcome of his experience. But why should there be a link between something as seemingly unre late d as a UFO and a poltergeist infestation? . . . Parapsychologists have learne d that p oltergeists are violent tele kinetic (or psychokinetic) displays that occur when a family, or member of the family living in the besieged house, cannot deal with p sychological stress. The poltergeist is projected, so to speak. when this person unconsciously allows his innate mind over-matter abilities to run amok . . . UFOs, like poltergeists. may be at least tenuously connected to our own minds and may be projected in times of psychological stre ss. It is also inter esting to note that some UFO witne sses start having psychic

233. What on Earth Is Happening? • 227 experiences after close UFO encounters; while other witnesses seem to have a lifetime history of psychic abilities. But if UF Os are only quasi-physical. how can we explain their occupants? Strange as this may seem, UFO occupants dont seem to be truly flesh-and-blood. They have a habit of dis appearing into thin air. walking through solid walls or closed windows . . . They may be the product of a mass of psychic effect generated by an entire culture, or through the psychic abilities of an individual mind . . . My . . . premise [is] that a UFO is often symbiotically linked to the individual mind that perceived it. or may be linke d to some sort of group mind. The UFO or "UFO drama" will therefore take on a personal meaning to the person who sees it. 5 Still another point of view on CE -IIIs comes from MUFONres earcher-investigator Willard D. Nelson. In a privately publishe dpaper. Nelson takes the position that Betty and her family actuallydid exp erience an initial real but transitory physical UFO event in1 9 6 7 . This. in turn. became the stimulus for a more complex.nonphysical mental experience instigated by the effects of hypnosiscoupled with investigators que stions and Bettys fantasies. Thefollowing are excerpts taken from Nelsons paper, "A Viewpoint onthe Andreassen Affair." Mr. Fowler appears convinced that this is an obj ective CE -III. and considers it a case of great importance . . . Though it may have been an objective happening at the beginning. the in vestigators appear to be too close and too involved for per spective. Also they appear to be unaware of related mental phenomena which may have drastically influ enced and embel lished the reconstru ction of the experience at a much later date, an embellishment supplied by . . . the investigative hypnotic procedures itself . . . It seems certain that something physical and sensory happened in 1 9 6 7 to get the ball rolling. We might accept that entities . . . were moving around in her backyard. as confirmed by her father, Waino. This is consistent with other reports of UFO -relate d entities approaching houses, usually leaving quickly . . . . They are briefly obs erved. They have only rarely entered uninvited . . . With Andreassen, the question is:

234. 228 • What on Earth Is Happening? " Where does one cut off the real story and begin the LSD-like trip?" Before it ever started? Sometime after the initial event? . . . Brain biochemical research reportedly has indicated that [the brain can] manufacture its own hallucinogenic compounds under prop er stimulus. Bettys exp eriences aboard the spaceship, and espe cially after the examination, are very much like experiences reported under the influence of LSD. One should read psy chedelic books . . . such as High Priest by Timothy Leary and Exploring Inner Space by Jane Dunlap , to get the flavor of similar dreamlike realities. It could be that most of what hap pene d to Betty happened in her consciousness [and wa s similar to the mind and surroundings at the time of an LSD trip. This would be] all-important to the content and to whether it is a good, bad, or indifferent trip . . . Let us re quire ourselves to know Bettys set and setting during the time of the hypnotic inve stigations . . . This set included the UF O knowledge and preconceptions of the investigators, and everyone got to ask questions loaded with suggestions . . . . As a further set, Betty had been wondering for ten years what had occurred t�at night, and no doubt had built up fantasies in her mind . . . . A primary set is B ettys dynamic religious/mystical orientation that seeks expression in some way . . . Her conscious belief system is strong fundamentalist Christian, but the mys tical tendency is also very strong, in my opinion. 6 Nelson also theorizes that B etty had undergone an out-of-bodyexperience. No one is absolutely certain of the nature of these oftreported experiences. We had considered the possibility, but Bettyhad never described a key element to this type of experience ."Most people actually look back upon their physical body as theyleave it and see it again as they return. This was not experiencedby B etty during the 1 9 6 7 abduction. Interestingly enough, she didexperience such a thing during her abduction as a thirteen-year-old,in 1 9 50. (It would seem that Betty could not- go behind the GreatDoor to meet the One in her physical body.) This would imply thateverything prior and after this out-of-body experience had anactual basis is physical reality.

235. What on Earth Is Happening? • 229 Nelson, nevertheless, makes some interesting comparisons withSufi mysticism, espe cially concerning Bettys postexamination experience where she passed through the dark rock-chipped tunnelinto a strange realm that she insisted was a real physical place. On her guided trip after the examination and purification, she passed through black tunnels and red and gre en realms . . . In Sufi mysticism the color of the space one finds in meditation is indicative of the realm (or sphere) of consciousness one has entere d and of the level of the soul one is experiencing . . . after Bettys examination and preparation (in the wet chairs) for the inward trip, there were three phases to her LSD-like ex periences, corresponding to the black, red, and green realms, after which she ascended to a high place. This is very much like a symbolic unfoldment and transition through the three levels of the soul as discussed by Professor Henry Corpin. (The Man of Light in Iranian Sufism, Shambhala Publications, In c., 1 9 7 8) . . . Even Fowler suggests her trip may have been a sort of spiritual initiation, but digresses and talks about the possibility of inter stellar missionaries who may be trying to convert us by use of our own inner symbols and universal truths . . . This would certainly fuel the case for those religionists who are saying that UF Os are "Gods Chariots" and that they contain good or bad angels . . . It will certainly take more than this one example to make a strong case for the extraterrestrial missionary theory. 7 Nelsons suggestion that hypnosis may have triggered the bulkof Bettys (and Bobs) CE -III is worth separate discussion. Inrecent years a renewed interest in therapeutic hypnosis has led toits increasing use as a fore nsic tool by inve stigative agencie s. Thishas caused a bitter root of contention between the academic worldand law-enforcement officials. Both the Society for Clinical and Exp erimental Hypnosis andthe International Society of Hypnosis believe only persons trainedin psychology should use hypnosis. They hold that it is unethical totrain police officers to use it. Constance Holden, writing for Science,quotes Dr. Martin Orne, psychiatrist and head of the hypnosisresearch laboratory at the University of Pennsylvania.

236. 230 • What on Earth Is Happ ening? There is no way . . . by which anyone-even a psychologist or psychiatrist with extensive training in the field of hypnosis-can for any particular piece of information determine whether it is an actual memory versus a confabulation unless there is in dependent verification. 8 Holden goes on to state : Orne warns that the vividness of detail characteristic of de scrip tion of events given under hypnosis can convey the impression of authenticity-but the fact is that, given the slighte st suggestion, the unfettered mind is off and running. Hence a person in a hypnotic trance can describe with great conviction what the world will be like in the year 2000, or what happ ened when he was abducted by a flying saucer, or her former life as a domestic servant in 1 7 th century Ireland.9 But real past events are also retrievable through hypnosis. Oneof this nations leaders in the use of forensic hypnosis is the LosAngeles Police Department. Its behavioral sciences section isheaded by clinical psychologist Dr. Martin Reiser, who has dire ctedthe Law E nforc ement Hypnosis Institute since 1 9 7 6 . Holdencomments: Reiser dismisses the notion that the sugge stibility of the hyp notic state makes an individual espe cially prone to influence by leading que stions. That problem, he said, "exists independent of hypnosis . . . The form of question is what counts, not whether a person is under hypnosis." Psychiatrists and psychologists, he says, do not understand this, because even those schooled in therapeutic hypnosis usually do not know how to conduct in vestigative hypnosis. He says that when people are properly trained in inve stigative hypnosis, they know how to question a subject so as to avoid opening "emotional cans of worms and skeletons in the closet," and are able to focus specifically on the persons memory of the event in question;10 To Reisers credit, hypnosis has been and is being succes sfullyused by law enforcement agencies. Over 850 investigators from allover the country have graduate d from the Law E nforcement Hypnosis Institute. Holden gives some examples:

237. What on Earth Is Happening? • 231 The forensic use of hypnosis has occasionally produced striking breakthroughs: in 1 9 7 3 , after the bombing of an Israeli bus, the driver was able to recall details about a passenger that led to the apprehension of the terrorists; some years later, in Chowchilla, California, another bus driver was able to recall most of the license plate number of a van in which children had been abducted from a school bus. This year brought a particularly unusual hypnosis-aided solution to an old crime: a 44 -year-old North Carolina woman was able to dredge up a repressed memory of a gruesome event 35 years b efore when her mother had murdered her father, chopped him up, and hidden the remains in an outhouse. 1 1 B y now, i t should b e quite obvious that the ancient art ofhypnosis is still really in its infancy. One of Americas top hypnosisresearchers, Dr. Ernest Hilgard, of Stanford University, state s: We dont know enough about th e ordinary waking consciousness to be able to spe culate on just what sort of state of conscious ness hypnosis represents. 1 2 That is just a profes sional way of saying, "We know what it doesbut not what it is." As with electricity, we know the effe cts ofhypnosis and how to use them but we really can only spe culateabout its real nature. On November 5, 1 980, the Boston Globecommented that: The Massachusetts Supreme Court declined yesterday to say whether it will follow the lead of courts in some other states chiefly in the Midwest-in approving co urtroom use of testi mony that is the result of hypnosis . . . The Court said it needs more information on the reliability of such te stimony, and on the procedures followed in hypnotizing and questioning a wit ness . . . The. . . Court warned that be cause of th e "inherent possibility of suggestiveness" by police or prose cutors in ques tioning post-hypnotic persons, the prosecution must prove that fore it can be accepted as evidence against a defendarit. 1 3 the hypnotically aided testimony "has sufficient reliability" be The same battle i s being fought within the rank and file ofUF O logy. Dr. Alvin Lawson is a professor of English on the faculty

238. 232 • What on E arth Is Happening?of the California State University in Long Beach. In 1 9 7 7 , he and ame dical do ctor, W. C. McCall, conducte d comparative studies ofimaginary and alleged real UFO-abductee experiences retrievedvia hypnosis. The eight persons chosen for this interesting exp eriment wereadvertised for in a college newspap er. The ad sought creative,verbal individuals to volunteer for a hypnotic exp eriment involvingimagination. Imaginary UFO abductions were induced hypnotically in a group of subj e cts of varied ages with no significant knowledge about UF Os. E ight situational questions comprising the major com ponents of an [allegedly] real abduction were asked of each subject. E ach hypnotized volunteer was told to imagine the followingscenario: fortable, when you suddenly see a UF O. Describe what you 1. Imagine you were in your favorite place, relaxed and com see. 2 . Imagine you are aboard that UFO. How do you get aboard? 3. Imagine you are inside the UFO. Describ e what you see there. 4. Imagine you are seeing some entities or beings on board that UF O . Describe them as completely as you can. 5. You are undergoing some kind of physical examination. Describe what is happening to you. 6. You are given some sort of mes sage by the occup ants of that UFO. What does the message say, and how was it made known to you? 7 . You are returned safely to where you were before you sighted the UFO . How did you get there, and how do you feel? 8 . Imagine it has been some time since you have had that UF O encounter. Is there anything which indicate s that your . personality or your physiological and/or psychological func tions have been affe cte d in any way by your UFO experience? 14 Lawson summarized the results as follows: Responses indicated a wide range of imaginative invention, but

239. Vtnat on Earth Is Happening? • 233 an averaged comparison of the imaginary s e s sions v.ith real differen ces. ilany presumably obscure patterns from UFO lit regressions from the lite rature in dicated almost no substantive erature emerged in the imaginary narrative s. In addition, there was evid ence that E SP-typ e effe cts were manife st during some of the hypnosis s e ssions. The implications of the study for future hypnotic re gression of Close E ncounter cases, and for abdu ction case s now deeme d of the highest cre dibility, are uncl ear at this tim e . 1 � A number of researchers obj e ct to this typ e of comparis on. Theysay that cueing a person to d e s cribe a CF O experience, whether inor out of hypnosis, will of course produce a (jF O abduction account. Under hypn osis, the p ercipients heightened state of mindcould produ ce an account based upon knowledge of LF O s alreadyunknowingly stored in that persons memory. A Gallup poll in 1 9 7 8 indicated that the awareness factor cona volunteer with no significant VFO knowledge. :lovi e s , television,cerning CFO s in this country is 93 p ercent. It would be hard to find a supermarket could all be stored in onesmagazine s , and even the lF O headlines of a tabloid newspaperdis played in sub D r. James Harder. a veteran UFO res earcher who has e mployedcons cious mind.hypnosis on scores o f cases, comments on Lawsons experiment: A very important difference was that the rea l abduct e e s were convinced that their experiences were real, whereas the imag inary abductee s knew their s was not . . . iIy own reading of samples from the narratives from the imaginary group shows me that there are very large differences in the des cription of the alien forms from tho s e of classic cases . . . a substantial d e gree of similarity was force d by the hypnotists own suggestions by the framevork of the narrative, so that statistically, a large number of d e gre es of freedom in the correlation have been lost and have not been estimated. 1 6 Larson himself acknowledges some of these criti cisms and by nomeans conclu des that real abductions have not occurre d. There is as yet no satisfactory explanation for the patterns and other s imilarities b etwe en real and imaginary ab ductions . . .

240. 234 • What on E arth Is Happ ening? There are many parallels between these patterns and the image constants . . . reported by subje cts in drug-induced hallucination experiments and . . . so- called deathbed visions . . . There is reason to accept at least some parts of real abductees stories as accurate reflections of what their sensory me chanisms have reported. That is, real witnesses are not hoaxing. Despite many similarities, there are crucial differences-such as alleged physical effects and multiple witnesses-which argue that UFO ab ductions are separate and distinct from imaginary, hallucinating, and deathb ed experience s . 1 7 If there i s anything t o be learned from this discussion o n hypnosis, it is that UF O investigators should use a skilled hypnotist,preferably with some background in psychology, in conjunctionwith a trained investigator who strives to avoid suggestive orleading que stions. During the phase two investigation, we were fortunate to haveused a hypnotist with a background in behavioral psychology. Myprincipal investigator was a career policeman professionally trainedin investigative procedures and a board member of the Center forUFO Studies. Another point that should be remembered is that there are agoodly number of Close E ncounters, including some abductionexperiences. which are remembered by the witness without re courseto hypnosis. Their des criptive contents are similar, sometimesidentical, to those amnesic experiences ferrete d out by hypnosis. NOTE S 1Gerald S . Hawkins. Stonehenl{e Decoded (New York: Doubleday & Co., Inc. . 1965). p. 1 2 3 . 2Raymond E . Fowler. UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors and Casebook of a UFO Investigator (Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1 979 and 1 9 8 1 ) . 3Ernest H . Taves. "B etty Through the Looki[g Giass," Skeptical En- quirer, Winter 1 9 7 9-8 0, pp. 88-9 5 . 4Ronald D. Story, The Encyclopedia of UFOs (New York: Dolphin Books-Double day & Company. Inc., 1980) . p. 349. Ann Druffel and D. S cott Rogo. The Tujunga Canyon Contacts (New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1 9 80), pp. 2 1 8-220, 223.

241. What on Earth Is Happening? • 2356Willard D . Nelson. A Viewpoint on the Andreasson Affair (18302 Montana Circle, Villa Park, CA 9 2 6 6 7 . 1 9 8 0).1Jbid.8Constance Holden. "Forensic Use of Hypnosis on the Increase,"Science. June 2 7 . 1 980, Vol. 2 0 8 , pp. 1 443-1 444. Copyright 1 980 by theAmerican Association for the Advancement of S cience.9Jbid.10lbid.12lbid., p . 1 4 4 4 .1 1 lbid., p. 1 4 4 3 .13Joseph M. Harvey. "High Court D eclines t o Rule o n Hypnotism of Witnesses." The Boston Globe, November 5, 1 980.14Personal files.15lbid.16lbid.17Ronald D. Story. ed . . Encyclopedia of UFOs (New York: Dolphin Books-Doubleday & Company. Inc . 1980). p. 205. .

242. 1 5. l oseE n cou nters of aD ivi ne Ki nd?In 1 9 5 0 , I had just become a C hristian and was studying the Bibleseriously for the fir:.st time. It did not take much imagination for meto draw some interesting parallels between biblical aerial phenomena and "flying disks" (as they were calle d back then) . After a stintwith the Air Force I earned a degree in biblical studies, and sincethen I have written several articles1 and a recent book 2 that spe culateabout a c onne ction between UFOs and certain biblical accounts.And I must admit that my interest in The Andreasson Affair washeightened by its religious overtones. But Betty is not the only one to give CE-Ills a religious orspiritual interpretation . A recent issue of the Weekly World News3sporte d the following banner headline: UFOs ARE PILOTED BY A1"GELS FROl1 GOD Inside was a story about John O swald, a well-knov.n UFOinvestigator who has spent well over a decade documenting CFO236

243. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 237sightings in and around E xeter, New Hampshire. Very few knewthat John also had been preparing a lengthy thesis to bolster hisposition that conne cts Christianity with UF Os! Recently, another issue of Weekly World News contained acostly full-page advertisement placed by Lydia Stalnaker, a wellknown UFO abductee. Lydias UFO experience, like Bettys andBobs. was probed by well-known researchers and investigators.She too had relived a vivid abduction experience while underhypnosis. The caption emblazoned over Lydias ad reads: GOD SENT ME ON AN AMAZING JOURNEY TO RECEIVE A SPECIAL ME SSAGE-AND TO BRING YOU A WONDERFUL GIFT.4 What was the so- called wonderful gift? One of her alien abductees, called Antron, allegedly gave her a replica of a cross thatsupposedly has all kinds of helping and healing powers! And arecent issue of the incredulous pulp magazine UFO Sightings5sports this blurb on its cover: NEW UFO RELIGION: KEY TO MANSSALVATION. The August. 1 9 79, issue of Time6 describ ed a UFO cult led byMarshall H. Applewhite , a former music teacher, and Bonnie LuNettles. This dynamic duo, dubbed "Bo and Peep," had held aserie s of spe ctacular West Coast meetings to announce that aspaceship would soon arrive to swoop properly trained "apostles"up into the next level of existence. Time commented that this groupsounded like "a cross betwe en the Book of Revelation and ArthurC. Clarkes science-fiction book, Childhoods End." As many as twohundred people forsook jobs, possessions, and even spouses andchildren to follow Bo and Peep! Of course, most UFO researchers would not take seriously theview that UFOs contain good or bad angels. But this startlingconcept, born within the avant-garde of UFO logy, has finally begunto influence the thoughts of this countrys leading veteran UFOresearchers. Their names are bywords in the annals of UFO historyand their opinions influence the very fabric of UFO re search. People like Dr. Hynek, for example, have moved from a theoriz ednuts-and-bolts concept of extraterrestrial UFOs to a view of quasiphysical UFOs that originate from a parallel universe or alternate

244. 238 • Close Encounters of a Divine Kind?reality. Hynek, a profes sional astronomer and former consultantto Air Force UFO proj ects , betrays this trend in his statementsover the past several years. In 1 9 7 6 , he stated: . . . The subj ect is much more complex than any of us imagined. It has p aranormal aspe cts but certainly it has very real physical aspects, too . . . If we are finally forced by the evidence itself to go into the paranormal, then we will. 7 Then, in 1 9 7 7 : The extraterrestrial theory runs u p against a very big difficulty, namely, that we are se eing too many UFOs. The E arth is only a spot of dust in the Univers e. Why should it be honored with so many visits? I am inclined to think in terms of something metater restrial, a sort of parallel reality. 8 Again. in 1 9 7 8 : Certainly the phenomenon has psychic aspects . . . UFOs seem to materialize and dematerialize . . . people whove had UFO ex periences [claim] to have developed psychic ability. There have been reported cases of healings in close encounters and there have been reported cases of pre cognition, where people had foreknowledge or forewarning that they were going to see some thing. There has been a change of outlook, a change of philos ophy of persons lives . . . those are rather tricky things to talk about openly, but its there . 9 I n the past, such statements would most certainly have appliedto religion! Dr. Jacques Vallee is a computer scientist and formerconsultant to the Air Force on UFOs. In his first book, Anatomy of a Phenomenon ( 1 965), 1 0 and later inChallenge to Science: The UFO Enigma ( 1 966),1 1 Vallee obviou slyleaned toward the probability that UFOs were physical and extra- ·terrestrial. Other books followed and one can plainly see his drift from apure nuts-and-bolts UFO to a quasi-physical -definition. There is a physical obj ect. That may be a flying saucer, or it may be a projection, or it may be something different. 1 2 Concerning the purpose behind actu al o r projected UFO visita-tions, Vallee sugge sts:

245. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 239 That what takes place through close encounters with UF Os is control of human beliefs, control of the relationship between our consciousness and physical reality, that this control has been in force throughout history an d that it is of se con dary impor tan ce that it should now assume the form of sightings of space visitors. Wh en the obj ect we call UFO is visible to us in the reality of mass, inertia, volume, etcetera. which we can measure , and a everyday life, I think it constitute s both a physical entity with window toward another mode of reality for at least some of the percipients . 1 3 • To me, the interesting thing is that these thought-provokingwords are not far removed from a des cription of a so-called spiritualexperience or a religious vision. Wh en Vallee sugge sts that encounters with UFOs cause a "control of human beliefs . . . that . . . has been in force throughouthistory," one could just as easily rephrase his statement andsubstitute " God" or "angel" for "UFO." In fact, Vallees word s arenot too far removed from those of the aliens, who allegedly toldBetty that they have been visiting the earth "since the beginning oftime ,"14 that "because of great love , they cannot let man continue inthe footsteps he is going," and that "man is not made just of fleshand blood . . . knowledge is sou ght out through the spirit." I S Thesewords sound like they were taken from the Bible! Dr. Frank Salisbury received his Ph.D. in plant physiology andgeochemistry from the California Institute of Te chnology and isprofessor of plant physiology at Utah State University. He hasserved as a consultant to NASA on thre e special committe es. Hismany contributions to UFO research include a fine book publishedin 1 9 7 4 . 1 6 After years of defending the extraterrestrial spaceshiphypothesis, he too has joined this countertrend of thought: Reported UFO activities seem too irrational, too closely related to occult, psychic, and religious phenomena, and general ly too full of confusion and controversy to logically represent the activities of visitors from other star systems. At the same time, I find it increasingly attractive to consider UFO activities within the framework of my own religious con victions [italics mine] . Such ideas are not objective or verifiable

246. 240 • Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? and thus are not scientific. They can only be share d with in dividuals who share the same religious convictions. For this reason I have decided to withdraw from active UF O res earch. 17 What is causing some of UFOlogys best researchers to dis-regard the ETI spaceship hypothesis? It might be what Ill call the Sagan Supposition: The interest in unidentified flying obj e cts derive s, p erhaps, not so much from scientific curiosity as from unfulfilled religious needs. Flying saucers serve, for some, to replace the gods that science has deposed. With their distant and exotic worlds and their pseudoscientific overlay, the contact accounts are accept able to many people who reject the older religious frameworks. Honesty re quires that, in evaluating the obs ervations, we accept only the most rigorous logic and the most convincing evidence. At the present time, there is no evidence that unambiguou sly connects the various flying saucer sightings and contact tales with extraterrestrial intelligence. 1 8 C arl Sagan, o f course, is merely echoing other scientists who arefirmly wedded to the scientific method and the belief that currentUFOs as a sub stitute for former, discarded beliefs in establishedlaws of physics are inviolable. Sagan reasons that some believe inreligion or find an outlet in UFOlogy for natural religious impulses.I suggest that perhaps Sagan himself falls into a similar category,except he has made science his go d and the laws of physics histheology! However, there are also scientists, like Sagan, who have attempted over the years to study UFOs strictly out of scientificcuriosity. The early visual fly-bys of distant obj e cts, photographicevidence, and radar-visual reports provided evidence for UFOsphysical reality. They seemed to be a legitimate subj e ct for usualscientific inquiry. But later it be came apparent. that the UFOs being obs ervedseemed dualistic in nature, exhibiting the bizarre characteristics ofbeing both with and without mass. Their speeds, right-angle turns,and apparent materialization and dematerialization put thembeyond the pale of orthodox scientific study.

247. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 241 Some UFO researchers would drop out at this point. After all,life is short and other things more easily applicable to study by thescientific method were readily available. Chasing something likeUFOs seemed beyond the grasp of twentieth- century science. Butothers boldly declared that it was important to lay the groundworkfor a future understanding of the weird obj e cts for twenty-firstcentury science. Some, brave enough to postulate that currentunderstanding of physical laws might be expanded and revised, feltthat the final solution to UFOs would be a quantum leap inmankind s knowle dge. However, the closer man interfaced with UFOs, the strangerthey became. Close E ncounters of the First, then the S e cond, andfinally the Third Kinds b e gan to occur. There seemed to be far toomany objects being reporte d, an embarrassment of riches. Howcould so many race s be visiting the earth at once? Trapped by evergrowing strangeness on one side and the limitation imposed by thespeed of light on the other, these scientists took another positionthat to many onlookers seemed even ,more e xotic than the ETIspace-travelers theory. UF Os now be came paraphysical travelersfrom a parallel univers e with a rr.. e ssage for mankind, creature s whosomehow had dis covere d the means to dematerialize in one planeof existence and materialize in another. Outspoken researcherBudd Hopkins wrote recently that it has been easier for them "toinvent and polish earthly, though paranormal or even quasi-religiousexplanations . for what we observe than to understand the technologies, values, and methods of another world." 1 9 I n a recent editorial, Richard Hall, veteran U F O researcher andeditor of the MUFON UFO Journal, made the following commentstoward researchers who have been caught up in the new trend: Who knows how extraterrestrials ought to behave? Such think ing is presumption, not science. The scientific skeptics reject the UFO data. seeing it as an affront to science. Others accept the UFO data but reject the extraterrestrial hypothesis in favor of other dimensions, or whatever, showing an all-too-eager readi ness to assume that s cience doesnt work and they know better how to explain UFOs. Although totally speculative, the simplest assumption that

248. 242 • Close En cou,nters of a Divine Kind? can b e made to bridge the behavior gap is that extraterrestrials have a superior understanding of how to control and apply natural phenomena, physical and possibly also mental. . . . What may seem to us to be paranormal (not understood by science) could be perfectly normal to them. The only way to find out is to gather more and better obje ctive data carefully des criptive of what is occurring. Then our scientific concepts and theories may have to be expanded gradually to encompass th e facts. The factual horse must precede the theoretical cart, regardless of the drivers personal preferences. 2 0 Budd Hopkins paraphras ed a statement by astronomer Dr.Robert Jastrow which critiqued the new trend. If the UFO phenomenon is actually an extraterrestrial probe of some sort, they have to be te chnologically greatly in advance of us. And if this is true, whatever they do will not make complete sense to us. If it does seem completely logical and consistent, it is prob ably not extraterre strial in origin. 2 In other words, Hopkins remarks, "only if their behavior seemsparanormal are we possibly dealing with extraterrestrials." Rob ert J as trow is the founder and dire ctor of NA SAs GoddardInstitute for Space Studies, profes sor of astronomy and geologyat Columbia University and professor of earth sciences at Dartmouth College. He is author of Red Giants and White Dwarfsand Until the Sun Dies. Dr. Barry Downing, a MUFON consultant in the area of theology, pastors the Northminster Presbyterian Church in Endwell,New Jersey. Dr. Downing has also written a book which vigorouslypropounds the so-callC;d religionist po sition, entitled The Bible andF(ying Saucers. 22 Adrian V. Clark, a scientist who was associated with NASAsSaturn V moon vehicle proj e ct, was instrumental in the development of the Vanguard satellite-launching program, and is one of theworlds most respected authorities in the field of space vehicles androcket propulsion. In addition to his role as adviser at MarshallSpace Flight Center, he is an influ ential member of s everal pro-

249. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 243fessional scientific societies. Clark has also written a book espousing this same theory. 23 This position has now found its way into Christian periodicals,pulp magaz ines, national tabloids, books, and magazines. Dr. TedPeters, also a MUFON consultant in theology, is an ordainedminister of the American Lutheran Church and is currently associate professor of systematic theology at Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary and the Graduate Theological Union in Berkeley,California. Although not an advocate of the religionist position, Dr.Peters makes the following comment concerning the movie CloseEncounters of the Third Kind. The dramatic climax of the film could have been taken from the closing pages of the Book of Revelation . . . . The UFO encoun tered in the final scene is no ordinary flying saucer [but] a gigantic city, a celestial metropolis. It descends upon earth with the majesty and opulence befitting the prophesied New Jerusalem: "He took me to the top of an enormous high moun tain, and showed me Jerusalem, the holy city, coming down from God out of heaven. It had all the radiant glory of God and glittered like some precious Jewel . . . " (Revelation 2 1 ). The films color and drama offer an apocalyptic phantasmagoria portraying our hoped-for superterrestrial redemption. 24 Dr. Peters has published several s cholarly articles and books onmodern philosophy and theology; one entitled: UFOs-GodsChariots? Flying Saucers in Politics, Science and Religion25 hasreceived positive reviews in theological journals and UFO literature. In an address to res earchers gathered at the MUFON AnnualUFO Symposium at San Francisco in July of 1 9 7 9 , Dr. Petersstated: After much research and thought, it has be come my own judgment that there is in fact a religious dimension to the UFO phenomenon. It takes the form of a covert system of symbols evoking in us a sense of ( 1 ) transcendence, (2) omniscience, (3) perfection, and ( 4) salvation . . . . Neither traditional theology nor the established church hier archy is likely to crumble with the advent of even the most

250. 244 • Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? startling UFO revelations. But . . . as people begin to make an emotional inve stment in UFOs and pin their hopes upon them, the situation is ripe for idolatry . . . . To trust in · anything other than God Himself is to violate the First Commandment. . . . UFOs present our imaginations with the possibility of a superterrestrial technology dedicated to meeting all our moral and spiritual needs . . . But these . . . problems concerning the relationship betwe en the human heart and the divine will . . . can be solved only through Go ds work in our lives. No technology can do it, whether . . . terrestrial or extraterrestrial. To place ones trust in UFOs is to build a house on sand. Dr. Peters does not b elieve that UFOs involve the visitation ofangels, but, he too has re cognized such a views implications andtremendous attraction. He too recognizes a religious dimension tothe UFO phenomenon. The religionist position too has subj ective and o bje ctive elements and encompasses differing beliefs as to just whose angels arecontrolling the UFOs: Gods, Satan s, or some of each. Dr. RobertL. Hymers, Jr., founder of five large Protestant churches in the SanFrancisco and Los Angele s areas, believes that "the present increase of UFO activity may be part of Satans plan to preparemankind p sychologically for the Big Lie . . . to trick the masses ofpeople." 2 6 Dr. Downing comments on this side of the religionist position. Much modem science fiction . . . has dealt with the theme that the Earth might be "invaded" by evil powers from another world. This view is not too far from the view of Christian funda mentalism that there are evil powers, devils , and demons, be yond mans control, which can invade this world . . . Reliable or not, there are reports of UFOs shooting down fighter planes (usually after being attacked first} , of humanoids giving off strange soun d s and smells, of UJ?Os or their occupants paralyzing humans with various types of weapons, and also of · humans being kidnapp ed, and later released, often with severe psychological aftereffe cts . . . . Furthermore , people who have been in contact with UFOs sometimes develop unusual psychic powers . . . UFO stories often border on spiritualism.

251. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 245 How do we develop a consistent theory to explain the "un pleasant" data associated with UFOs? The most obvious way is to say that UFOs, from a human point of view. are evilY Dr. Downing goes on to state that Christian fundamentalistsbelieve the appearance of such UFO s "means that the Devil andhis demons have been set loose on E arth in preparation for the endand the Se cond Coming." He mentions two other popular booksbeing read and e xpounded in fundamentalist circles which e spousethe theory that UFO s are Satanic: UFOs and Their Mission Impossible (Wilson, 1974) and UFOs: What on Earth Is Happening?(Weldon/Levitt, 1 9 7 5) : The weakness o f the works o f Wilson and Weldon i s they support a religious dualism, of God and the Devil who are almost coequals fighting for the E arth.28 D owning also remarks that what is apparently evil for one mightbe a blessing for another: . . . the "pillar of cloud and fire" may have caused the parting of the Red Sea to save the Jews. This same power drowned the E gyptians. From the Jewish point of view, the pillar of clou d was an angel; from the E gyptian point of view, a demon.29 The Bible plainly teaches the existence of both good and badmessengers (angels) from above. Indeed, modern studies of socalle d demonology and alleged demon posses sion contain strikingparallels with some UFO accounts. For a popular yet scholarlydocumente d treatise on such matters I would refer the reader to aNot some uneducated country preacher. Martin is a former Jesuitbook entitled: Hostages to the Devil written by Malachi Martin .30professor at the Pontifical Biblical Institute in Rome, was trained intheology at Louvain. studied at Oxford and the Hebrew University,and specialized in the Dead Sea S crolls and intertestamentarystudies. His doctorate is in Semitic languages, archaeology, andOriental history. The author of seven books and many articles. he isreligion editor of The National Review. Dr. Ernest Van Den Hagg,psychoanalyst and professor of Social Philosophy at New YorkUniversity. states that Dr. Martins book is "a milestone in theunderstanding of possession and exorcism."

252. 246 • Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? The book, whose source material involves full accounts of possession and exorcism documented by the Roman Catholic Church,is well worth reading for a well-rounded view of UFOs. All of theseproposed explanations for cases like the Andreassen Affair havemerit and deserve detailed study, but in the last analysis, none ofthem prove anything. All propose some possible answers, but noneof them provide all. Why have I not discussed the possibility that Betty and herhusband are closet psychotics? Our investigation has evaluated thispossibility as highly improbable. In addition to the me dical interview Betty was subjected to during the phase one investigation, shewas examined again by the same doctor prior to my writing thisbook. His statement will be found in one of the Appendices. When planning schedules and designing e quipment, in the defense business, program managers often like to play a game called"What if?" When planning of war strategies, military think tanks dothe same thing. In a very real sense, our discussion of proposed solutions to theAndreassen Affair has been a form of this intriguing game. But, oneimportant facet of this game has yet to be played in all fairness toBetty and Bob Luca. What if their experience s really happenedexactly as reported? What if the entitie s are exactly who they arepurported to be? What if their perceptions are accurate in that allbut one small facet of their experiences was grounded in physicalreality? NOTES Raymond E . Fowler, "The Bible and the UFO" and "Whatever Hap pened to UFO s?," Christian Life. November 1 9 66 and July 1 9 7 2 ; a n d Raymond E . Fowler, "UFO s-Food for Thought," Journal of the American Scientific Affiliation. March 1 9 7 6 . 2Raymond E . Fowler, The Melchizedek Connection (St. Paul, Minnesota: Trinity Publishing House, 1 9 8 1). Available only from author. 3 Weekly World News, December 1 6 , 1980. 4lbid., January 2 7 , 1 9 8 1 . 6Religion: "Flying Saucery i n the Wilderness," Time, August 2 7 , 1 9 79, 5 UFO Sightings, May 1 9 8 1 . p . 58.

253. Close Encounters of a Divine Kind? • 247 7Ronald Story, The Encyclopedia of UFOs, (New York: Dolphin Books, Double day & Co., 1980), p. 1 8 0 . 8Jbid. %id. 1 0Jacques Vallee, Anatomy of a Phenomenon (Chicago: Henry Regnery C o . 1 9 6 5) . . 1 1Jacques Vallee, Challenge to Science: The UFO Enigma (Chicago: Henry Regnery Co .. 1 9 66). 12Story, p. 3 78. 1 3Ibid. 14Raymond E. Fowler, The Andreasson Affair (Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1 9 79). p. 1 44. l libid., p. 200. 16Frank B. Salisbury, The Utah UFO Display (Connecticut: Devin Adair, 1 974). 1 7 S tory, p . 3 1 5. 1 8Ibid .. p . 3 1 2 . 19!3udd Hopkins, "The Extraterrestrial-Paraphysical Controversy," MUFON UFO Journal, November 1 9 8 0 , p. 4. 20Ibid., p. 2 . 21Ibid., p. 4 . 22Barry H. Downing, Th e Bible and Flying Saucers (New York: J. B . Lippincott Company, 1 9 68). 23Adrian V. Clark, Cosmic Mysteries of the Universe (New York: Parker Publishing Co., Inc., 1 9 68). 24Te d Peters, Jr., Ph.D .. "The Religious Dimension to the UFO Phe nomenon," 1 9 79 MUFON UFO Symposium Proceedings (Seguin, Texas: MUFON. 1 9 7 9 ) , p. 4 2 . 2sTed Peters, Jr. . UFOs-Gods Chariots? (Atlanta: John Knox Press, 1977). 26R. L . Hymers. J r. . with D avid Shigekawa, UFOs and Bible Prophecy (Van Nuys, Califo rnia: Bible Voice, Inc .. n.d.) . 27Story, pp. 9 9 , 100. 28Ibid., p. 1 0 1 . 29Ibid. 30Malachi Martin, Hostages to the Devil (New York: Readers Digest l Press, 1 9 7 6 , and New York: Bantam Books, 1 9 77).rl,

254. 1 6. ettysOwn B e l i efsIf the entire Andreasson Affair happene d exactly as reporte d, itwould mean that alien entities have p eriodically visited and influenced the development (perhaps even the beginning) of mankindover the course of millions of years-for purposes yet to be madefully known. During her 1 9 6 7 ab duction, the entity Quazgaa toldBetty that they had visited e arth " s ince the beginning of time, yourtime." If this is the case, how often have they visited? How have theycovered their tracks so well in the cours e of recorded history-orhave they? And why are they now showing themselves more openlyat this particular juncture in mans history? Has B etty been chosento reveal the link between modern UFOs a n d biblical events? Dr. Iosef Shmuelovich Shklovskii of the Sternberg AstronomicalInstitute, Soviet Aca demy of S cienc es, coauthored Intelligent Lifein the Universe with Dr. Carl Sagan of Cornell University. In thisclassic book, Shklovskii speculate d about the possibility of pastvisitations of ETI to our planet. Such an unusual occurrence would certainly be described in the248

255. Bettys Own Beliefs • 249 legends and myths of the p eople who came in contact with the space voyagers. The astronauts would probably be portrayed as having godlike characteristics and possessing sup ernatural powers. Special emphasis would be placed on their arrival from the sky, and their subsequent departure back into the sky. 1 Would Shklovskiis conj e cture d space obj e cts and supernaturalbeings apply to certain events reported in the Bible? Because of theculturally limite d terms and languages of those biblical times,me chanical aerial device s would necessarily have been described ina nontechnical manner. Betty believes that her UFO experienceinvolved angels or messengers in the biblical sense of the word. Bobis open to this the ory as well as a nonrelated theory of ETIvisitation. In this chapter, we are going to give Bettys interpretation the benefit of the doubt. Both Old and New Te stam ents re cord the appearances of manyaerial objects-describ ed as flying lamp s, chariots, wheels, starsand cylindrical-shape d clou ds, to mention just a few. The Bible isalso full of reference s to powerful entities from the sky calledangels, literally messengers. Be cause they came down from the sky,me dieval painters depicted them with wings, and this depiction hasinfluenced societys conception of angels right down to the pres ent.The Hebrew or Gre ek word for messenger is only one of many usedto describe these heavenly b e ings. They are also called gods, sonsof God, watchers, cherubim, seraphim , mighty ones, and the hostsof heaven. Their appearance to witnesses was sometimes frightening, but at other times they either took the form of men or wereactually like us in appearance. In Genesis, chapter six, the so-called "sons of God" reportedlyvisited earth. Some interbred with earth women, re sulting in abnormally size d offspring called the nephilum (fallen-down ones)because their fathers had fallen from the sky. 2 If this be the case, perhaps mankind is somehow physically relate d to extraterrestrials. Also in Genesis, angels induced a man named Abraham to start anew nation, Israel, through which all other nations would beblessed. A sign used to convince Abraham to do so was the fly-by ofan obj ect he des cribed as a "burning lamp."3 Such flying obj e cts continued to appear throughout Israels

256. 250 • Bettys Own Beliefshistory, especially during crucial and significant events. Theseflying obj e cts would most certainly b e called UFOs in todaysterms. Angels later warned Abrahams relatives to flee from Sodom andGomorrah because it had been planned to destroy these cities byfire from the sky. Reporte dly, the cities were destroyed in this wayand "the smoke of the land went up like a furnace."4 In 1 9 5 9 , theRussian ethnologist M. M. Agrest theorized that this story wasjust one of many b iblical events that represented ETI visitation toearth. The account of the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrahreminded him of a nuclear explosion.5 The prophet Moses was also contacted by an angel inside aglowing mass which he described as a "fiery bush that was notconsumed." What else might Moses have called a glowing vehiclesitting on the ground in a field full of bushes? A cylindrical- shapedobject landed on Mount Sinai with a roar and flames. Mosesentere d into it and was given what we now know as the TenCommandments. 6 A huge cylindrical flying obj e ct containing angels allege dlyparticipated in the E xodus. This strange phenomenon glowed atnight and was cloud- colore d during the day. It hovered over andperhaps caus ed the parting of the Red Sea (Sea of Reeds); disrupted attacking E gyptian chariots; lay down a smoke screen forfleeing Israelites and dropp ed manna to feed them in the wilderness. Ac cording to Psalm 78, the manna was the "food of themighty ones." In modern times, similar cylindrical obj e cts immers ed in frothing cloud are sometimes seen to release smaller oval rimmedobjects. Dr. Jacques Vallee has categorized this type of sighting asa Type liB UF O event. E z ekiel the prophet seems to have witnessed such an event in the Bible just prior to experiencing a CEIII ! And I looked, and behold, a whirlwind came out of the north [a roaring sound] , a great cloud and a fire infolding itself [literally, pulsating] and a brightness was about it [glowing] and in the midst of it, as the color of amber [yellow] . Behold, one wheel [a . . diskJ upon the earth . . . a wheel within a wheel [perhaps a disk inverte d upon another disk or an oval object with an inner and

257. Bettys Own Beliefs • 251 outer circumference] . . . A s for their rings [rinis] , they were full of eye s [openings]. 7 Dr. Frank Drake , director of the huge radio telescope installationat Arecibo, Puerto Rico, has speculate d that Ezekiel communedwith extraterre strial visitors, 8 since E z ekiel also described creature s who came out of the wheels. Also, out of the midst thereof came the likeness of four living creatures . . . They had the likeness of man . . . and their feet were straight [legs were rigid] ; and the sole of their feet was like the sole of a calfs foot [boots?] . And they sparkled like the color of burnished brass [metallic shiny space suits?] and the likene ss of the firmament [dome or hemisphere] upon the heads of the living creature was as the color of the terrible crystal [literally icelike, glass] stretched over their heads.[A transparent space helmet?] 9 Then like many modern UFO witnesses, E z ekiel heard thebeings talk by mental telepathy. And the spirit entered into me when he spake unto me . . . [so] that I heard him that spoke unto me. 10 E z ekiel would probably describe a twentieth- century astronautas a manlike creature in a shiny suit with a transparent firmamentover his head. E z ekiel would be forced to describe the astronautand his life- support e quipment in terms of man and familiaranimals. E lijah the prophet was able to call for firepower from the skyupon occasion. After his ministry, he bade his students farewell andwas taken up into the sky in a roaring fiery chariot. "intimately involved with Jesus Christ, who, although born of a In the New Testament, messengers or angels from the sky arewoman, claimed a previou s existence in the heavens. 1 2 It i s important to note that biblical writers referred t o thefamiliar pillar or cylinder- shaped obj e ct as the "Glory of the Lord"a mess enger to proclaim Jesus birth to frightened shepherds in aor the "Bright Cloud." It appeared over Bethlehem and dispatchednearby field . 1 3 Nine months earlier, a messenger from the sky had

258. 252 • Bettys Own Beliefsinformed Mary that she would bear a spe cial child without a humanfather. The Amplified New Te stament provides a literal translationof the messengers word s: The power of the most high shall overshadow you [as a shining cloud] ; and so the holy [pure, sinless] thing which shall be born of you will be called the Son of God. 14 This expanded translation references a shining cloud becausethe word o vershadow is the exact verb often used to describe this shining aerial obj ect elsewhere in the B ible. Was this obj ect somehow involved in Christs reported virgin birth? Perhaps this sameglowing vehicle was the anomalous starlike obj e ct that guided thewis emen to visit Jesus at B ethlehem.15 The next time this "brightcloud" is mentioned was during the so-called transfiguration, ofChrist on a mountaintop. When two human beings emerged from itand spoke to J esus about His forthcoming departure in a similarcloud. 16 One of these beings was the prophet E lijah who was lastseen flying away in such an obj e ct! Jesus, like Moses at Sinai,glowed after being inside this vehicle. Angels or messengers next appeared at the Resurrection andplaced Roman guards in a state of suspended animation afterlanding with a brightness and a roaring sound.t And Jesus, afterHis resurrection, brought His followers to a mountaintop, where Heordered them to spread His m essage of love worldwide. Then Hetoo was caught up in a cloud which bore Him away. 18 Immediatelytwo messengers from the sky appeared in bright suits and told thestartled disciples that some day Jesus would return again the sameway. During His e arthly ministry, Jesus indeed did say that Hewould return again in the future with clouds and angels. Could it bethat the kingdom of heaven that Jesus said that He would establishhere is in reality an intergalactic federation of unfallen beings? The apostle Paul was temporarily blinde d by a glowing massthat appeared to him on the road to Damascus where he was goingto persecute Christians. 19 Paul then be came a. convert to Christianity claiming that he had been taken up into the "third heaven,"where he also was told unspeakable things. 2 0 Poor Paul, like somemodern CE-III witnesses, did not known whether he took this tripin or out of his body. 2 1

259. Bettys Own Beliefs • 253 Until recently, however, such events have been highly obscuredby a strictly traditional interpretation. Can it be Bettys experienceis a modern day example of so-calle d angelic visitation? Religiousprejudice and prejudice of the religious would cause many to rej ecteven the idea of such a thing. A few might say at this point that thereligious interpretation of the ETI visitation was strictly the invention of the awestruck witnesses. However, can we legitimatelyseparate the message from the messenger? Should we do the samewith the Andreasson Affair? Carl Sagan, publicly a UFO skeptic, loves to speculate about theexistence of ETI. In a self-dialogue concerning why any advancedrac e would want to visit the likes of us, Sagan makes a veryintriguing case: What might an advanc e d extraterre strial civilization want of us? Most of the conventional nightmares can be dismissed. We would not be us eful as slaves, be cause a society capable of mastering interstellar spaceflight would have ade quate machine servants. They could not want us for food, even if human beings were composed of especially tasty proteins. Such a society should b e capable of synthe sizing them in any desired quantity from the constituent amino acids, after the analysis of a single specimen. There are other pos sibilities which cannot so easily be dis missed. One of the primary motivations for the exploration of the New World was to convert the inhabitants to Christianity peacefully if possible; forcefully, if necessary. Can we exclude the possibility of an extraterrestrial evangelism?22 Did the entities themselves pretend to be what Betty wante dthem to be so as to assuage her fear and instill confidence in them?Or, is there a real connection-a bridge-between science andreligion? In order to obtain an overall perspective of the AndreassonAffair, I think that it behooves us to summarize all the reportedCE -IIIs in a chronological order. In reality, the aliens communicate d vezy little to Bob and Bettyother than their many commands and instructions. But for arguments sake, lets take their statements at face valu e.

260. 254 • Bettys Own Beliefs First, let us review the Andreassen Affair, parts one and two, inthe light of what the aliens purporte dly said during Betty and Bobsencounters. You can draw your own conclusions. BOB LUCA, AGE 5 (1944) They say my name . . . inside my head. They say first that I shouldnt be afraid . . . They told me that I cant remember . . . It s not time . . . When Im older it will be time . . . Theyll decide when . . . It s for later . . . when Im older . . . The se people are doing something that is going to be good for everybody . . . That kin d of light (UFO) has come to a lot of people . . . They visit other people and theyre going to visit other people . . . not just me . . . They know about your life when you get big . . . Some will meet each other . . . They will have something in common. They will see something like I see now . . . It will be part of caring for what is to be. Many people would see this thing and in time they will meet each other . . . In time the people in the light will be back and the people that have seen them before will not be afraid when they come back. BETTY AHO, AGE 7 ( 1944) Theyre calling my name. It sounds as if somebody jumped in my head . . . I said, "Where are you?" And they said, "Right here." I said, "But I cant see you." And they said, "That s all right, we see you." Theyre like all talking together . . . saying the same thing [in unison] . . . "Wee little child." They said theyve been watching me grow . . . that its coming to a time that I will know the One . . . They said Im coming along fine . . . that theyre making certain things are ready . . . Theyre gonna show me something . . . that everybody will be happy about . . . that everybody will learn something from. And they said people will understand . . . people that I tell . . . what theyre going to show me . . . They just want to look me over . . . from the inside . . . They tell me Im going to be very happy soon . . . that I am going to find the One. I will know the One . . . I will feel the One . . . I fe el a little squiggly in my head . . . and they say . . . I would not remember for a long time . . . I just hear, "Sweet, sweet." Thats what theyre saying . . . They said, "Just remember the bee."

261. Bettys Own Beliefs • 255 BETTY AHO, AGE 12 ( 1 949) There is someone speaking in my head . . . Its the same voice . . . said the time has come and just be still . . . Theyre checking me and theyre saying another year . . . They said, " Shes got another year." . . . They said I will learn about the One . . . They said they are preparing things for me to see . . . They are all saying the same thing !many voices in unison] . . . Then after, they tell me to stand up and I wont remember. And theyre telling me to go up by the hole and bend over and to look in and that I wont rememb er for a long time yet. BETTY AHO, AGE 13 (1950) They said not to be afraid and I fe el very relaxed . . . One of them says my father knows about it already . . . They tell me not to worry . . . they wont hurt me. They said, "Were going to take you someplace. Were going to take you home." The only words spoken to Betty after this were on board the shipand in the alien place where they commanded her to do variousthings. A few times they as sure d her that she was safe and commente d about the One. "See. youre all right . . . Youre getting closer to home . . . This is for you to remember so mankind will understand !after Betty touched glass butterfly that came to life] . You will see when you get home . . . where the One is . . . You shall enter the Great Door and see the glory of the One." And then, she was returned to Crocker Pond: He just says Im not going to remember this and that they are watching over me. BETTY ANDREASS ON, AGE 18 (1 955) I just hear somebody calling my name, like a mans gentle voice. BETTY ANDREAS S ON, AGE 24 (1961) Mter Betty was strangely drawn from her house to a woodedsection on top of a hill, she met an alien who stated: He ha s been sent and I am not to fear. The Lord is oith me and

262. 256 • Bettys Own Beliefs not to b e afraid . . . They are pleased be cause I have accepted (Christianity] on my own . . . I am to go through many things and that love will show me the answers because I have given my heart over to love the S on . . . M any things shall be revealed to me. Things that I have not s e en . . . ears have not heard . . . I shall suffer many things . . . but will overcome them through the Son . . . I have been watche d since my beginnin g. I shall grow naturally and my faith in the Light will bring many others to the Light and Salvation because many will understand and see . . . The negative voices dont like it . . . [They] are against man . . . bad angels that wanted to devour man . . . hurt man . . . destroy man . . . because they are jealous . . . of the love that is upon man . . . telling me strange things . . . I dont know what theyre about . . . that for every place there is an existence . . . that everything has been formed to unite . . . [He says] Jesus is with me . . . that I will understand as time goes by . . . for me not to be anxious . . . They want me to grow and live naturally . . . that I am blessed and that I will forget and I am now to go back to my house and I will not remember . . . He says, "Peace b e with you a s it i s . " BOB LUCA, AGE 29 (1967) Its just like a voice inside myself . . . tells me I should not be afraid because I am . . . He told me to take my clothes off. BETTY ANDREAS S ON, AGE 30 (1967) I asked, "Who are you?" And he said, Quazgaa . . . "Because of love, I give this [Blue Book] to you" . . . He called me B etty . . . They did ask for food . . . Their food is knowledge. On b oard the craft, B etty was examined. The aliens told her whythis was necessary: We are just going to measure you for light . . . We will have to measure you physically . . . because there are some spots there . . . Measure you for procreation. During her experience with the phoenix, B etty heard a voicecalling her by name which said: I have chosen you to show the world . . . I shall show you as

263. Bettys Own Beliefs • 257 your time goes by . . . The time is not yet. It shall come, that which you have faith in, that which you trust. When Betty tells the voice that she has faith in Jesus Christ, itanswers with the following words: That is why you have been chosen . . . I would never harm you. It is your fear that you draw to your body that causes you to feel these things. I can release you but you must release yourself of that fear through My Son. After returning to the ship through a dark tunnel from thestrange underground realm, Quazgaa gave Betty a farewellmessage: And he says, "Child, you must forget for a while . . . He says my race wont b elieve me until much time has passed, our time . . . They say they love the human race. They have come to help the human race . . . And unless man will not accept, he will not be save d. He will not live. All things have been planned. Love is the greate st of all. They do not want to hurt anybody. But, because of great love . . . they cannot let man continue in the footsteps that he is going. It is better to lose some than to lose all. They have technology man could use. It is through the spirit but men will not search out that portion. He says hes going to give me formulas and he says until man finds those and understands those, he will not give any others . Man must understand many of the natural things upon earth. If man will just study nature itself, he will find many of the answers that he seeks. Within fire are many answers, within ashes. Within the highest of the high and the lowe st of the low are many answers. Man will find them through the spirit. Man is not made of just flesh and blood. It would be easy, he said, for them to hand them to us. But that would show that we are not worthy to receive those. The knowl edge is sought out through the spirit and those that are worthy are given. Those that are pure of heart, that seek with earnest ness will be given. Energy is round about man that he does not know of. It is the simplest form of energy. It is within the atmosphere. This atmosphere. It has been provided for him.

264. 258 • Bettys Own Beliefs Many riddles will be given. Those that are wise will under stand. Those that seek will find. They must remain hidden in this way be cause of the corruption. The corruption that is upon the earth. If they are revealed outright. man would use it. He keeps telling me of different things. Of what is going to take place, what is going to happen. They are going to come to the earth. Man is going to fear because of it. Many are going to be astonished. Yet, many are not going to be afraid, be cause they have overcome fear. He says that he has had others here. And many others have locked within their minds, secrets. And he is locking within my mind certain secrets. And they will be revealed only when the time is right. Again. hes putting both hands up again on my shoulders. And hes saying, " Go, child. now and rest." Back in the house, when B etty asked him what her abductionand experience was all about, the alien named Joohop answers: He says, "Because of love. Its all about love. Man seeks to find out about their place. about their chariots, their ships, their knowledge. And ye can love." Concerning the Blue Book given her, Joohop tells Betty: It is given to me for a time to grasp as much as I might grasp from it. There is writing there that will be discerned only through the spirit. And its the writing of light. I can only be understood through the spirit. The other writing is for man to see and find out. And there are formulas and riddles and poems and writings for man to understand nature. for he too is nature. Hes forme d from love, and love i s the answer for man. When B etty asked Joohop why man doesnt love others all thetime, he answered: "Because man has separate d himself," he said, "he has be come dual. Separation, duality. He has formed that other side. He has made it to happen. It was all good at one time. Even his choice was good at one time. He has sep arated it. In love there is no separation."

265. Bettys Own Beliefs • 259 He says, "Come Betty, follow me." . . . Hes telling me now that I will rest and I will forget all that has happened until the time is ready. "You must forget until the time appointed." During the 1 9 6 7 sessions when we were trying to find out detailsabout what was in the Blue Book, an entity seemed to take overBettys mind. Betty repeated what she was hearing. They have things in control. They are in the heavens. They have powers. They can make you think one thing and yet mean another. They are able to stop the wind, the water . . . Base 3 2 , Base 3 2 . Signal Base 3 2 . Curvature, curvature. Sombleado. Star See so . . . Something about circling the plain . . . Count three and four . . . very important. Its something about a door and its going to be opened . . . Som ething about s cientists to bury the past . . . Seventeen has a line under it with a backward F underneath that. And theres a little tiny circle above the seventeen to the right of the seven . . . There is an even flow. There are waves that are being sent out. And there are old walls that need to be broken down. At times, the entity actually appeared to take control of Betty sspeech: Man seeks to destroy himself. Greed, greed, gre ed, gre ed. And because of gre ed, it draws all foul things. Everything has been provide d for man, simple things. He could be advanced so far. Greed gets in the way. Freely it will be given to those that have loved. Even now you cannot see. Even now we speak. You try to seek in the wrong directions. Simplicity round about you. Air you breathe, water you drink, fire that warms, earth that heals. Simplicity. Ashes. Things that are necessary taken for granted. Powers within them overlooked. Simplicity. Why think ye you are able to live? Simplicity. Concerning our efforts to discover the contents of the BlueBook: You would be in just as much darkness about the Blue Book. First seek out the simple forms of your selves. Man is arrogant

266. 260 • Bettys Own Beliefs be cause his image make s up everything that is condensed. And pride dwelleth there because of the image that man has been given. One of the investigators asked the entity speaking through B ettyif he were willing to help us find knowledge: You would not have gotten this far nor gained this much in formation had we not de sire d to help you. That which has been given unto you, seek, search. We shall help reveal certain pieces of the puzzle. Try to understand yourselves. Seek spiritually. Doors have been left open. The Great Door shall guide . . It is. the entrance into the other world. The world where light is. BETTY ANDREAS S ON, AGE 38 (1 975) There seems to have been yet another contact made during thisyear-and pos sibly still others. When we tried to find out, B ettyexperience d real discomfort and told us, under hypnosis: "Theydont want me to go any place!" While going through the transcripts from the phase one investigation, I j otte d down the following data concerning B ettys 1 9 6 7abduction t o compare with her earlier abduction in 1 9 5 0 that cameto light during the phase two investigation. BETTYS PERCEPTION OF WHERE SHE WAS TAKEN I think I went for a trip in the ship . . . I think I was kept in those glass chairs while we were going . . . I left this earth . . . yet I believe we were in the center of the earth . . . When we reached our destination, we went through that long black tunnel . . . chipped like a coal tunnel . . . There were all sorts of tunnels . . . It was definitely a city . . . with all those different bridges around. Where was this und erground place, on another planet? A moon?An asteroid? It could have been right here on earth because duringthe 1 9 5 0 abduction. the craft entere d the alien underground basethrough an ocean. Earth is the only planet in this solar system thathas oceans! At times, the aliens hinte d to Betty that this might bethe case: Some came from one planet . . . Some came . . . from realms

267. Bettys Own Beliefs • 261 where you cannot s e e their hiding place . . . Some come from the very earth . . . There is a place on this very earth that you do not know of . . . I was taken to the high place, higher than their home planet. The Andreassen Affair has revolutionized our concepts of CloseEncounters of the Third Kind. It now appears that any given CE -111could in reality be just one of a series of CE -IIIs that could dateback to the witnesss childhood days . This in turn would mean thatalien entities, from the very inception of the modern UFO waves inthe nin eteen-forties, had already been covertly contacting andstudying human beings on a plane of awareness that bypasses ourcons cious memories. In the light of such CE -IIIs, the oft-asked que stion "Why dontthey contact us?" becomes purely academic. Contacts continue tobe made in a remarkable way that has not disturbed the studiedsubj ects environment. How many thousands (p erhaps hundreds of thousands) of people walking the streets are being monitore d, controlled, and preconditioned to accept (even welcome) large-s cale overt conta ct?Some may b e influential military or government personnel. Othersmay hold key positions relating to p ower and communications. Arethese walking time bombs programmed to be ambas sadors orsaboteurs? The aliens telepathic words to five-year-old Bob Luca echothrough my mind: Let u s hope that if real, they are also true. These people are doing som ething that is going to be good for everybody . . . In time, the people in the light will be back, and the people that have seen them before will not be afraid when they come back. How much we can actually accept as factual may be dire ctlyproportional to the accuracy of data retrieved through hypnosis.Are CE-lli, Type G. abduction experiences a product of hyp notically enhanced fantasy? Or are they a logical extension of othertyp es of CE where similar craft and occupants are seen andremembered by reliable witnesses without the need for hypnosis?Even these Close E ncounters may be only the conscious tip of a

268. I262 • Bettys Own BeliefsCE -III abduction. How could we know unless the witnesses aresubmitted to hypnosis? In the meantime, Bob and B etty Luca are now adults. If thisbook reflects obj ective truth, the "appointed time" for whatever issupposedly coming upon the earth already is at the doorstep. Thealiens implied that both Betty and Bob would experience thishappening sometime during their adult life. Betty believes it will be the long-awaite d Second Coming ofJesus Christ. If it is, very few people would be ready for such arevelation. The twentieth-century Church as reflected in a varietyof denominational expressions would never in its wildest dreamsexpect the Second Coming to happen in this way. But, two thousand years ago, who would have expected His first coming wouldbegin in a dirty manger and end upon a criminals cross? When I asked a well-known researcher of CE -lTis what hethought about B ettys religionist interpretation, he retorted "Itcant be true. Its too provincial. Im not a Christian and most otherpeople are not. What would happen to us if it were all tru e? No, itcant be true!" So much for scientific reasoning. I replied that only time willtell-and indeed, it soon will. Betty and Bob are already in theirforties. Dr. Robert Jastrow, an internationally known astronomer and anauthority on life in the cosmos, has authored a book entitled God I and the Astronomers. In it he chronicles the ever-converging pathsof religion and science, espe cially in his own domain of astronomy.Indeed, one could just as easily sub stitute the word UFOlogy forAstronomy in one intriguing statement Jastrow makes in histhought-provoking book: Strange developments are going on in UFOlogy. They are fas cinating partly because of their theological implications, and partly be cause of the peculiar reaction of scientists . . . . The scientist has scaled the mountains of ignorance; he is about to conquer the highest peak; as he pulls hims elf over the final rock, he is greeted by a band of theologians who have been sitting there for centuries. 2 3

269. Bettys Own Beliefs • 263 NOTE S 11. S. Shklovskii and Carl Sagan. Intelligent Life in the Uniuerse (San I Francisco: Holden-Day, Inc. 1 9 66) . p. 454. 2Genesis 6 : 1 -4 . 3Genesis 1 5 : 1 7 . 4Genesis 1 9 : 2 8 . 5Shklovskii a n d Sagan, ibid .. p . 454. 6Exodus 1 9 : 9 . 1 6-2 5 ; Acts 7:53: Galatians 3 : 1 9 . E zekiel 1 : 4 . 1 6- 1 8 . 8Sullivan, Walter. We A re Not A lone (New Y ark: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1 9 64), p. 2 4 1 . 9E zekiel 1 : 5-14. 10lbid., 2 : 2 . 1 11 Kings 1 8 : 3 8 and II Kings 2 : 1 , 1 1 . 1 2John 3 : 1 3 ; 6:38, 4 2 ; 8 : 2 3 . 1 3Luke 2:9. Publishing House, 1 9 58), pp. 1 9 7 , 1 9 8 , Luke 1 : 3 5 . 14The Bible, The Amplified New Testament (Grand Rapids: Zondervan 1 5Matthew 2 : 2 , 9 . 16Matthew 1 7 : 1-5 : Mark 9:2-8. 17Matthew 28:2-4. 18Acts 1 : 9-1 1 . 19Acts 9:3 & 2 6 : 1 3 . 2011 Corinthians 1 2 : 1-4. 22Shklovskii and Sagan, p. 4 6 3 . 2 11bid. 23Rob ert Ja strow. God and the Astronomers (New York: W . W. Norton &>-... Co., 1978). p. 1 1 5 .; �

270. A NOTE FROM THE AUTHORSIf any reader of this book has experienced a Close E ncounter of theThird Kind, we would appreciate he aring from you. We would alsoappreciate information from any pre sent or former military personnel regarding the totally black, unmarke d helicopters we haveseen-and which we fe el to be involved with the UF O phenomenon.All replies will be kept confidential up on request. Please write to:Mr. and Mrs. Robert Luca Mr. Raymond E. FowlerP . O . Box 1 2 5 P . O . Box 1 9Ro ckfall, C T 0 6 4 8 1 Wenham, MA 0 1 984264

271. A p pe n d i cesAPPENDIX A. DATE S OF HYPNOTIC DEBRIEFINGSES SIONSSESSIONS DA TE HYPNOTIZED1 March 1 7 , 1 9 8 0 Bob32* March 2 4 , 1 9 8 0 Bob4 March 2 5 , 1 9 80 Be tty April l , 1 9 8 0 Bob, Betty5* April 7 , 1 9 8 0 Bob, Betty6 April 2 1 , 1 9 8 0 Betty7 April 2 5 , 1 9 8 0 Betty8 April 2 8 , 1 9 8 0 Betty9 May 1 0 , 1 9 8 0 Betty10 May 1 5 , 1 9 8 0 Betty1 1* May 2 2 , 1 9 8 0 Betty12 May 2 9 . 1 9 8 0 Be tty13 June 1 1 , 1 9 8 0 Be tty*Medical doctor in attendance. 26 5

272. APPENDIX B. BOB LUCA S CE-lli ENC OUNTERSYEAR DATE TIME PLA CE A GE DESCRIPTION1944 Summer Day Meriden, Conn. 5 The swing incid ent.1 9 67 Summer Day Wallingford, Conn. 29 Abducted from an automobile.APPENDIX C. BETTY ANDREAS S ONS CE-IIIENCOUNTERS1944 Aug. Day Leominster. Mass. 7 The incident with the b e e .1949 Summer Day Westminster. Mass. 12 An alien i n the woods.1 950 Fall Day Westminster. Mass. 13 Abducted from a ? field.1955 Night Westminster. Mass. 18 Hears voice in the trailer.1961 Sept. Night Westminster. Mass. 24 Meets an alien in the woods.1967 Jan. Night S . Ashburnham. Mass. 30 Abducted from a 38 house.1975 Summer Night Ashburnham. Mass. Betty prevented from telling.APPENDIX D. STATEMENTS OF PHASE TWOINVE STIGATION PARTICIPANTSInvestigator Larry Fawcett attended all but sessions one and two. Twomedical doctors and a registered nurse attended several of the earlysessions on the request of hypnotist Fred Max: Hypnotherapist andpsychic Patricia Sable attended sessions nine, ten, and eleven. DavidWebb and Raymond Fowler attended session nine. Others attending fromtime to time were Beryl Max. Lois Fawcett. a daughter of one of themedical doctors. Fred Maxs uncle, and a college profe ssor.266 I

273. Appendix • 267I. Dr. James P. Kornberg (February 1 1 , 1 9 8 1)Credentials Educational Background CategoryBoard-certified clinical B.S .. aeronautical/astronautical Consultant medical specialist engine ering(occupational M . S . , aeronauticaVastronautical me dicine) engine ering Sc.D environmental he alth .• science and engineering M.D. I am writing in follow-up to our conversations over the past few monthsregarding my visit and interview with Betty Andreasson (Luca) and herhusband. Bob. in late O ctober 1 9 7 9 . As you know. m y opportunity t o visit Betty i n October, 1 9 7 9 , cameapproximately two years following my initial interview in Ashburnham,Massachusetts. During the 1 9 7 9 session, I spoke to Betty over a 3-4-hourperiod; at times informally, but with the conscious attempt to observe herbehavior, language. thought content. cognitive functioning. and affect. Theconversation was directed toward matters unrelated to her alleged abduction experience spe cifically, although the topic of the similar exp eriences of others and the subje ct of UFOs in general did come up briefly. I found that the overall elements of Bettys personality, as I recalledthem, were consistent with the 1 9 7 7 interview. As before, I found no clearevidence of a thought disorder or impairment in cognitive functioning.Interestingly. as I mentioned on the telephone, one noticeable change was adiminution in the tone of religiosity during the second interview. I wasimpressed with this observation becau se of what I considered to be apervasiveness of such content in the 1 9 7 7 interview. It is interesting to spe culate that this change might repres ent a rationalcourse of events had her abduction experience actually occurred. Giventhat Betty is a sincerely devout and religious person. I do not believe thather emphasis upon religious interpretation of such an astounding andunnatural experience would be surprising. Anyone who had live d throughsuch an experience might tend to rely upon familiar algorithms andvocabulary to provide an acceptable explanation. The diminution. in hercase. of these interpretive skills over a two-year period could repres ent anatural mental d ecompression effe cted by temporal distancing from theexperience. I certainly have no new information to endorse the authenticity ofBettys alleged experie nce; but I can medically continue to support thestability of her general life perceptions and her interpretive fu nctions.This may not qualify her as an unbiased scientific witness to the experiences which she has describ ed. but then, who among those with suchcredentials would necessarily perform better?

274. 268 • App endixII. Fred Max (October 1 1 . 1 9 8 0)Credentials Educational Background CategoryProfessional hypnotist B.S .. behavioral psychology Consultant Prior to meeting Betty. UFOs were merely a potential occurrence forothers to consider; a nice uninvolved position from which to ponder. As a regressive hypnotist it is my obligation to not only be openmindedbut to not influence my subj e cts while constantly challenging themthroughout the regression. Betty was consistent not only in the data. but also in the wide range ofemotions associated with the data. She was brought back to many areas tochallenge this. Most convincing of all is Bettys consistency as a human being. As sheenters a room her love and sincerity are felt throughout. At first I didnt know where to place Bettys strong theological feelings.The more I tried to separate the feelings from the encounter, the more theyjelled. Then it became apparent that Bettys feelings are the message. Not only I but the others who were privileged to be at the sessionsunderwent a most pleasant metamorphosis from thinking in terms of ourown feelings to a group feeling-a special feeling that the beings, throughpeople like Betty, are trying to impart on all of us for the very survival ofthe planet.m. Lawrence A. FawcettCredentials Educational Background CategoryPolice officer Capital Region Crime Squad Principal(investigative work) (Narcotics) investigatorUFO investigator Manchester Regional Police School Manchester Community College (2 yrs) (Candidate: associates degree in law enforcement) I first entered this case with an open mind and after reading TheAndreasson Affair felt that this case could easily be explained as a veryelaborate hoax. Of course. I hadnt met the Lucas, and this was a biasedopinion on my part. After many months of intensive interviews in and out of regressivehypnosis, I found all facts to be consistent. After hearing and listening backto all the testimony that was given, I feel that it would be impossible for anindividual to concoct such an elaborate story and to be able to hold ittogether under the intensive interrogations that were conducted . This writer feels that i t would be a human impossibility for anyone tofabricate a story of this magnitude and remain consistent throughout. Tothe average lay person, this story may sound like a chapter out of Lost inSpace, but to this inv!lstigator, it is not only plausible but true.

275. Sel ectedB i b l iog raphy B ender, Albert K. Flying Saucers and the Three Men. New York:Paperback Library, 1968. The Bible, The Amplified New Testament. Grand Rapids: ZondervanPublishing House, 1 9 58. -- .The Companion Bible. London: The Lamp Press, Ltd. (n.d.). Clark, Adrian V. Cosmic Mysteries of the Universe. New York: ParkerPublishing Co., Inc . . 1 968. Condon, E . U. Scientific Study of UFOs. New York: E . P. Dutton & Co.,Inc .. 1 969. Downing, Barry H. The Bible and Flying Saucers. New York: J . P.Lippincott Company, 1968. Druffel, Ann, and Rogo. D . Scott. The Tujunga Canyon Contacts. NewJersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1 9 80. "Flying Saucery in the Wilderness." Time. Religion (August 2 7 . 1 9 79),58. Fogarty, Quentin. "A Skyful of UFOs." Fate (December 1 980). 4 6 . Fowler. Raymond E . "The Bible a n d the UFO," Christian Life (November 1 9 66), 4 7. 4 8 . 7 8-8 1 . -- . "Whatever Happened to UFO s?," Christian Life (July 1 9 7 2) . 30,3 1 . 40-4 2. -- . "UFOs-Food for Thought." Journal of the American ScientificAffiliation (March 1 9 76), 1 7-2 1. 269

276. 270 • Selected Bibliography -- . Personal files, UFO Report No. CE III/MA-77 (67-4 1 A) , Parts Iand II. -- . UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc.,1 9 7 9 . and New York: Bantam Books, 19 80. -- . The A ndreas son Affair. E nglewood Cliffs, New Jersey: PrenticeHall. Inc .. 1 9 7 9. --. Personal files. UFO Report No. CEIII/MA-78-01DW. -- . Casebook of a UFO Investigator. Englewood Cliffs. New Jersey:Prentice-Hall, Inc .. 1 9 8 1 . --. The Melchizedek Connection. St. Paul, Minnesota: Trinity Publishing House, 1 9 8 1 . (Autographed c opies from R. E. Fowler, Box 1 9 ,Wenham, MA, $9.50 postpaid.) Graham, B illy. A ngels: Gods Secret Agents. Garden City, New York:Doubleday & Company, Inc .. 1 9 7 5 . Hall. Richard A . , ed. The UF O Evidence. Washington. D . C . : TheNational Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena. 1 9 6 4 . Harvey, Joseph M . "High Court Declines t o Rule on Hypnotism ofWitnesses," The Boston Globe (November 5 . 1 980). Hawkins, Gerald S . Stonehenge Decoded, New York: Doubleday & Co ..Inc .. 1 9 6 5 . Holden, Constance. "Forensic Use o f Hypnosis on the Increase,"Science (June 2 7 , 1980) , 1 444. Hopkins, Budd. "The Extraterrestrial-Paraphysical Controversy," TheMUFON UFO Journal (November 1 980), 4. Hymers , R. L., Jr. with Shigekawa, David, UFOs and Bible Prophecy.Van Nuys, California: Bible Voice, Inc. (n.d.) . Jacobs, David Michael. The UFO Controversy in America. Bloomington,Indiana: Indiana University Press, 1 9 7 5 . Jastrow, Robert. God a n d the Astronomers. N e w York: W . W . Norton &Co 1978. .• Keyhoe, Major Donald E .. USMC (Ret.) . and Lore. Gordon, I.R., Jr.,eds. UFOs: A New Look. Washington. D.C.: The National Inve stigationsCommittee on Aerial Phenomena, 1 9 6 9 . Lorenzen, Carol a n d Jim. Abducted. N e w York: Berkley PublishingCompany, 1 9 7 7 . Martin, Malachi. Hostages t o the Devil. New York: Readers DigestPress, 1 9 7 6 , and New York: Bantam Books. 1 97 7 . Menzel. Donald H .. and Taves, Ernest H. The UF O Enigma. GardenCity, New York: Doubleday & Company, Inc .. 1 9 7 7 . Nelson, Willard D. A Viewpoint on the Andreasson Affair, PrivatelyPublished: 18302 Montana Circle. Villa Park, CA 9 2 667, 1 980. Peters. Ted. Jr. "The Religious Dimension to the UFO Phenomenon,"1 9 79 MUFON UFO Symposium Proceedings. S eguin, Texas, 1 03 OldtowneRoad: MUFON, 1 9 7 9 , 4 2 . --. UFOs-Gods Chariots? Atlanta: John Knox Press, 1 9 7 7 .

277. Selected Bibliography • 27 1 Sagan, Carl. and Shklovskii. I. S. Intelligent Life in the Uniuerse. SanFrancisco: Holden Day, In c., 1 9 6 6 . Salisbury, Frank B. The Utah UFO Display. O l d Gre enwich. Conne cticut: D evin-Adair, 1 9 7 4 . S chwarz . Berthold E .. M.D. "UFOs: D elusion or Dilemma?," MedicalTimes. Vol. 9 6 , No. 10 (O ctober 1 9 6 8) . 967-8 1 . Story, Ronald E . The Encyclopedia of UFOs. Garden City, New York:Dolphin Books-Doubleday & Co .. Inc., 1 980. Sullivan. Walter. We Are Not Alone. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co . .1964. Tave s, E rnest H. "B etty Through the Looking Glass." Skeptical Enquirer (Winter 1 9 79-80). 88-9 5 . UFO Si!?htings (May 1 9 8 1 ) . Vallee, Jacques. Anatomy of a Phenomenon. Chicago: Henry RegneryCo .. 1 9 6 5 . -- . Challenge to Science: The UFO Enigma. Chicago: Henry RegneryCo .. 1 9 6 6 . Weekly WorldNews (December 1 6 . 1980) . Zeidman. Jennie. A Helicopter- UFO Encounter ouer Ohio. E vanston.lllinois: CUFOS , 1 9 7 9 .

278. I n d exA bducted, 2 7 0 Andreasson, Cindy, v , 2Abraham, 2 4 9 , 250 Andreasson, James, Jr., v, 2Aerial Phenomena Re search Organiza- Andreasson, James, Sr., v, 2, 189, 190, tion (APR O), 22, 4 1 , 2 0 6 224Agrest, M. M . , 250 Andreasson , Mark, v, 2Aha, Betty (See Luca, Betty) Andreasson, Rebecca (Becky), v, 2, 4 3 ,Aha, Eva P., v, 2 , 5 4 , 5 5 , 2 1 2 190, 1 9 1Aha, Waino, 2 , 5 5 , 9 5 , 96, 1 8 9 , 2 2 7 Andreasson, Scott, v, 2Aircraft a n d U F O sightings, 200-2 02 Andreasson, Todd, v, 2Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association, Angels, 3, 1 9 4 , 1 9 5, 2 3 6 , 2 3 7 , 2 3 9 , 2 4 4 , 211 2 4 5 , 2 4 9-5 3, 2 7 0Air Force (See United State s Air Force) A ngels: God .� Secret Agents, 2 7 0Akron, Ohio, 263 Apparitions ( S e e Paranormal Phenom-Alamogordo, New Mexico, 60 ena)Albany Medical College, New York, 88 Applewhite, Marshall H., 2 3 7American Lutheran Church, 243 Arecibo, Puerto Rico, 2 5 1American Society of Newspaper E di- Ashburnham, Massachusetts, 2 , 3 , 1 9 8 , tors, 58 2 1 0 , 2 1 5, 2 6 6 , 267Anatomy of a Ph enomenon, 238, 2 4 7 , Ashland County, Ohio, 200 270 Ashland, Nebraska, 60Anderson, Hans C hristian, 90 Australia, 2 2 0AndreassonAf fair, The, 1-3, 6 , 9 , 10, 1 2 , A Viewpoint on The Andreasson Af air, f 1 3 , 3 0 , 3 2 , 4 2 , 4 3 , 8 7 , 8 8 , 90, 227, 235, 270 1 0 9 , 1 1 7 , 180, 1 8 6 , 1 8 8 , 200, 2 2 1 , 2 2 2 , 236, 2 4 6-48, 2 5 3 , Baker, Kimberly, 88-90 2 5 4 , 2 6 1 , 268, 270 Bell Helicopter Company, 2 1 2Andreasson, Betty (See Luca, Betty) Bender, Albert K., 2 1 6, 2 6 9Andreasson, Bonnie, v, 2, 2 1 5 , 2 1 6 Be rkeley, California, 2 4 3 273

279. 274 • IndexBible a nd Flying Saucers, The, 2 4 2 ,Bethlehem, Israel, 2 5 1 , 2 5 2 Committee for t h e Scientific Investiga tion of Claims of the Para 2 4 7 , 269 normal (CSIOP), 2 2 2 , 2 2 3Bible, the Holy, 135, 1 9 4 , 1 9 5 , 236, Condon, E . U., 269 2 3 7 , 239, 2 4 3 , 2 48-52 , 263, Cornell University, 2 4 8 269 Corpin, Henry, 2 2 9Bingham, Maine, 8 8 , 90 Cosmic Mysteries o f the Universe, 2 4 7,Blenheim, Australia, 205 269Bluebook, The, 2 5 6 , 259 Coyne, Lawrence J., 2 0 1-204Bochinsky, Dolly, v Crescent Junction, Utah, 192Bonefant, Richard, 88, 9 0 Crocker Pond, Westminster, MassaBoston College, 1 3 0 chusetts, 1 8 5 , 1 8 8 , 193, 2 5 5Boston Globe, The, 2 3 1 , 2 7 0Boston, Massachusetts, 1 , 6 , 2 3 1 , 2 7 0 Damascus, Syria, 2 5 2Bradley International Airport, Connec- Danville, Kentucky, 2 0 6 ticut, 2 1 3 , 2 1 6 Dartmouth College, 2 4 2Brazil, 2 2 0 D e a d S e a Scrolls, 2 4 5Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1 8 7 Demon Possession, 2 4 5 , 2 4 6Bugs Bunny, 1 3 2 , 1 3 3 Demons ( S e e Satan) Deja-vu, 1 3 1 , 1 3 2California Institute of Technology, 2 3 9 Devil, the ( S e e Satan)California State University, 2 3 2 Door, The Great, 1 2 8-3 1 , 1 3 5 , 1 3 8 ,Canada, 220 140, 143, 146, 153, 156, 157,Casebook of a UFO Investigator, 7 , 8,Canton, Ohio, 203 2 5 5 , 260 Douglas, Mike , 6 1 9 2 , 2 1 5, 220, 2 3 4 , 2 7 0 Downing, Barry, 2 4 2 , 2 4 4 , 2 4 5 , 2 4 7, 269Catania, Italy, 1 5 7 , 1 5 8 Drake, Frank, 2 5 1Cattle Mutilation, 9, 2 1 0 , 2 1 9 , 2 2 0 Dreyfuss, Richard, 1 3 3Center for UFO S tudies (CUFOS), 1 3 , Druffel, Ann, 2 3 4 , 2 6 9 2 1 , 2 2 , 2 0 1 , 2 0 3 , 208, 2 3 4 Dunlap, Jane, 2 2 8Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), 2 1 1 Durham, Connecticut, 1 4 , 6 1 , 7 7Challenge to Science, The UFO Enigma, 238, 247, 271 E delstein, Harold, 2 2 3Cheshire, Connecticut, 1 0 8 El Commercia (newspaper) , 1 8 7Childhoods End, 237 Elijah, t h e Prophet, 2 5 1 , 2 5 2Chowchilla, California, 2 3 1 El Popular (newspaper), 1 8 7Christianity and UFOs (See also Reli- "Emperor s N e w Clothes, The," 90 gion and UFOs), 3 , 1 3 5 , 1 9 4 , Encyclopedia of UFOs, The, 234, 2 4 7 , 197, 2 2 1 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 6 , 237, 2 4 2- 270 4 7 , 2 5 2 , 2 5 3 , 2 5 6 , 257 E ndwell, N e w Jersey, 2 4 2Christian Life (magazine), 2 4 6 , 249, E ngland, 2 2 0 251, 262 Exeter, N e w Hampshire, 2 3 7Civil Air Patrol (CAP), 3 1 E xodus, the, 2 5 0Clark, Adrian V., 2 4 2 , 2 4 3 , 2 4 7 , 269 Exploring Inner Space, 2 2 8Clarke, Arthur C., 2 4 7 Extraterre stria:l Intelligence (ETI), 1 ,Cleveland, Ohio, 2 0 1 2 3 8-4 2 , 2 4 4 , 2 48-50Clock, The, 1 4 , 1 5 E zekiel, the Prophet, 2 5 1Close Encounters of the Third Kind (movie), 1 3 3 , 2 4 3 Fallopian-tube ligation, 4 3Colorado, 2 1 9 Fawcett, Larry, 2 2 , 30-4 0 , 4 4 , 4 5 , 5 1 ,Columbia University, 2 4 2 52, 5 7 , 65-7 1 , 7 3-7 6, 83-87,

280. Index • 275 90-92, 1 0 5 , 108, 1 1 0-12, 1 1 8, Hopkins, Budd, 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 2 4 7 , 2 7 0 1 3 4 , 1 5 2 , 1 7 9 , 2 1 8, 266, 2 6 8 Hostages to the Devil, 2 4 5 , 24 7 , 2 7 0Fawcett, Lois, 5 1 , 60, 2 6 6 Houston, Texas, 6 , 2 2 4Federal Aviation Administration Howard Johnson s, 2 1 1 (FAA), 2 1 1 , 2 1 3-1 5 Hymers, Robert L., 2 4 4 , 2 4 7 , 2 7 0Fitchberg, Massachusetts, 47 Hynek, J . Allen, 3 , 2 0 1 , 2 0 5 , 2 3 7 , 2 3 8Florida, 3 , 4 , 1 4 , 1 3 2, 2 1 1 Hypnosis, 3 , 8 , 1 1 , 1 3-19, 2 2-4 2 , 4 4-Flying Saucers and the Straight-Line 5 7 , 60-78 , 8 0-88, 9 1-130, M ystery, 1 9 9 132, 1 3 5-53 , 1 5 6-7 9 , 1 8 3-Fogarty, Quentin, 204, 205, 269 86, 1 88-98, 2 2 5 , 2 2 7 , 2 2 9-Foot Cliff Mountains, 1 9 2 3 5 , 2 3 7 2 5 4--60Fowler, David, 1 3 2Fowler, Raymond E . , 43, 2 2 0 , 2 2 4 , 2 2 7 , Idaho Falls, Idaho, 5 9 2 2 9 , 2 3 4 , 246, 2 4 7 , 2 6 4 , 266, Inner Sanctum (radio program), 4 4 , 4 5 269 Intelligent Life in the Universe, 2 4 8 , 2 6 3 ,Foxboro, Massachusetts, 206 270France, 183, 220 International Society o f Hypnosis, 2 2 9Fruita, Colorado, 1 9 2 Ipswich, Massachusetts, 2 1 7 Israel, 2 4 9 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 2Gallup Poll, 2 3 3 Italian Parliament, 1 5 7Gang busters (radio program), 2 7Gannet Publishing Company, 89 Jacobs, David Michael, 2 1 6, 2 2 0 , 2 7 0Gard, France, 1 8 3 Jastrow, Robert, 2 4 2 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 2 7 0G o d , 1 3 6 , 1 9 4 , 255 Je sus, 1 9 4 , 1 9 7 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 2 , 2 5 7 , 2 6 2God and the Astronomers, 2 6 2 , 2 7 0 Jezzi, Arrigo, 2 0 1 , 2 0 2Goddard Institute for Space Studies, John F. Kennedy University, 2 2 6 242 Joohop, 1 3 0 , 258-60Good Morning America (TV show), 2 0 5 Journal of the American Scientific AffiliGraduate Theological Union, Berkeley, ation (JASA), 2 4 6 California, 2 4 3 Jupiter, 2 0 4Graham, Billy, 2 7 0Grimm brothers, 8 7 Kennebec Mill, Maine, 8 9GTE Sylvania, 9 , 1 3 1 Keyhoe , Donald E., 2 7 0 King, Allie, 8 9 , 9 0Hall, Richard, 1 5 7 , 2 4 1 KLM Airlines, 5 7Hammonasset Beach, Connecticut, 1 4 , Kornberg, James P., 1 0 , 1 1 , 2 6 6 62, 77 Kotowski, Cindy, 1 9 2 , 1 9 3Harder, James, 2 3 3 Kotowski, Michael, 1 9 2 , 193Hartford, Connecticut, 2 1 4Harvard University, 1 Larson, Tom, 6Harvey, Joseph M., 2 3 5 Law Enforcement Hypnosis Institute,Hawkins, Gerald S . , 2 2 1 , 2 2 2 , 2 2 4 , 2 3 4 230Healy, John, 2 0 1-204 Lawson, Alvin, 2 3 1-2 3 4Hebrew University, 245 Leary, Timothy, 2 2 8Helicopters, mystery, 9, 154, 155, 2 1 0- Lebel family (pseudonym), 7 , 8 , 1 0 8 15, 2 1 9 Leominster, Massachusetts, 44, 55, 2 6 6High Priest, 2 2 8 Lewiston, Maine , 88Hilgard, Ernest, 2 3 1 Lie detection devices, 3Hill, Barney, 60 Lights Out (radio program), 45Hilliard, Ohio, 1 8 7 Lima, Peru, 1 8 7Holden, Constance, 2 2 9-3 1 , 235, 2 7 0 Lorenzen, Coral, 2 0 9 , 2 7 0

281. 11.276 • IndexLorenzen, Jim, 209, 2 7 0 �ount Sinai, 2 5 0 , 2 5 1L o s Angeles, 2 3 0 , 2 4 4 �UFON U F O Journal, 1 5 7 , 1 8 7 , 2 2 4 ,Los Angeles Police Department, 2 3 0 2 4 1 , 247, 270Louvain, France, 2 4 5 �utual U F O Network (�UFON), 8 8 ,Luca, Anne L . , v, 1 9 , 2 4 , 2 8 , 2 9 , 2 1 2 1 5 7 , 1 8 7 , 2 0 7 , 2 2 4 , 24 1-4 3 ,Luca, Anthony, v , 1 9 , 2 7 247, 270Luca, Berty, v, 1-1 1 , 1 4-1 6, 1 8 , 2 0 , 3 2 , 4 2-56 , 60, 70, 7 6 , 7 8-88 , 9 1- National Aeronautics a n d S p a c e Ad 1 2 4 , 1 2 6-2 8, 1 3 0 , 134-9 1 , ministration (NASA) , 2 3 9 , 1 93-9 9, 206, 2 1 0-16, 2 1 8 , 242 2 1 9 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 , 2 2 7-2 9 , National Guard (Connecticut), 2 1 4 2 3 7 , 2 3 9 , 2 4 6 , 248, 2 5 3-6 2 , National Investigations Committee on 2 6 4 , 2 6 5 , 268 Aerial Phenomena (NICAP),Luca, Bob, 4-1 1 , 1 4-4 1 , 4 4 , 5 6 , 5 7 , 60- 2 2 , 4 1 , 58, 7 8 , 1 8 7 , 2 7 0 78, 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 134, 1 5 1 , 1 5 4 , Na tional Review, The, 2 4 5 1 5 5 , 1 8 2 , 2 0 6 , 2 1 0- 1 6 , 2 1 8 , Nettles, Bonnie L u , 2 3 7 219, 246, 253, 254, 256, 261, Nelson, Willard D., 2 2 7-29 , 2 3 5 , 2 7 0 2 6 2 , 2 6 4-67 Nephilum, The, 249Luca, Robert, Jr., 2 1 2 New Haven, Connecticut, 61, 6 3 , 64Luca, Tony, v New York City, New York, 205 New York State Department of Health,�accabee, Bruce , 2 0 5 88Man ofLight in Iranian Su{ ISm, The, 2 2 9 New York University, 2 4 5�ansfield, Ohio, 200 N e w Z e aland, 204, 2 0 5�arshfield Space Flight Center, 2 4 2 Newfoundland, N e w Jersey, 5 8�artin, �alachi, 2 4 5 , 2 4 7 , 2 7 0 Nycz, Richard, 1 3 , 2 1�ary (mother of Jesus), 1 9 4 , 2 5 2 Nyman, Joseph, 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 2 0 7�assachusetts Institute of Technology (�IT), 1 Oc cams Razor, 2 2 3�assa chuserts Supreme Court, 2 3 1 Olavartia, Argentina, 187�ax, Beryl, 1 3-1 6 , 1 8 , 6 0 , 9 2 , 1 5 8 , 2 6 6 One, The, 51, 80, 124, 1 2 8-3 8, 1 4 1 ,�ax, Fred, 13-30, 3 2-4 1 , 4 4 , 4 6-5 7 , 1 4 3 , 1 4 6, 1 5 3 , 2 5 4 , 2 5 5 60-6 8 , 70, 7 1 , 7 3-7 6 , 7 8 , 8 0 , Oregon, 1 4 82-8 8 , 90-9 5, 97- 1 0 3 , 1 0 6- Orne, �artin, 2 2 9 1 8 , 1 2 0-2 5 , 1 2 7 , 1 2 8 , 1 3 4- Oswald, John, 236 5 3 , 1 5 6 , 1 5 8-7 9, 1 8 3-8 6 , Out-of-the-body Experience (OBE) , 5 , 1 8 8-9 1 , 1 9 3-9 9, 2 6 6 , 268 1 2 8 , 1 3 5 , 203, 2 2 8 , 2 5 2�cCall, W. C., 2 3 2 Oxford, �aine, 206, 2 1 7 , 2 1 8Medical Times, 58, 2 7 0 Oxford University, 245Melchizedek Connection, The, 2 4 6 , 2 7 0�en-in-Black (�IB), 2 1 5-19 Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary,�enzel, Donald H., 2 7 0 243�eriden, Connecticut, 1 9 , 2 6 6 Paranormal Phenomena, 2 , 4-1 1 , 43,�exico City, 2 1 8 9 1 , 9 2 , 108, 200, 2 04-8 , 2 2 3 ,�ichel, Aime, 1 9 9 2 2 4 , 2 2 6 , 227, 2 3 3 , 2 3 7-3 9,�olecular Displacement, 2 2 4 1 , 244�oody, Charles L., 6 0 Paul, the Apostle, 2 5 2�oreland, �rs. Frederick, 58 Pentagon, the, 2 0 3 , 204Morning Sentinel, Waterville, �aine, 88 Peru, 1 8 7�oses, 250, 2 5 2 Peters, T e d , 243, 2 4 7 , 2 7 0�ount Etna, 1 5 7 Phoenix, The, 2 , 3 2 , 90, 2 5 6

282. Index • 277Photographs of UFOs, 205 Soviet Academy of Science, 248Poland, Maine , 60 Speaking in tongues, 1 3 9 , 1 9 5 , 196Poltergeist, (See Paranormal Phe- Sprinkle, Leo, 1 9 2 , 206, 2 2 4-26 nomena) Stalnaker, Lydia, 237Pontifical Biblical Institute, 2 4 5 Stanford, Kentucky, 60Portland, Oregon, 59 Stanford University, 2 3 1Powell, William C., 5 7 , 5 8 Startup, Captain, 205Psychiatry a n d UFOs, 3 , 1 0 , 1 1 , 2 6 7 Startup, Shirley, 205Psychic Phenomena ( S e e Paranormal Stephens, David, 60 Phenomena) Sternbert Astronomical Institute, 2 4 8 Stonehenge, 2 2 1 , 222Quazgaa, 1 3 0 , 2 5 7 Stonehenge Decoded, 2 2 1 , 222, 2 3 4 Story, Ronald, 2 3 4 , 2 4 7 , 2 7 0Radar and UFOs, 2 0 4 , 205 Sufism, 2 2 9Red Giants and White Dwarfs, 2 4 7 Sullivan, Walter, 2 7 0Red Sea, the, 2 5 0 Surgeon General, U . S . Army, 2 0 2Reiser, Martin, 230 Sweden, 2 2 0Religion and UFOs, 2 , 3 , 1 3 5 , 1 9 4 , 197, Symbols associated with U F O s , 2 , 32 2 2 1 , 2 2 8 , 2 2 9 , 236-53 , 2 5 6 , Synchronisms, 1 3 1-133 2 5 7 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 7 , 268Rhode Island, 2 1 2 Talk of Houston, The, 6Rogo, D . Scott, 2 2 6 , 2 3 4 , 269 Taves, E rnest, 2 2 2-24, 2 3 4 , 270, 2 7 1Roman Catholic Church, 246 Telepathy and UFOs, 2 , 4 , 9 , 1 7 , 1 9 , 2 4-Rome, Italy, 2 4 5 2 6 , 3 0 , 3 7 , 3 9 , 5 1-5 3 , 59 , 6 0 , �6, 6 8 , 7 1 , 7 2 , 86, 8 7 , 9 2 , 189,Sable, Patricia Gail, 1 3 4 , 1 3 5 , 1 4 2 , 1 5 8 , 1 9 2-9 5 , 206, 2 5 4-5 9, 2 6 1 266 Ten Commandments, 2 5 0Sagan, Carl, 240, 248, 2 5 3 , 2 6 3 , 2 7 0 Time (magazine), 2 3 7 , 2 4 6Salisbury, Frank, 239, 240, 2 4 7 , 270 Tujunga Canyon Contacts, The, 234, 2 6 9Salt Lake City, Utah, 59 Twining, Nathan F . , 6 0San Francisco, California, 243, 244 Tyler, Texas, 1 3 2Santangelo, Joseph, 1 5 6Satan, 2 4 4 , 2 4 5 UF O Controversey in A merica, The, 2 2 0 ,Schwarz, Berthold E . , 2 7 1 270Science (magazine), 2 2 9 , 2 3 5 , 2 7 0 UF O Enigma, The, 238, 2 7 0Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying UF O Evidence, The, 78, 2 7 0 Objects, 78, 269 UFO Investigator, The, 187S cotland, 220 UFOs: A New Look, 78Second Coming of Christ, 252, 262 UFOs and Bible Prophecy, 2 4 7, 270Shakers, 43 UFOs and their Mission Impossible, 245Shigekawa, David, 2 4 7 , 2 7 0 UFOs: Associated A lien Instruments, 2 ,Shklovskii, Iosef S., 248, 2 4 9 , 2 6 3 , 2 7 0 6 , 1 1 , 4 3 , 66, 68-70, 73-7 5 ,Sikorsky Aircraft Company, 2 1 2- 1 4 9 3 , 98-104, 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 1 2 6 ,Simons, Jerry H., 5 8 1 2 7 1 4 4-4 6, 1 4 9 , 1 5 0 , 1 6 0-Skeptical Enquirer, The, 2 2 3 8 3 , 1 8 5 , 1 8 7 , 1 88, 1 9 3 , 2 0 3 ,Smith, Louise, 6 0 204, 2 2 1 , 223, 224Society for Clinical a n d Experimental UF Os: Associated Amnesia, 3 , 1 1 , 1 5 , Hypnosis, 2 2 9 3 2 , 48, 5 3-56, 62, 7 7 , 7 8 , 9 2 ,Sodom a n d Gomorrah, 2 5 0 93, 1 9 2 , 2 3 4 , 2 5 4-57 2 5 9 ,South Asburnham, Massachusetts ( S e e 260 Ashburnham, Massachusetts) UF O s : Associate d Bums, 1 3 2 , 1 8 7 , 2 0 6

283. 278 • IndexUFOs: Associated Classification, 31 United States Air Force (USAF), 6 0 ,UFO s : Associated Effects, 2 , 3 , 27, 3 6 , 78, 2 1 6, 2 3 8 48-5 1 , 5 5-5 7, 60, 1 0 5 , 1 1 8 , United States Air Force Academy, 59 1 3 2 , 1 8 2 , 2 0 2 , 203, 2 0 6 United States Army, 60, 202, 2 1 1U F O s : Associated Entities, 2 , 8 , 9, 1 7 , United State s Navy, 58, 2 1 3 24-2 8 , 30-3 2 , 3 6-43, 5 1-54, University o f Colorado UFO Study, 2 1 7 5 6-60 , 65, 7 1-77, 80, 82-8 7 , University o f Maine, 8 8 90, 9 3 , 9 6-98, 1 0 2-4, 1 0 8 , University o f N e w York, 8 8 1 1 7-2 2 , 1 2 4 , 1 2 7 1 2 8 , 1 3 0 , University of Pennsylvania, 2 2 9 1 3 7 , 1 4 0 , 144-50, 1 5 7-7 8 , University of Wyoming, 1 9 2 , 2 2 4 18 1-88, 205, 2 0 6 , 2 2 0 , 2 2 1 , Until the Sun Dies, 242 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 2 2 7 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 4 , 2 5 5- Utah UFO Display, The, 2 4 7 , 270 60 Utah State University, 239UF Os: Associated Flight Characteris tics, 1 5 , 1 7 , 2 4 , 2 6 , 3 5 , 40-4 2, Vallee, Jacques, 2 3 9 , 2 4 0 , 2 4 7 , 248, 46, 58, 59, 63, 6 4 , 188 270UFOs: Associated Landings, 2 , 7 Van D e n Hagg, Ernest, 2 4 5UFO s : Associated Lights, 2, 3, 1 7 , 1 8 , Vanguard Satellite, 2 4 2 2 3-2 5 , 2 7 , 2 9-3 7, 4 3 , 58-60, Venus, 2 0 4 64-66 , 7 5 , 7 6 , 83-8 6, 89, 9 1 , Vietnam, 2 0 1 , 2 1 2 9 2 , 9 7-102, 1 3 1 , 1 4 6-5 0 , 1 8 7 , 1 8 8 , 1 9 2 , 2 0 1 , 2 0 2 , 205 Wallingford, Connecticut, 6 1 , 2 6 6UF Os: Associated Mind Control, 3 , 15, Washington, D . C., 58, 7 8 24-2 6 , 28, 39, 40, 1 5 7 , 1 9 1- Waterville, Maine, 8 8 9 3 , 1 9 9 , 2 5 5 , 2 5 9-61UFOs: Associated Noise, 5 , 7 , 10, 3 3 , We Are Not Alone, 2 7 0 Webb, David, 7 , 3 2 , 64, 7 2 , 73, 7 7 , 7 8 , 3 4 , 4 1 , 4 6-4 8, 5 9 , 1 0 0 , 1 1 0, 1 3 0 , 1 3 4 , 1 3 7 , 266 1 3 1 , 1 8 7 , 1 9 1 , 192 Weekly World News, 2 3 6 , 2 3 7 , 246, 2 7 1UFOs: Associated Paralysis, 3 , 2 7 , 32, Westminster, Massachusetts, 7 9 , 8 1 , 36, 5 0 , 7 3 , 7 4 , 8 6, 96, 1 3 1 , 93, 1 8 9 , 266 181, 192 Wilding, Marilyn, 5 9UF Os: Associated Power Failures, 2 , 3 , Willow Grove Naval A ir Station, 5 8 5, 6, 32 Willow Grove, Pennsylvania, 58UF Os: Associated Sightings, 2 , 4 , 7 , 8 , Windsor Locks; Connecticut, 2 1 3 1 0 , 1 1 , 14-2 1 , 2 3-4 2 , 4 4 , 4 6- Wizard ofOz, 1 3 4 5 4 , 5 6-65 , 7 9 , 8 2-9 0, 9 5 , 9 6 , Woodstock, New Hampshire, 6 0 1 0 9 , 1 3 1 , 1 4 7 , 1 4 8 , 1 6 2 , 1 63 , Writings associated with Th e Andreas- 1 8 3 , 1 9 2 , 1 93 , 200-6, 2 49-52UF Os: Associated Smells, 7 3 , 1 1 8, 1 6 2 son Af fair, 4, 43, 8 7 X Rays, 4 3UF Os: Associated Statistics, 1 5 7 , 2 3 3UFOs: God s Chariots: Flying Saucers in Politics, Science and Religion, 243, 247, 270UFOs: What on Earth is Happening?, Yanacsek, Robert, 2 0 1 , 202UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, 2 3 4 , 2 6 7 245 Z eidman, Jennie, 201, 208, 2 7 1

Raymond Fowler - The Andreasson Affair, Phase Two

de DirkTheDaring11

Accesibilidad

Categorias

Detalles de carga

Derechos de uso

Estadísticas

Raymond Fowler - The Andreasson Affair, Phase Two Document Transcript